Conditions: Rheumatoid Arthritis
Allocation: RANDOMIZED | Intervention model: PARALLEL
Enrollment: 384
Healthy volunteers: no

Brief summary:
This is a Phase 3 Study to Compare the Pharmacokinetics, Efficacy and Safety between CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera in Patients with Rheumatoid Arthritis.

Detailed description:

Arms:
arm 1: rituximab, CT-P10(experimental drug), 1000mg by intravenous infusion. 2 infusions with a 2-week interval between the first and second infusion arm 2: US-licensed referece product, 1000mg by intravenous infusion. 2 infusions with a 2-week interval between the first and second infusions arm 3: EU-approved reference product, 1000mg by intravenous infusion. 2 infusions with a 2-week interval between the first and second infusions

Interventions: intervention 1: CT-P10 intervention 2: Rituxan intervention 3: MabThera
Intervention descriptions: intervention 1: 1000mg by intravenous infusion. 2 infusions with a 2-week interval between the first and second infusion intervention 2: US-licensed reference product, 1000mg by intravenous infusion. 2 infusions with a 2-week interval between the first and second infusion intervention 3: EU-approved reference product, 1000mg by intravenous infusion. 2 infusions with a 2-week interval between the first and second infusion

Protocol document:
Prot_000.pdf: 
CLINICAL STUDY PROTOCOL 
 
A Randomized, Controlled, Double-Blind, Parallel-Group, Phase 3 Study 
to Compare the Pharmacokinetics, Efficacy and Safety between CT-P10, 
Rituxan and MabThera in Patients with Rheumatoid Arthritis 
 
PROTOCOL NUMBER CT-P10 3.2 
 
Test Formulation: 
CT-P10 (1000 mg) administered intravenously 
Sponsor: 
 
 
 
 
 
Sponsor Contact: 
 
 
 
SAE Reporting and Data 
Center: 
 
 
 
 
 
EudraCT No.: 
2013-004555-21 
Version and Date of Protocol:  
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol 
Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016  
 
CONFIDENTIAL  
The concepts and information contained in this document or generated during the study are considered 
proprietary and may not be disclosed in whole or in part without the expressed, written consent of 
CELLTRION, Inc. The study will be conducted according to the International Conference on Harmonisation 
harmonised tripartite guideline E6(R1): Good Clinical Practice. Throughout this document, symbols indicating 
proprietary names (®, ™) are not displayed. The appearance of product names without these symbols does not 
imply that these names are not protected. 
 
 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
 
Table of Contents 
Table of Contents ....................................................................................................................... 2 
List of Tables ............................................................................................................................. 7 
List of Figures ............................................................................................................................ 7 
Summary of Changes ............................................................................................................... 10 
Protocol Synopsis..................................................................................................................... 11 
List of Abbreviations ............................................................................................................... 22 
1 
Introduction ...................................................................................................................... 24 
1.1 
Rationale for Study ................................................................................................. 26 
1.2 
Benefits and Risks Assessments ............................................................................. 27 
2 
Study Objectives............................................................................................................... 29 
2.1 
Primary Objectives.................................................................................................. 29 
2.1.1 
Primary Objective: Part 1 ........................................................................ 29 
2.1.2 
Primary Objective: Part 2 ........................................................................ 29 
2.2 
Secondary Objectives.............................................................................................. 29 
2.2.1 
Secondary Objectives: Part 1 ................................................................... 29 
2.2.2 
Secondary Objective: Part 2 .................................................................... 29 
3 
Investigational Plan .......................................................................................................... 30 
3.1 
Study Design ........................................................................................................... 30 
4 
Patient Selection and Withdrawal Criteria ....................................................................... 36 
4.1 
Selection of Study Population ................................................................................. 36 
4.1.1 
Inclusion Criteria ..................................................................................... 36 
4.1.2 
Exclusion Criteria .................................................................................... 38 
4.2 
Withdrawal of Patients from the Study ................................................................... 41 
4.2.1 
Reasons for Withdrawal........................................................................... 41 
4.2.2 
Handling of Withdrawals ......................................................................... 42 
4.2.3 
Replacements ........................................................................................... 42 
4.3 
Premature Discontinuation of the Study ................................................................. 42 
5 
Study Drugs ...................................................................................................................... 43 
5.1 
Method of Assigning Patients to Treatment Groups............................................... 43 
5.2 
Treatments Administered ........................................................................................ 44 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 2 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
5.2.1 
Coadministration of Methotrexate and Folic Acid .................................. 45 
5.2.2 
Premedication .......................................................................................... 45 
5.3 
Identity of Investigational Product.......................................................................... 45 
5.4 
Management of Clinical Supplies ........................................................................... 47 
5.4.1 
Study Drug Packaging and Storage ......................................................... 47 
5.4.2 
Study Drug Accountability ...................................................................... 47 
5.4.3 
Other Supplies.......................................................................................... 48 
5.5 
Blinding................................................................................................................... 48 
5.5.1 
Breaking the Blind ................................................................................... 48 
5.6 
Treatment Compliance ............................................................................................ 49 
5.7 
Prior, Concomitant, and Subsequent Therapy ........................................................ 49 
6 
Study Assessments and Procedures .................................................................................. 52 
6.1 
Pharmacokinetic Assessments ................................................................................ 52 
6.2 
Efficacy Assessments.............................................................................................. 52 
6.2.1 
Disease Activity Score Using 28 Joint Counts ........................................ 53 
6.2.2 
American College of Rheumatology Criteria and Individual Components
 ................................................................................................ 53 
6.2.3 
European League Against Rheumatism Response Criteria ..................... 54 
6.2.4 
Simplified Disease Activity Index and Clinical Disease Activity Index . 54 
6.2.5 
Joint Damage Progression ....................................................................... 54 
6.2.6 
Health Assessment Questionnaire Disability Index................................. 54 
6.2.7 
Quality of Life ......................................................................................... 54 
6.3 
Pharmacodynamic Assessments ............................................................................. 54 
6.3.1 
B-cells 
 ................................................................................................ 55 
6.3.2 
C-Reactive Protein and Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate ........................ 55 
6.3.3 
Rheumatoid Factor and Anti-cyclic Citrullinated Peptide ....................... 55 
6.4 
Biomarker Assessments (Optional) ........................................................................ 55 
6.5 
Safety Assessments ................................................................................................. 55 
6.5.1 
Hypersensitivity Monitoring .................................................................... 56 
6.5.2 
Immunogenicity Testing .......................................................................... 56 
6.5.3 
Immunoglobulins (IgM, IgG and IgA) .................................................... 56 
6.5.4 
Vital Signs and Weight ............................................................................ 56 
6.5.5 
Electrocardiogram .................................................................................... 57 
6.5.6 
Tuberculosis Assessment ......................................................................... 57 
6.5.7 
Cardiac Disorder ...................................................................................... 57 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 3 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
6.5.8 
Hepatitis B ............................................................................................... 58 
6.5.9 
Physical Examination .............................................................................. 58 
6.5.10 
Adverse Events ........................................................................................ 59 
6.5.10.1 Definitions .............................................................................. 59 
6.5.10.2 Eliciting and Documenting Adverse Events ........................... 62 
6.5.10.3 Reporting Adverse Events ...................................................... 62 
6.5.10.4 Assessment of Intensity .......................................................... 64 
6.5.10.5 Assessment of Causality ......................................................... 64 
6.5.10.6 Follow-up of Patients Reporting Adverse Events................... 65 
6.5.11 
Pregnancy ................................................................................................ 65 
6.5.12 
Laboratory Analyses ................................................................................ 66 
6.6 
Sample Collections ................................................................................................. 67 
6.6.1 
Pharmacokinetic Blood Sampling ........................................................... 68 
6.6.2 
Pharmacodynamic Blood Sampling......................................................... 68 
6.6.3 
Routine Safety Blood Sampling .............................................................. 69 
6.6.4 
Immunogenicity Blood Sampling ............................................................ 69 
6.6.5 
Immunoglobulin Blood Sampling ........................................................... 69 
6.6.6 
Genotyping Blood Sampling ................................................................... 70 
6.7 
Labeling, Storage, and Transport of Samples ......................................................... 70 
6.7.1 
Sample Labeling ...................................................................................... 70 
6.7.2 
Sample Storage and Shipment ................................................................. 70 
6.8 
Overdose Management ........................................................................................... 70 
7 
Statistical and Analytical Plan .......................................................................................... 72 
7.1 
Pharmacokinetic Endpoints .................................................................................... 72 
7.1.1 
Co-primary Pharmacokinetic Endpoints: Part 1 ...................................... 72 
7.1.2 
Secondary Pharmacokinetic Endpoints: Part 1 ........................................ 72 
7.1.3 
Secondary Pharmacokinetic Endpoints: Part 2 ........................................ 73 
7.2 
Efficacy Endpoints .................................................................................................. 73 
7.2.1 
Primary Efficacy Endpoint ...................................................................... 73 
7.2.2 
Secondary Efficacy Endpoints ................................................................. 73 
7.3 
Secondary Pharmacodynamic Endpoints ................................................................ 74 
7.4 
Secondary Safety Endpoints ................................................................................... 74 
7.5 
Sample Size Calculations ........................................................................................ 74 
7.6 
Analysis Sets ........................................................................................................... 75 
7.7 
Description of Subgroups to be Analyzed .............................................................. 76 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 4 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
7.8 
Statistical Analysis .................................................................................................. 76 
7.8.1 
Pharmacokinetic Analyses ....................................................................... 77 
7.8.1.1 
Co-primary Pharmacokinetic Analysis ................................... 77 
7.8.1.2 
Secondary Pharmacokinetic Analysis ..................................... 78 
7.8.2 
Efficacy Analyses .................................................................................... 79 
7.8.2.1 
Primary Efficacy Analysis ...................................................... 79 
7.8.2.2 
Secondary Efficacy Analyses ................................................. 79 
7.8.3 
Pharmacodynamic Analyses .................................................................... 82 
7.8.4 
Safety Analyses........................................................................................ 83 
7.8.4.1 
Demographic, Baseline, and Background Characteristics ...... 83 
7.8.4.2 
Adverse Events ....................................................................... 83 
7.8.4.3 
Laboratory Test Analyses ....................................................... 84 
7.8.4.4 
Immunogenicity ...................................................................... 84 
7.8.4.5 
Immunoglobulin (IgM, IgG and IgA) Values ......................... 84 
7.8.4.6 
Vital Signs and Weight ........................................................... 84 
7.8.4.7 
Electrocardiograms ................................................................. 84 
7.8.5 
Missing Data Analysis ............................................................................. 85 
7.8.6 
Interim Analyses ...................................................................................... 85 
7.9 
Data Quality Assurance .......................................................................................... 85 
8 
Ethics ................................................................................................................................ 87 
8.1 
Independent Ethics Committee or Institution Review Board ................................. 87 
8.2 
Ethical Conduct of the Study .................................................................................. 87 
8.3 
Patient Information and Consent ............................................................................ 87 
9 
Investigator’s Obligations ................................................................................................ 89 
9.1 
Confidentiality and Data Protection........................................................................ 89 
9.2 
Financial Disclosure and Obligations ..................................................................... 89 
9.3 
Investigator Documentation .................................................................................... 89 
9.4 
Study Conduct ......................................................................................................... 90 
9.5 
Data Collection ....................................................................................................... 90 
9.5.1 
Electronic Case Report Forms and Source Documents ........................... 90 
9.6 
Adherence to Protocol............................................................................................. 91 
9.7 
Adverse Events and Study Report Requirements ................................................... 91 
9.8 
Investigator’s Final Report ..................................................................................... 91 
9.9 
Records Retention ................................................................................................... 91 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 5 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
9.10 Patient Identification Register................................................................................. 91 
9.11 Publications ............................................................................................................. 92 
10 Study Management ........................................................................................................... 93 
10.1 Monitoring .............................................................................................................. 93 
10.1.1 
Data Safety Monitoring Board ................................................................. 93 
10.1.2 
Monitoring of the Study ........................................................................... 93 
10.1.3 
Inspection of Records .............................................................................. 93 
10.2 Management of Protocol Amendments and Deviations ......................................... 94 
10.2.1 
Modification of the Protocol .................................................................... 94 
10.2.2 
Protocol Deviations.................................................................................. 94 
10.3 Study Termination .................................................................................................. 94 
10.4 Final Report ............................................................................................................ 95 
11 Reference List................................................................................................................... 96 
12 Appendices ....................................................................................................................... 99 
12.1 Appendix: Schedule of Events ................................................................................ 99 
12.2 Appendix: Rheumatoid Arthritis Classification Criteria 1987 ............................. 115 
12.3 Appendix: Measurement of Disease Activity ....................................................... 116 
12.4 Appendix: New York Heart Association Cardiac Assessment ............................. 120 
12.5 Appendix: Visual Analogue Scale Patient’s Assessment of Pain ......................... 121 
12.6 Appendix: Visual Analogue Scale Patient’s and Physician’s Global Assessment of 
Disease Activity ............................................................................................ 122 
12.6.1 
Visual Analogue Scale Physician’s Global Assessment of Disease 
Activity ................................................................................. 122 
12.6.2 
Visual Analogue Scale Patient’s Global Assessment of Disease Activity
 .............................................................................................. 122 
12.7 Appendix: Health Assessment Questionnaire and Scoring of the Health Assessment 
Questionnaire ................................................................................................ 123 
12.8 Appendix: General Health Status (Medical Outcomes Study Short-Form Health 
Survey) .......................................................................................................... 129 
12.9 Appendix: European League Against Rheumatism Response Criteria ................ 133 
 
 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 6 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
List of Tables 
Table 1 
Protocol Amendment History and Summary of Changes ................................ 10 
Table 2 
Scoring Method for Hybrid ACR .................................................................... 81 
Table 3 
Simplified Disease Activity Index and Clinical Disease Activity Index 
Formulas .......................................................................................................... 82 
Table 4 
Schedule of Events for Screening and the Main Study Period (for patients who 
receive both first and second courses of treatment) ....................................... 100 
Table 5 
Schedule of Events for the Main Study Period between Weeks 24 and 48 (for 
patients who receive only first course of treatment) ...................................... 105 
Table 6  
Schedule of Events for the Extension Study Period ...................................... 107 
Table 7 
Sampling Times for Pharmacokinetic, Pharmacodynamic, and Safety 
Assessments for the Main Study Period (for patients who receive both first and 
second courses of treatment) .......................................................................... 110 
Table 8 
Sampling Times for Pharmacokinetic, Pharmacodynamic, and Safety 
Assessment for the Main Study Period between Weeks 24 and 48 (for patients 
who receive only first course of treatment) ................................................... 113 
Table 9 
Sampling Times for Pharmacodynamic, and Safety Assessments for the 
Extension Study Period .................................................................................. 114 
 
 
List of Figures 
Figure 1 
Study Schematic............................................................................................... 30 
Figure 2 
Schematic Diagram of Study Patients for the Main Study Period (up to 
Week 48) .......................................................................................................... 32 
Figure 3 
Study Schematic............................................................................................... 33 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 7 




CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Declaration of Investigator 
I have read and understand all sections of the protocol entitled “A Randomized, Controlled, 
Double-Blind, Parallel-Group, Phase 3 Study to Compare the Pharmacokinetics, Efficacy and 
Safety between CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera in Patients with Rheumatoid Arthritis” and 
the accompanying current investigator’s brochure. 
I agree to supervise all aspects of the protocol and to conduct the clinical investigation in 
accordance with the Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 
– 01 April 2016, the International Conference on Harmonisation harmonised tripartite 
guideline E6 (R1): Good Clinical Practice and all applicable government regulations. I will 
not make changes to the protocol before consulting with CELLTRION, Inc. or implement 
protocol changes without independent ethics committee approval except to eliminate an 
immediate risk to patients. I agree to administer study drug only to patients under my personal 
supervision or the supervision of a subinvestigator. 
I will not supply the investigational drug to any person not authorized to receive it. 
Confidentiality will be protected. Patient identity will not be disclosed to third parties or 
appear in any study reports or publications. 
I will not disclose information regarding this clinical investigation or publish results of the 
investigation without authorization from CELLTRION, Inc. 
 
 
 
Signature of Principal Investigator 
 
Date 
 
 
 
Printed Name of Principal Investigator 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 9 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 10 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Protocol Synopsis 
Protocol Number: CT-P10 3.2 
Title: A Randomized, Controlled, Double-Blind, Parallel-Group, Phase 3 Study to Compare the 
Pharmacokinetics, Efficacy and Safety between CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera in Patients with Rheumatoid 
Arthritis 
Clinical Phase: Phase 3 
Study Design: Randomized, controlled, multicenter, 3-arm, double-blind, parallel-group, prospective, 
pharmacokinetic (PK), efficacy, pharmacodynamic (PD), and safety study. 
Part 1: PK similarity 
Part 2: Efficacy similarity 
Planned Number of Centers/Countries: It is expected that up to approximately 110 study centers in Europe, 
Asia Pacific, and Latin America may be included in this study. 
Test Formulation, Dose, and Regimen: CT-P10, 1000 mg by intravenous (IV) infusion. Each patient may 
receive 3 courses (2 courses in the Main Study Period and 1 course in the Extension Study Period) of treatment 
if the patient meets predefined safety criteria. Each course consists of 2 infusions with a 2-week interval 
between the first and second infusion. Methotrexate (MTX) (between 7.5 and 25 mg/week orally or parenterally 
[dose and route must be maintained from beginning to end of study]) and folic acid (≥5 mg/week) will be 
coadministered.  
Reference Drug, Dose, and Regimen: Rituxan (United States-licensed) or MabThera (European Union-
approved), 1000 mg IV infusion. Each patient may receive 3 courses (2 courses in the Main Study Period and 1 
course in the Extension Study Period) of treatment if the patient meets predefined safety criteria. Each course 
consists of 2 infusions with a 2-week interval between the first and second infusions. Methotrexate (between 7.5 
and 25 mg/week orally or parenterally [dose and route must be maintained from beginning to end of study]) and 
folic acid (≥5 mg/week) will be coadministered.  
Objectives:  
All patients from Part 1 of the study will be included in Part 2 of the study and undergo all assessments 
performed in Part 2. 
The decision to enter Part 2 of the study will not be influenced by the results from Part 1. 
Part 1 
Primary objective: 
• 
To evaluate and compare pharmacokinetics in terms of area under the serum concentration-time curve from 
zero to time of last quantifiable concentration (AUC0-last), AUC from zero to infinity (AUC0-∞) and 
maximum serum concentration (Cmax) (after the second infusion) of CT-P10 to Rituxan, CT-P10 to 
MabThera and Rituxan to MabThera during the first course of treatment (over the first 24 weeks). 
Secondary objectives: 
• 
To assess the additional PK variables of CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera, during the first course of 
treatment (over the first 24 weeks). 
• 
To evaluate the pharmacodynamics (PD) and safety of CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera (over the first 24 
weeks). 
Part 2 
Primary objective: 
• 
To demonstrate that CT-P10 is similar to reference products (Rituxan and MabThera) in terms of efficacy 
as determined by clinical response according to change from Baseline in disease activity measured by 
Disease Activity Score using 28 joint counts (DAS28) (C-reactive protein [CRP]) at Week 24. 
Secondary objective: 
• 
To evaluate the additional PK (up to Week 48), efficacy, PD, overall safety, and biomarkers of CT-P10 
compared with reference products  
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 11 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Sample Size:  
Part 1 
The first 189 patients will be randomly assigned in a 1:1:1 ratio (approximately 63 patients per treatment group) 
to the CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera treatment groups. 
Part 2 
Approximately 172 subsequent patients will be enrolled in a 1:1 ratio (approximately 86 patients per treatment 
group) to the CT-P10 or Rituxan treatment groups. 
In total, approximately 361 patients will be available for analysis (a total of approximately 149 patients for each 
of the CT-P10 and Rituxan treatment groups, including up to 63 patients from each CT-P10 and Rituxan 
treatment group in Part 1, and up to 63 patients from the MabThera treatment group in Part 1). 
Main Selection Criteria: Male or female patients with a diagnosis of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) (as defined by 
the revised 1987 ACR classification criteria) for at least 6 months and active disease (as defined by the presence 
of 6 or more swollen joints and 6 or more tender joints), and serum C-reactive protein (CRP) ≥1.5 mg/dL 
(≥15 mg/L) or an erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) ≥28 mm/hour will be considered for enrollment in the 
study if they meet all of the inclusion criteria and none of the exclusion criteria.  
Inclusion Criteria: 
Each patient must meet all of the following criteria to be enrolled in this study:  
1. Patient is male or female between 18 and 75 years old, inclusive. 
2. Patient has a diagnosis of RA according to the revised 1987 ACR classification criteria for at least 6 months 
prior to randomization. 
3. Patient has active disease as defined by the presence of 6 or more swollen joints (of 66 assessed) and 6 or 
more tender joints (of 68 assessed), and serum CRP ≥1.5 mg/dL (≥15 mg/L) or an ESR ≥28 mm/hour. 
4. Patient has experienced an inadequate response to previous or current treatment with the antitumor necrosis 
factor (TNF) agents infliximab (≥3 mg/kg; at least 3 infusions for at least 3 months), golimumab (50 mg 
once a month for at least 12 to 14 weeks or 2 mg/kg IV infusion for at least 3 months), adalimumab (40 mg 
every other week for at least 3 months), or etanercept (25 mg twice weekly or 50 mg once weekly for at 
least 3 months), or was intolerant to at least 1 administration of these agents. Patients who discontinued 
etanercept for at least 4 weeks, infliximab or adalimumab for at least 8 weeks, or golimumab for at least 10 
weeks prior to randomization are permitted to enter the study. 
Patients who received any other anti-TNF agents not in this list can be enrolled if the patient discontinued 
the treatment at least 4 weeks or 5 half-lives prior to randomization, whichever is longer. 
5. Patient has a proper discontinuation period after treatment with interleukin-1 receptor (IL-1R) antagonist, 
interleukin-6 receptor (IL-6R) antibody, or abatacept. Patients who discontinued IL-1R antagonist for at 
least 4 weeks, abatacept for at least 8 weeks or IL-6R antibody for at least 17 weeks prior to randomization 
are permitted to enter the study. 
Patients who had any other biological drugs not in this list can be enrolled if the patient discontinued the 
treatment at least 4 weeks or 5 half-lives prior to randomization, whichever is longer. 
6. Patient has received MTX treatment (7.5 to 25 mg/week orally or parenterally) for at least the past 
12 weeks, with the last 4 weeks at a stable dose before Screening.  
7. Patient has the following hematology laboratory test results at Screening: 
• 
Hemoglobin ≥8.0 g/dL 
• 
White blood cell count ≥3.5 × 103 cells/µL (SI [Système International d'Unités] units: 
≥3.5 × 109 cells/L) 
• 
Neutrophil count ≥1.5 × 103 cells/µL (SI units: ≥1.5 × 109 cells/L) 
• 
Platelet count ≥75 × 103 cells/µL (SI units: ≥75 × 109 cells/L) 
8. Patient has adequate renal and hepatic function at Screening as defined by the following clinical chemistry 
results: 
• 
Serum creatinine <1.5 × upper limit of normal (ULN) or an estimated creatinine clearance level 
>50 mL/min (by Cockcroft-Gault formula) 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 12 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
• 
Serum alanine aminotransferase <2.5 × ULN 
• 
Serum aspartate aminotransferase <2.5 × ULN 
• 
Serum total bilirubin <2 × ULN 
9. Patient has the ability to comprehend the full nature and purpose of the study, including possible risks and 
side effects, to cooperate with the investigator, to understand verbal and/or written instructions, and to 
comply with the requirements of the entire study. 
10. Patient (or legal guardian, if applicable) has been informed of the full nature and purpose of the study, 
including possible risks and side effects, and given ample time and opportunity to read and understand this 
information, and provide signed and dated written informed consent before inclusion in the study. 
11. For both male and female patients, the patient and their partners of childbearing potential either agree to 
practice total abstinence or use 2 of the following medically acceptable methods of contraception during the 
course of the study and for 12 months following discontinuation of study drug (excluding women who are 
not of childbearing potential and men who have been sterilized): 
• 
Barrier contraceptives (male condom, female condom, or diaphragm with a spermicidal gel) 
• 
Hormonal contraceptives (implants, injectables, combination oral contraceptives, transdermal patches, 
or contraceptive rings) 
• 
Intrauterine device 
Male and female patients and their partners who have been surgically sterilized for less than 6 months prior 
to the date of informed consent must agree to use 2 medically acceptable methods of contraception or to 
practice total abstinence. 
Menopausal females must have experienced their last period more than 12 months prior to the date of 
informed consent to be classified as not of childbearing potential. 
Exclusion Criteria: 
Patients meeting any of the following criteria will be excluded from the study: 
1. Patient has taken more than 2 biologic agents. 
2. Patient has previously been administered rituximab or participated in a rituximab biosimilar study. 
3. Patient has allergies or hypersensitivity to murine, chimeric, human, or humanized proteins. 
4. Patient has current or past history of chronic infection with hepatitis B, hepatitis C, or infection with human 
immunodeficiency virus-1 or -2 or who has a positive result to the screening test for these infections. 
5. Patient has an infection requiring oral antibiotics 2 weeks before randomization, parenteral injection of 
antibiotics 4 weeks before randomization, other serious infection 6 months before randomization, a history 
of recurrent herpes zoster or other chronic or recurrent infection 6 weeks before randomization. 
6. Patient has a past or current diagnosis of tuberculosis (TB), recent exposure to person with active TB, 
examination findings indicating the presence of TB, defined as a positive result for interferon-γ release 
assay, or other severe or chronic infection (such as sepsis, abscess or opportunistic infection, or invasive 
fungal infection such as histoplasmosis). A patient who has a past diagnosis with sufficient documentation 
of prophylaxis or complete resolution following treatment can be enrolled.  
7. Patient is receiving any of the following medications or therapies: 
• 
Previous treatment within 6 months of IV gamma globulin or the Prosorba Column 
• 
Any surgical procedure, including bone or joint surgery or synovectomy (including joint fusion or 
replacement) within 12 weeks prior to randomization or planned within 6 months after randomization 
• 
Intra-articular corticosteroids within 8 weeks prior to randomization. Patients are permitted to receive 
either oral or parenteral glucocorticoids (≤10 mg daily of prednisone/prednisolone or equivalent), and 
nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug, if they have received a stable dose for at least 4 weeks prior to 
randomization. In addition, patients are permitted to receive low potency topical, otic, and ophthalmic 
glucocorticoid preparations provided the preparations are administered per the instructions on the 
product label.  
• 
Disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs, other than MTX, including hydroxychloroquine, chloroquine, 
or sulfasalazine, within 4 weeks prior to randomization. Patients who discontinued leflunomide and 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 13 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
have had successful chelation with 8 g of cholestyramine (3 times daily) for 11 days must wait 4 weeks 
prior to randomization. Patients who discontinued leflunomide and did not have a cholestyramine 
discontinuation period must wait 12 weeks after last dose of leflunomide before randomization. 
• 
Live or live-attenuated vaccine within 8 weeks prior to randomization, and killed vaccines within 
4 weeks prior to randomization 
• 
History of any biologic agent causing B-lymphocyte (B-cell) depletion or targeting B-cells 
8. Patient has a medical condition including one or more of the following: 
• 
Uncontrolled diabetes mellitus, even after insulin treatment 
• 
Uncontrolled hypertension at the discretion of the investigator 
• 
Any other inflammatory or rheumatic disease, including but not limited to psoriatic arthritis, 
ankylosing spondylitis, spondyloarthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, Lyme disease, or 
fibromyalgia, that may confound the evaluation of the effect of study drug 
• 
History of any malignancy within the previous 5 years prior to date of informed consent except 
completely excised or cured squamous carcinoma of the uterine cervix, cutaneous basal cell carcinoma, 
or cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma 
• 
History of lymphoma, lymphoproliferative disease, or bone marrow hypoplasia 
• 
Patients with New York Heart Association class III or IV heart failure, severe uncontrolled cardiac 
disease (unstable angina, arrhythmias, clinically significant electrocardiogram [ECG] abnormalities), 
or myocardial infarction within the previous 6 months prior to date of consent 
• 
History of organ transplantation, including corneal graft/transplantation 
• 
Severe physical incapacitation (unable to perform routine self-care), has RA ACR functional status 
class 4, or no expected benefit from medication 
• 
Any uncontrolled clinically significant respiratory disease (in the opinion of the investigator), including 
but not limited to chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, bronchiectasis, or pleural effusion 
• 
Previous diagnosis or symptoms suggestive of demyelinating disorders, including multiple sclerosis 
and Guillain-Barré syndrome 
• 
Any condition significantly affecting the nervous system (i.e., neuropathic conditions or nervous 
system damage) if it may interfere with the investigator’s assessment of disease assessment scores 
including joint counts 
• 
Any other serious acute or chronic medical or psychiatric condition that may increase the risk 
associated with study participation or investigational product administration or that may interfere with 
the interpretation of study results, in the opinion of the investigator 
9. Patient has current or past history of drug or alcohol abuse within 6 months of randomization. 
10. Patient has had treatment with any other investigational device or medicinal product within 4 weeks of 
randomization or 5 half-lives, whichever is longer. 
11. Patient is a female who is currently pregnant or breastfeeding or is planning to become pregnant or 
breastfeed within 12 months of the last dose of study drug. 
12. Patient, in the opinion of their general practitioner or investigator, should not participate in the study. 
13. Patient has a history of rheumatic autoimmune disease other than RA (except secondary Sjögren’s 
syndrome) or significant systemic involvement secondary to RA (vasculitis, pulmonary fibrosis, or Felty’s 
syndrome). 
Study Design: This is a randomized, controlled, multicenter, 3-arm, parallel-group, double-blind, prospective, 
PK, efficacy, PD, and safety Phase 3 study. There will be up to 3 periods in this study:  
• 
Screening Period: 
o 
Week -6 through Week 0 (Day -42 to Day -1)  
• 
Study Periods: 
o 
Main Study Period: Week 0 through Week 48 (Day 0 to Day 336) 
o 
Extension Study Period: Extension Week 0 through Week 24 (Extension Day 0 to Day 168)  
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 14 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
The study duration will be up to 76 weeks after the Week 0 infusion. Extension Study Period will be initiated 
between Week 48 and Week 52 of the Entire Study Period. A schematic of the study design is presented in 
Figure S1. There will be additional follow-up visits for patients with B-cell, IgM and IgG values below the LLN 
or less than 50% of their baseline value until recovery is achieved for one of them. 
The term “Extension” will be used for all the visits in the Extension Study Period (i.e. Extension Week X or 
Extension Day X). Otherwise, visits will simply be stated as Week X.  
Figure S1 
Study Schematic 
 
* Any courses of treatment after the first course will be initiated if the following safety criteria are met:  
• 
Absolute neutrophil count should be ≥1.5 × 103 cells/µL (SI units: ≥1.5 × 109 cells/L), platelet count should be 
≥75 × 103 cells/µL (SI units: ≥75 × 109 cells/L), asparatate aminotransferase or alanine aminotransferase should 
be ≤ 2.5 times upper limit of normal and levels of IgG should be ≥ 500 mg/dL (5.0g/L), at the last blood sample 
analysis (i.e, Week 16 for second course of treatment and within 8 weeks from the Extension Week 0 for third 
course of treatment). 
• 
The patient has not developed any conditions which, in the investigators opinion, would preclude the patient 
receiving further courses of treatment (e.g., any new or uncontrolled disease such as, but not limited to, 
cardiovascular disease, or nervous system, pulmonary, renal, hepatic, endocrine or gastrointestinal disorder).  
Note: Part 1 and Part 2 of the study will follow this study scheme. 
In Part 1, the first approximately 189 patients with RA will be randomly assigned in a 1:1:1 ratio to 1 of 
3 treatment groups, CT-P10, Rituxan or MabThera (approximately 63 patients per treatment group). 
In Part 2, approximately 172 subsequent patients with RA will be randomly assigned in a 1:1 ratio to 1 of 
2 treatment groups, CT-P10 or Rituxan. In total, approximately 361 patients will be available for analysis. 
Approximately 189 initial patients to be enrolled in the study will be assigned to Part 1 and all subsequent 
patients enrolled in the study will be assigned to Part 2. All patients from Part 1 of the study will be included in 
Part 2 of the study and undergo all assessments performed in Part 2. A schematic of study patient assignment for 
Part 1 and Part 2 is presented in Figure S2. Part 2 will run independently and in parallel with Part 1. 
Figure S2 
Study Schematic for the Main Study Period (up to Week 48)  
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 15 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
The Extension Study Period is designed to evaluate additional safety and immunogenicity.  
Patients can continue on the Extension Study Period with an additional course of treatment regardless of the 
number of treatment courses they are treated during the Main Study Period if the following conditions are met;  
• 
Complete all of the scheduled visits up to Week 48 and  
• 
Meet the predefined safety criteria. 
The third course of treatment should be initiated between Week 48 and Week 52. If administration of the third 
course of treatment is deemed necessary to be initiated after Week 52 at the discretion of the investigator, the 
study infusion can be administered within 72 weeks from the first infusion of the first course of treatment after 
discussion with the Sponsor. In this case, the study infusion must be initiated NO LATER than 52 weeks from 
the Day 0 for the last enrolled patient. 
Note that patients, who have the End-of-Study (EOS) visit at Week 48, can participate in the Extension Study 
Period if the patients sign an informed consent form within 24 weeks from the EOS visit and do not have 
prohibited medications prior to entering the Extension Study Period.  
All patients eligible for Extension Phase from Rituxan group will be randomized again at Extension Week 0. 
The randomization will be conducted and stratified by  
• 
The number of courses they are treated during the Main Study Period and  
• 
The EULAR-CRP response status (responder vs non-responder) assessed at Week 40. 
To keep the blind during the study, stratification factors will be entered for all patients at Extension Week 0. In 
the case there were no EULAR-CRP response status available at week 40, the last EULAR-CRP response status 
assessment done between Weeks 40 and 48 will be used. Baseline values for assessment of EULAR-CRP will 
be the last value from screening to Day 0 (Week 0) of the study. A schematic of the study patient assignment for 
this randomization is presented in Figure S3. 
Figure S3 
Study Schematic 
 
Patients, who are assigned to receive CT-P10 with their first infusion in the study, will be considered as group 1 
and maintain CT-P10 for the third course. 
Patients, who are assigned to receive Rituxan with their first infusion in the study, will be randomized 1:1 ratio 
to group 2 (CT-P10 will be administered for the third course) and group 3 (Rituxan will be maintained for the 
third course) at Extension Week 0.  
Patients, who are assigned to receive MabThera with their first infusion in the study, will be considered as 
group 4 and receive CT-P10 for the third course at Extension Week 0.  
The third course of treatment will be initiated between Week 48 and Week 52 of the Entire Study Period if 
patients become eligible according to the predefined safety criteria for the course based on the results assessed 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 16 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
within 8 weeks from the Extension Week 0. A visit window is not permitted on the day of second infusion for 
the third course of treatment. 
Unscheduled visit(s) can be conducted for assessment of safety criteria until the initiation of the third course of 
treatment.   
For patients who receive the third course of treatment at Week 48, the scheduled assessments and samplings 
should be performed according to the schedule of events and sampling schemes for the Extension Week 0, 
respectively. Otherwise, all scheduled assessments for Week 48 should be performed separately from the 
Extension Week 0 according to the schedule of events for Main Study Period. 
All patients will receive MTX and folic acid concomitantly. Each patient may receive 3 courses of treatment; 
the first course will be an infusion of study drug (CT-P10, Rituxan or MabThera) at Week 0 and Week 2. If 
patients meet the predefined safety criteria, patients are eligible to receive the additional course(s) of study drug 
(2 infusions in each course with a 2-week interval) at the discretion of the investigator.  
For the second course of treatment in the Main Study Period, patients, who do not meet the predefined safety 
criteria, will not receive an additional course of treatment, but they will be followed according to the schedule of 
events.  
For the third course of treatment in the Extension Study Period, patients, who do not meet the predefined safety 
criteria within the time frame for the study drug infusion, will not receive an additional course of treatment and 
will be terminated from the study. 
Pharmacokinetic Assessments: The PK analysis will be performed on the PK population. The following table 
summarizes the planned PK analysis. 
 
Part 1 (189 patients) 
Part 2 (361 patients) 
 
CT-P10 
(63 patients) 
Rituxan 
(63 patients) 
MabThera 
(63 patients) 
CT-P10 
(149 patients*) 
Reference 
products 
(212 patients#) 
Primary 
AUC0-last, AUC0-∞ and Cmax, over the first 24 weeks 
Not applicable 
Secondar
y 
AUC0-day14, Vd, CL, t1/2, Cmax, 1, Tmax, Cmin, and Ctrough 
over the first 24 weeks 
Cmax, Tmax, Cmin, and Ctrough over 48 
weeks 
* Includes up to 63 patients from Part 1 
# 149 patient from Rituxan group including 63 patients from Part 1 and up to 63 patients from MabThera group from Part 1  
Serum blood samples will be obtained within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the study drug infusion, 
within 15 minutes after the end of the study drug infusion, 1 hour (±15 minutes) after the end of the study drug 
infusion, and 24 hours (±2 hours) after the start of the study drug infusion and any time during the day 
according to the sampling scheme.  
 
Part 1 
Co-primary PK endpoints: The following PK parameters for the study drug (CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera) 
will be determined as co-primary PK endpoints (over the first 24 weeks): 
• AUC0-last: area under the serum concentration-time curve covering both infusions, time to the last measurable 
concentration 
• AUC0-∞: area under the serum concentration-time curve covering both infusion, time zero to infinity  
• Cmax: maximum concentration after the second infusion 
Secondary PK endpoints: The following PK parameters for the study drug (CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera) 
will be determined as secondary PK endpoints (over the first 24 weeks): 
• AUC0-day14: area under the serum concentration-time curve covering both infusion, time zero to day 14 
• Vd: volume of distribution 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 17 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
• CL: total clearance 
• t1/2: terminal elimination half-life after the second infusion 
• Tmax: time to Cmax after both the first and second infusions 
• Cmax, 1: maximum concentration after the first infusion 
• Cmin: concentration at Week 24 
• Ctrough: trough concentration prior to the second infusion 
Part 2 
Secondary PK endpoints: The following PK parameters for the study drug (CT-P10 and reference products) will 
be determined as secondary PK endpoints (up to Week 48 or over the first 24 weeks if second course of 
treatment is not administered) 
• Tmax: time to Cmax after both the first and second infusions 
• Cmax: maximum concentration after both the first and second infusions 
• Cmin: concentration at Weeks 24 and 48 
• Ctrough: trough concentration prior to the second infusion 
Efficacy Assessments:   
Part 2 
Primary endpoint: The following efficacy parameter for the study drugs (CT-P10 and reference products 
[Rituxan and MabThera]) will be determined as the primary efficacy endpoint: 
• The change from Baseline in disease activity measured by DAS28 (CRP) at Week 24  
Secondary endpoints: The following efficacy parameters for the study drug  will be determined as secondary 
efficacy endpoints:  
• American College of Rheumatology (ACR) definition of a 20% improvement criteria (ACR20), ACR 50% 
improvement criteria (ACR50) and ACR 70% improvement criteria (ACR70) at Week 24, Week 48, and 
Extension Week 24 
• Individual components of the ACR criteria compared with Baseline at Week 24, Week 48, and Extension 
Week 24 
• Time to onset of ACR20 response over 24 weeks 
• Mean change from Baseline in disease activity measured by DAS28 (CRP) at Weeks 12 and 48 and 
Extension Week 24 and DAS28 (ESR) at Weeks 12, 24 and 48 and Extension Week 24 
• Proportion of patients with a good response, defined according to the European League Against Rheumatism 
(EULAR) response criteria at Week 24, Week 48, and Extension Week 24 
• Hybrid ACR response at Week 24, Week 48, and Extension Week 24 
• Simplified disease activity index (SDAI) and clinical disease activity index (CDAI) at Week 24, Week 48, 
and Extension Week 24 
• Joint damage progression based on radiographic evaluations, van der Heijde modification of the Sharp 
scoring system at Week 48, Extension Week 24 and the EOS visit 
• Functional disability (Health Assessment Questionnaire [HAQ] disability index) at Week 24, Week 48, and 
Extension Week 24 
• Health-related quality of life (Medical Outcomes Study Short-Form Health Survey [SF-36] health survey 
score) compared with Baseline at Week 24, Week 48, and Extension Week 24 
Pharmacodynamic Assessments: The following PD parameters for the study drug (CT-P10, Rituxan and 
MabThera) will be determined as PD endpoints: 
• B-cell kinetics over time including depletion and recovery  
• CRP and ESR at Week 24, Week 48, and Extension Week 24 
• Rheumatoid factor (RF) and anti-cyclic citrullinated peptide (anti-CCP) at Week 24, Week 48, and 
Extension Week 24  
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 18 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Biomarker Assessments (Optional): For patients who sign a separate informed consent form for the biomarker 
assessments, a blood sample for evaluation of FcγR genotype (FcγRIIa, IIIa, and/or any necessary genotypes) 
will be collected after randomization (before dosing on Day 0 of Week 0). 
Safety Assessments: Safety will be assessed by immunogenicity testing, immunoglobulin (IgM, IgG and IgA) 
testing, hypersensitivity monitoring via vital sign measurements (including blood pressure, heart and respiratory 
rates, and temperature) and ECGs, vital sign measurements, ECGs, signs and symptoms of TB monitored 
throughout the study, physical examination findings, adverse events (AEs), infections, infusion-related 
reactions, clinical laboratory analyses, pregnancy testing, and concomitant medications. 
Data Analysis:  
Statistical analysis: Randomization will be stratified by country, prior anti-TNF-alpha (anti-TNF-α) blocker 
status (inadequate response versus intolerant case), and RF or anti-CCP status (both positive versus both 
negative versus either RF or anti-CCP negative). 
Patients from Rituxan and MabThera treatment groups will be combined as a reference products group for the 
Part 2 analyses up to Week 48.  
At Extension Week 0, randomization will be conducted and stratified by the number of courses they are treated 
during the Main Study Period and the EULAR-CRP response status (responder vs non-responder) assessed at 
Week 40. In the case there were no EULAR-CRP response status available at week 40, the last EULAR-CRP 
response status assessment done between Weeks 40 and 48 will be used. Baseline values for assessment of 
EULAR-CRP will be the last value from screening to Day 0 (Week 0) of the study. 
Pharmacokinetic analysis: For both primary and secondary PK analyses will be performed using data from the 
Main Study Period.  
Co-primary PK endpoints: The primary PK analysis will assess the similarity of CT-P10, Rituxan and 
MabThera in terms of AUC0-last (over both infusions of the first course of treatment, from time zero to the last 
measurable concentration), AUC0-∞ (over both infusions of the first course of treatment, from time zero to 
infinity) and Cmax (after the second infusion in the first course of treatment) as co-primary PK endpoints. The 
primary PK parameter estimates will be analyzed using an analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) with treatment as 
a fixed effect and country, gender, race, prior anti-TNF-alpha (anti-TNF-α) blocker status (inadequate response 
versus intolerant case), and RF or anti-CCP status (both positive versus both negative versus either RF or anti-
CCP negative) fitted as covariates. If country is found to be unsuitable as a covariate due to the number of 
levels, then this may be pooled into a new variable, region defined in the statistical analysis plan (SAP), for use 
as a covariate. Point estimates (geometric means and ratio of geometric means) will be calculated from back 
transforming the least squares means of the natural log-transformed values of AUC0-last, AUC0-∞ and Cmax. 
AUC0-last, AUC0-∞ and Cmax will be natural log-transformed prior to analysis, and 90% confidence intervals (CIs) 
for the ratio of the geometric means of the 2 treatments (CT-P10 versus Rituxan, CT-P10 versus MabThera, and 
Rituxan versus MabThera) will also be produced. Similarity will be demonstrated if the 90% confidence interval 
(CI) for the geometric mean ratio of CT-P10 to Rituxan and MabThera in AUC0-last, AUC0-∞ and Cmax is within 
the bounds of 80% and 125%. AUC0-last, AUC0-∞ and Cmax will be summarized by treatment. Summary statistics 
will include the n, mean, standard deviation (SD), median, minimum, maximum, geometric mean, and 
coefficient of variation (CV). In Part 1, based on overall 90% power, a type I error of 0.1, an interpatient CV in 
AUC0-last of 30%, 50 patients are needed in each treatment group being compared (50 patients in the CT-P10 
treatment group, 50 patients in the Rituxan treatment group, and 50 patients in the MabThera treatment group; 
150 patients in total). Allowing for a drop-out rate of 20%, 189 patients will be randomly assigned into the 
study in a 1:1:1 allocation. 
Secondary PK endpoints: For patients in Part 1, the following secondary PK parameters will be considered: 
AUC0-day14 (over both infusions of the first course of treatment, from time zero to day 14), Vd, CL, t1/2 (after the 
second infusion in the first course of treatment), Tmax (after both the first and second infusions in the first course 
of treatment), Cmax, 1 (after the first infusion in the first course of treatment), Cmin (at Week 24 in the first course 
of treatment), Ctrough (prior to the second infusion in the first course of treatment). 
For patients in Part 2, the following secondary PK parameters will be considered: Tmax (after both the first and 
second infusions in the first and second courses of treatment), Cmax (after the first and second infusions in the 
first and second courses of treatment), Cmin (at Week 24), and Ctrough (prior to the second infusion in the first and 
second courses of treatment). 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 19 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
These PK variables will be presented in listings and summarized in tables. The summary tables will display the 
following descriptive statistics: n, mean, median, SD, minimum, maximum, geometric mean, and CV. 
The PK population is defined to be all patients who receive at least 2 doses (Week 0 and Week 2) of study drug 
(CT-P10, Rituxan or MabThera), who provide sufficient blood concentration data to compute the required PK 
variables, and who do not have any major protocol violation including a violation of the inclusion and exclusion 
of criteria. The PK population will be the primary population for the summary and analysis of PK data. 
Efficacy analysis: For primary efficacy analysis will be performed using data from the Main Study Period.  
Primary efficacy endpoint: The changes from baseline in disease activity measured by DAS28 (CRP) at Week 
24. For Part 2, the sample size will be extended from that in Part 1 to 361 patients, 149 patients in the CT-P10 
group and 212 patients from a reference products group (149 patients from Rituxan group and up to 63 patients 
from MabThera groups), including 3 × 63 patients from each of the three treatment groups from Part 1. In the 
sample size calculation, the common standard deviation of the mean change of DAS28 at Week 24 from 
baseline is assumed as 1.32 based on the CT-P10 1.1 study result for the therapeutic equivalence margin of 
±0.50. This sample size of 133 and 189 evaluable patients in the CT-P10 and reference products groups, 
respectively, leads to approximately 90% power for the demonstration of similarity based on a two-sided 90% 
CI and the chosen margin. The drop-out rate has been hypothesized at 10% and it will be only applied to 
patients who will be enrolled for Part 2 since the drop-out rate for the patients from Part 1 is already considered, 
so the proposed total sample size of 361 patients (149 patients in the CT-P10 group and 212 patients in the 
reference products group [Rituxan and MabThera groups], including up to 63 patients per treatment group from 
Part 1) is expected to yield 322 evaluable patients (133 patients in the CT-P10 group and 189 patients in the 
reference products group [Rituxan and MabThera groups], including 56 patients per treatment group from Part 
1). The primary analysis for DAS28 is an analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) comparing the change from 
baseline of DAS28 (CRP) after 24 weeks of treatment between two groups, CT-P10 and reference products, 
considering the treatment as a fixed effect and country, gender, race, prior anti-TNF-α blocker status 
(inadequate response versus intolerant case), and RF or anti-CCP status (both positive versus both negative 
versus either RF or anti-CCP negative) fitted as covariates. If country is found to be unsuitable as a covariate 
due to the number of levels, then this may be pooled into a new variable, region defined in the SAP, for use as a 
covariate. Similarity for the change from baseline of DAS28 (CRP) at week 24 will be evaluated based on the 
two-sided 90% confidence interval obtained from the ANCOVA model for the difference of means of the 
change in DAS28 (CRP) between the two treatment groups. The equivalence margin for the 90% CI is defined 
as [-0.50, 0.50]. 
Secondary efficacy endpoints: The proportion of patients demonstrating ACR20, ACR50, and ACR70 (based 
on 1995 ACR criteria) will be summarized by treatment, at Week 24, Week 48, and Extension Week 24. The 
mean change in the components of the ACR criteria from Baseline will be summarized for ACR20, ACR50, 
ACR70, and hybrid ACR. Time to onset of the ACR20 response will also be summarized by treatment. The 
DAS28 data will be listed and summarized by treatment (including ESR and CRP levels). In addition, change 
from Baseline will also be summarized, by treatment, for assessments after the first infusion. The DAS-based 
EULAR response criteria will be summarized by treatment. Simplified and clinical disease activity will be 
measured using the SDAI and CDAI calculated from the appropriate formulas. Joint damage progression based 
on radiographic evaluations (1 image of both the right and left hands and both the right and left feet for a total of 
4 images) will be assessed by the change in the van der Heijde modification of the Sharp scoring system at the 
Week48, Extension Week24 and the EOS Visit.  The HAQ disability index and SF-36 data will be listed and 
summarized by treatment. Summaries will be included for the SF-36 physical component score and the mental 
component score. 
The efficacy population is defined to be all patients who receive at least 1 dose of study drug (CT-P10, Rituxan 
or MabThera), who have at least 1 post-treatment efficacy result, and who do not have any major protocol 
violation including a violation of the inclusion and exclusion of criteria. The efficacy population will be the 
primary population for the summary of efficacy data. 
The all-randomized population is defined to be all patients enrolled and randomly assigned to receive a dose of 
study drug, regardless of whether or not any study drug dosing was completed. All efficacy parameters will also 
be analyzed for the all-randomized population. 
Pharmacodynamic analysis: All PD data will be listed and summarized by treatment, where appropriate. The 
comparison of the concentration of B-cell kinetics between CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera will be performed 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 20 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
using ANCOVA, with treatment as a fixed effect and baseline values, country, gender, race, prior anti-TNF-α 
blocker status (inadequate response versus intolerant case), and RF or anti-CCP status (both positive versus both 
negative versus either RF or anti-CCP negative) fitted as covariates. If country is found to be unsuitable as a 
covariate due to the number of levels, then this may be pooled into a new variable, region defined in the SAP, 
for use as a covariate. Point estimates and 95% CIs will be provided. Pharmacodynamic data will also be 
summarized using quantitative descriptive statistics (including geometric mean and CV, where appropriate). 
The PD population is defined to be all patients who receive at least 1 dose of study drug (CT-P10, Rituxan or 
MabThera) and have at least 1 post-treatment PD result. The PD population will be the primary population for 
the summary of PD data. 
Safety analysis: Adverse events will be coded to system organ class and preferred term according to the Medical 
Dictionary for Regulatory Activities. Adverse events will be graded for severity according to the Common 
Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events v4.0. All safety data will be listed and summarized by treatment as 
appropriate.  
The safety population is defined to be all patients who receive at least 1 dose (full or partial) of study drug 
(CT-P10, Rituxan or MabThera). The safety population will be the primary population for the summary of 
safety data.  
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 21 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
List of Abbreviations 
Abbreviation 
Definition 
ACR 
American College of Rheumatology 
ACR20  
ACR 20% improvement criteria 
ACR50  
ACR 50% improvement criteria 
ACR70 
ACR 70% improvement criteria 
AE 
adverse event  
ANCOVA 
analysis of covariance  
anti-CCP 
Anti-cyclic citrullinated peptide 
AUC0-day14 
area under the serum concentration-time curve from time zero to day 14 
AUC0-∞ 
area under the serum concentration-time curve from time zero to infinity 
AUC0-last 
area under the serum concentration-time curve from time zero to time of last 
quantifiable concentration 
B-cell 
B-lymphocyte 
BLys 
B-lymphocyte stimulatory protein 
BQL 
below quantification limit 
CDAI 
clinical disease activity index 
CI 
confidence interval 
CL 
total clearance 
Cmax 
maximum serum concentration 
Cmin 
minimum serum concentration 
CRP 
C-reactive protein 
CTCAE 
Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events  
Ctrough 
trough serum concentration 
CV 
coefficient of variation 
DAS28 
Disease Activity Score using 28 joint counts 
DSMB 
Data Safety Monitoring Board 
eCRF 
electronic case report form 
EOS 
end of study 
ESR 
erythrocyte sedimentation rate 
EU 
European Union 
EULAR 
European League Against Rheumatism 
GCP 
Good Clinical Practice 
HAQ 
Health Assessment Questionnaire 
HIV 
human immunodeficiency virus 
ICF 
informed consent form 
ICH 
International Conference on Harmonisation 
IEC 
independent ethics committee 
IgA 
immunoglobulin A 
IgG 
immunoglobulin G 
IgM 
immunoglobulin M 
IL-1 
interleukin-1 
IL-1R 
interleukin-1 receptor 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 22 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Abbreviation 
Definition 
IL-6R 
interleukin-6 receptor 
IRB 
institutional review board 
IRR 
infusion-related reaction 
IV 
intravenous 
IVRS 
interactive voice response system 
IWRS 
interactive Web response system 
LLN 
lower limit of normal 
MedDRA 
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
MTX 
methotrexate 
PD 
pharmacodynamic  
PK 
pharmacokinetic 
PML 
progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy 
PT 
preferred term 
RA 
rheumatoid arthritis  
RF 
rheumatoid factor 
SAE 
serious adverse event  
SAP 
statistical analysis plan  
SD 
standard deviation 
SDAI 
simplified disease activity index 
SF-36  
Medical Outcomes Study Short-Form Health Survey 
SI 
Système International d’Unités 
SOC 
system organ class  
t1/2 
terminal elimination half-life 
T-cell 
T-lymphocyte 
TB 
tuberculosis 
Tmax 
time to maximum serum concentration 
TNF 
tumor necrosis factor  
TNF-α 
tumor necrosis factor-alpha 
ULN 
upper limit of normal 
US 
United States 
Vd 
volume of distribution 
VAS 
visual analogue scale 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 23 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
1 Introduction 
Rheumatoid arthritis (RA) is a chronic systemic inflammatory disease that affects 0.8% to 1.0% 
of all populations. The etiology of RA is not fully understood although major progress has 
been made in our understanding of the disease. 
Rheumatoid arthritis primarily affects diarthrodial joints in a symmetrical distribution with an 
additive disease evolution over years (Scott et al 1987). The hallmark of the disease is 
damage and disruption of joint integrity, starting early in the course of RA. In most cases, 
bone erosions progress and lead to irreversible joint deformities. It is estimated that around 
one-third of patients have radiographic evidence of bone erosions at the time of diagnosis, and 
this increases to almost 60% 2 years after diagnosis (van der Heijde 1995). Unless the 
inflammatory processes are halted or controlled, the disease leads to substantial disability, 
comorbidities, and in some cases, premature death (Lard et al 2001).  
About 80% of patients with RA present with rheumatoid factor (RF) (i.e., 
anti-immunoglobulin G [IgG]-Fc antibodies) in their serum, which is associated with a poor 
prognosis (McInnes 2001). Along with more recent discoveries of other autoantibodies, such 
as anticyclic citrullinated peptide (anti-CCP), the presence of autoantibodies strongly suggests 
that B-lymphocytes (B-cells) are involved in the pathogenesis of RA. Also, an observation 
more than 20 years ago of the presence of a considerable number of cells of the B-cell lineage 
in the rheumatoid synovium, including RF producing B-cells and plasma cells, supports this 
notion (Petersen et al 1984). Research in animal models has demonstrated the critical role of 
B-cells in disease development as animals lacking functional B-cells or receiving B-cell 
inhibitory signals are less likely to develop experimentally induced arthritis (Wang et al 2001). 
Recent research established a clear role of cytokines, protein factors, and interaction of 
various cell populations (including T-lymphocytes [T-cells], B-cells, and fibroblasts) in the 
pathogenesis of the inflammatory lesion in the synovial membrane with consequent 
destruction of joint cartilage and bone. A recently discovered protein, B-lymphocyte 
stimulatory protein (BLys), is believed to contribute to B-cell recruitment and activation in 
RA. Elevated concentrations of BLys have been detected in the synovial fluid and serum of 
many patients with RA and in serum of patients with other inflammatory diseases (Tan et al 
2003).  
It has also been established that there is an intimate relationship among dendritic cells, 
macrophages, B-cells, and T-cells within the RA synovium. In particular, dendritic cells and 
macrophages are dependent on stimuli released by B-cells, and this may explain why 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 24 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
dendritic cell function may remain impaired beyond the recovery of B-cells following B-cell 
depletion (Toubi et al 2007; Youinou et al 2007). Cellular interactions, such as antigen 
processing and presentation, occur upstream of the proinflammatory cytokine response 
involving tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-alpha (TNF-α), interleukin-1 (IL-1), and interleukin-6. 
In addition, production of immunoglobulin M (IgM)-RF and IgG-RF by plasma cells in the 
rheumatoid synovium may act as a self-perpetuating stimulus for local B-cell proliferation 
and differentiation (Edwards 1999). Therefore, it appears increasingly evident that B-cells 
play a key pathogenetic role in the induction and maintenance of RA.  
Clinical relevance of depleting B-cells in RA has been demonstrated by using a cytotoxic, 
chimeric anti-CD20 monoclonal antibody (Rituxan and MabThera) and these products have 
been approved for the treatment of patients with RA who have an inadequate response to 
TNF-α blocking agents. Also, previous studies on anti-TNF-α naïve patients with RA who did 
not benefit from methotrexate (MTX) therapy show that two-thirds of these patients obtained 
a clinical response following anti-CD20 therapy as measured by the American College of 
Rheumatology (ACR) 20% improvement criteria (ACR20) (Emery et al 2006). However, the 
adverse event (AE) profile included a high frequency of infusion-related events requiring 
premedication with intravenous (IV) steroids. One hypothesis is that rapid B-cell lysis is the 
driver for the observed infusion-related events. Development of human antichimeric 
antibodies has been observed in up to 25% of patients treated with a chimeric anti-CD20 
antibody (Higashida et al 2005).  
Following initial treatment, patients typically remain B-cell depleted for between 6 and 
12 months, and some patients show no B-cell recovery for longer periods (MabThera  2015; 
Rituxan 2014). Currently, retreatment is given upon disease relapse, indicating that patients 
do not keep their initial clinical benefit over time. Also, in patients who initially do not 
respond to treatment, the prolonged B-cell depletion presents a risk without clinical benefit. 
CT-P10 is being developed by CELLTRION, Inc. as a biosimilar candidate of Rituxan and 
MabThera, a compound with established efficacy in the treatment of active RA (MabThera 
2015; Rituxan. 2014). Rituximab is approved as Rituxan in the United States and as 
MabThera in other countries. CT-P10 can offer a more affordable treatment for RA than the 
originator protein if similar efficacy and safety are demonstrated and allow increased access 
to this valuable drug with a proven mechanism of action in RA patients. 
The pharmacokinetic (PK) profile is expected to be similar to that of Rituxan and MabThera. 
There will be 2 serum peaks of CT-P10 at the end of the IV infusions that will be 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 25 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
administered on Day 0 and Day 14: the peak concentrations will be approximately 400 μg/mL 
with a standard deviation (SD) of ±200 μg/mL. Serum levels will decrease slowly after 
maximum serum concentration (Cmax) has been reached. The terminal elimination half-life 
(t1/2) of CT-P10 is expected to be approximately 20 days (SD of ± several days). 
This is a similarity study that consists of 3 parallel arms of Rituxan (US-licensed), MabThera 
(EU-approved), and CT-P10. All statistical assessments will be direct comparisons between 
the treatment groups at corresponding time points. 
The PK sampling time design is based on mean MabThera t1/2 of approximately 20.8 days in 
patients with RA (MabThera  2015) and on published PK studies (Breedveld et al 2007; Tran 
et al 2010). The area under the concentration-time curve from time zero to time of last 
quantifiable concentration (AUC0-last), the area under the concentration-time curve from time 
zero to infinity (AUC0-∞) and Cmax (after the second infusion) from the first course of 
treatment were selected as the co-primary PK endpoints.  
1.1 
Rationale for Study 
CT-P10 is a monoclonal antibody currently being developed by CELLTRION, Inc., which is 
intended to be formulated as a biosimilar to Rituxan and MabThera. This randomized, 
controlled, multicenter, 3-arm, parallel-group, double-blind, prospective, Phase 3 study is 
designed to demonstrate similar pharmacokinetics in terms of AUC0-last, AUC0-∞ and Cmax 
(after second infusion) between CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera in patients with active RA 
concomitantly treated with MTX and folic acid during the first course of treatment (over the 
first 24 weeks). 
For the treatment of a patient with RA who has experienced an inadequate response to 
previous or current treatment with the anti-TNF-α agents or was intolerant to at least 1 
administration of these agents, the Summary of Product Characteristics for 
MabThera/Prescribing Information for Rituxan recommends 1000 mg by IV infusion. Each 
patient may receive 3 courses of treatment. Each course consists of 2 infusions with a 2-week 
interval between the first and second infusions. 
Part 2 of the study is further designed to demonstrate that CT-P10 is similar to reference 
products (Rituxan and MabThera) in terms of efficacy at Week 24 and also to evaluate the 
additional Pharmacokinetics (up to Week 48), efficacy, pharmacodynamics, overall safety, 
and biomarkers of CT-P10 compared with reference products. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 26 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Patients from Rituxan and MabThera treatment groups will be combined as a reference 
products group for the Part 2 analyses up to Week 48.  
The Extension Study Period will be composed of an additional course up to 24 weeks. 
1.2 
Benefits and Risks Assessments 
In this study, all patients will receive at least 1 course of treatment consisting of 2 infusions of 
study drug (1000 mg CT-P10, Rituxan or MabThera) with a 2-week interval between the first 
and second infusions (i.e., on Day 0 [Week 0] and Day 14 [Week 2]). Subsequent courses of 
treatment also consisting of 2 infusions of study drug (1000 mg CT-P10, Rituxan or 
MabThera) with a 2-week interval between the first and second infusions may be 
administered at Week 24 for the second course and at Extension Week 0 for the third course, 
if patients meet the predefined safety criteria.  
Infusions will begin slowly (50 mg/hour for the first infusion, 100 mg/hour for the second 
infusion) and increase following a predefined escalation scheme (based on infusion and/or 
hypersensitivity reaction) to a maximum of 400 mg/hour. The proposed dosing regimen is in 
line with the approved labeling for Rituxan and MabThera.  
In view of the similar structure and biological activity, the overall safety profile of CT-P10 is 
expected to mirror that for Rituxan and MabThera. In RA, the most frequent adverse reaction 
considered to be due to receipt of Rituxan and MabThera was infusion-related reactions 
(IRRs). The overall incidence of IRRs in clinical studies was 23% with the first infusion and 
decreased with subsequent infusions. Serious IRRs were uncommon (0.5% of patients) and 
were predominantly seen during the initial course. In addition to adverse reactions seen in RA 
clinical studies for Rituxan and MabThera, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy and 
serum sickness-like reaction have been reported during postmarketing experience.  
The proposed safety monitoring is deemed to be sufficient to monitor potential risks of 
CT-P10 administration. In view of the structural, biological, and toxicological similarity to 
Rituxan and MabThera, CT-P10 is expected to display the similar safety profile. Therefore, 
the incidence and severity of AEs, including serious AEs (SAEs), will be monitored and will 
be based on the safety profile for Rituxan and MabThera.  
In conclusion, based upon the nonclinical and clinical evidence highlighted above as well as 
the proven safety profile of Rituxan and MabThera to CT-P10, the benefits of the conduct of 
the proposed clinical study outweigh the associated risks. Additionally, CT-P10 is being 
developed as a biosimilar candidate of Rituxan and MabThera, a compound with established 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 27 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
efficacy in its registered indications and CT-P10 is intended to offer a more affordable 
treatment than Rituxan and MabThera, if similar efficacy and safety can be demonstrated 
during the conduct of these key clinical studies. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 28 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
2 Study Objectives 
All patients from Part 1 of the study will be included in Part 2 of the study and undergo all 
assessments performed in Part 2. 
2.1 
Primary Objectives 
2.1.1 Primary Objective: Part 1 
The primary objective of Part 1 of the study is: 
• To demonstrate similar pharmacokinetics in terms of AUC0-last, AUC0-∞ and Cmax (after 
the second infusion) of CT-P10 to Rituxan, CT-P10 to MabThera, and Rituxan to 
MabThera during the first course of treatment (over the first 24 weeks). 
2.1.2 Primary Objective: Part 2 
The primary objective of Part 2 of the study is: 
• To demonstrate that CT-P10 is similar to reference products in terms of efficacy as 
determined by clinical response according to change from baseline in disease activity 
measured by Disease Activity Score using 28 joint counts (DAS28) (C-reactive protein 
[CRP]) at Week 24. 
2.2 
Secondary Objectives 
2.2.1 Secondary Objectives: Part 1 
The secondary objectives of Part 1 of the study are: 
• To assess the additional PK variables of CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera during the first 
course of treatment (over the first 24 weeks). 
• To evaluate the pharmacodynamics and safety of CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera (over 
the first 24 weeks). 
2.2.2 Secondary Objective: Part 2 
The secondary objective of Part 2 of the study is: 
• To evaluate the additional pharmacokinetics (up to Week 48), efficacy, 
pharmacodynamics, overall safety, and biomarkers of CT-P10 compared with reference 
products. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 29 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
3 Investigational Plan 
3.1 
Study Design 
This is a randomized, controlled, multicenter, 3-arm, parallel-group, double-blind, prospective, 
PK, efficacy, PD, and safety Phase 3 study. There will be up to 3 periods in this study:  
• Screening Period: 
• Week -6 through Week 0 (Day -42 to Day -1) 
• Study Periods: 
• Main Study Period: Week 0 through Week 48 of the Study Period (Day 0 to Day 336) 
• Extension Study Period: Extension Week 0 through Week 24 (Extension Day 0 to Day 
168)  
The study duration will be up to 76 weeks after the Week 0 infusion. Extension Study Period 
will be initiated between Week 48 and Week 52 of the Entire Study Period. A schematic of 
the study design is presented in Figure 1. There will be additional follow-up visits for patients 
with B-cell, IgM and IgG values below the lower limit or normal (LLN) or less than 50% of 
their baseline value until recovery is achieved for one of them. 
The term “Extension” will be used for all the visits in the Extension Study Period (i.e. 
Extension Week X or Extension Day X). Otherwise, visits will simply be stated as Week X. 
Figure 1 
Study Schematic 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 30 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
*Any courses of treatment after the first course of treatment will be initiated if the following safety criteria are 
met:  
• 
Absolute neutrophil count should be ≥1.5 × 103 cells/µL (SI units: ≥1.5 × 109 cells/L), platelet count 
should be ≥75 × 103 cells/µL (SI units: ≥75 × 109 cells/L), asparatate aminotransferase or alanine 
aminotransferase should be ≤ 2.5 times upper limit of normal and levels of IgG should be ≥ 500 
mg/dL (5.0g/L), at the last blood sample analysis (i.e, Week 16 for second course of treatment and 
within 8 weeks from the Extension Week 0 for third course of treatment) 
• 
The patient has not developed any conditions which, in the investigators opinion, would preclude the 
patient receiving further courses of treatment (e.g., any new or uncontrolled disease such as, but not 
limited to, cardiovascular disease, or nervous system, pulmonary, renal, hepatic, endocrine or 
gastrointestinal disorder). 
Note: Part 1 and Part 2 of the study will follow this study scheme. 
 
In Part 1, the first approximately 189 patients with RA will be randomly assigned in a 
1:1:1 ratio to 1 of 3 treatment groups, CT-P10, Rituxan or MabThera (approximately 
63 patients per treatment group). 
In Part 2, approximately 172 subsequent patients with RA will be randomly assigned in a 
1:1 ratio to 1 of 2 treatment groups, CT-P10 or Rituxan. In total, approximately 361 patients 
will be available for analysis. 
The first approximately 189 patients to be enrolled in the study will be assigned to Part 1 and 
all subsequent patients enrolled in the study will be assigned to Part 2. All patients from 
Part 1 of the study will be included in Part 2 of the study and undergo all assessments 
performed in Part 2. A schematic of study patient assignment for Part 1 and Part 2 is 
presented in Figure 2. Part 2 will run independently and in parallel with Part 1.  
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 31 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Figure 2 
Schematic Diagram of Study Patients for the Main Study Period (up 
to Week 48) 
 
The Extension Study Period is designed to evaluate additional safety and immunogenicity.  
Patients can continue on the Extension Study Period with an additional course of treatment 
regardless of the number of treatment courses they are treated during the Main Study Period if 
the following conditions are met;  
• 
Complete all of the scheduled visits up to Week 48 and  
• 
Meet the predefined safety criteria. 
The third course of treatment should be initiated between Week 48 and Week 52. If 
administration of the third course of treatment is deemed necessary to be initiated after Week 
52 at the discretion of the investigator, the study infusion can be administered within 72 
weeks from the first infusion of the first course of treatment after discussion with the Sponsor. 
In this case, the study infusion must be initiated NO LATER than 52 weeks from the Day 0 
for the last enrolled patient. 
Note that patients, who have the End-of-Study (EOS) visit at Week 48, can participate in the 
Extension Study Period if the patients sign an informed consent form within 24 weeks from 
the EOS visit and do not have prohibited medications prior to entering the Extension Study 
Period. 
All patients eligible for Extension Phase from Rituxan group will be randomized again at 
Extension Week 0. The randomization will be conducted and stratified by:  
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 32 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
• The number of courses they are treated during the Main Study Period and 
• The EULAR-CRP response status (responder vs non-responder) assessed at Week 40.  
To keep the blind during the study, stratification factors will be entered for all patients at 
Extension Week 0. In the case there were no EULAR-CRP response status available at week 
40, the last EULAR-CRP response status assessment done between Weeks 40 and 48 will be 
used. Baseline values for assessment of EULAR-CRP will be the last value from screening to 
Day 0 (Week 0) of the study. A schematic of the study patient assignment for this 
randomization is presented in Figure 3. 
Figure 3 
Study Schematic 
 
Patients, who are assigned to receive CT-P10 with their first infusion in the study, will be 
considered as group 1 and maintain CT-P10 for the third course. 
Patients, who are assigned to receive Rituxan with their first infusion in the study, will be 
randomized 1:1 ratio to group 2 (CT-P10 will be administered for the third course) and group 
3 (Rituxan will be maintained for the third course) at Extension Week 0.  
Patients, who are assigned to receive MabThera with their first infusion in the study, will be 
considered as group 4 and receive CT-P10 for the third course at Extension Week 0.  
The third course of treatment will be initiated between Week 48 and Week 52 of the Entire 
Study Period if patients become eligible according to the predefined safety criteria for the 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 33 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
course based on the results assessed within 8 weeks from the Extension Week 0. A visit 
window is not permitted on the day of second infusion for the third course of treatment (study 
drug may continue after discussion with the sponsor if a deviation occurs).  
Unscheduled visit(s) can be conducted for assessment of safety criteria until the initiation of 
the third course of treatment.   
For patients who receive the third course of treatment at Week 48, the scheduled assessments 
and samplings should be performed according to the schedule of events and sampling 
schemes for the Extension Week 0 provided in the Table 6 and Table 9, respectively. 
Otherwise, all scheduled assessments for Week 48 should be performed separately from the 
Extension Week 0 according to the schedule of events (Table 6). 
All patients will receive MTX and folic acid concomitantly. Each patient may receive 
3 courses of treatment; the first course will be an infusion of study drug (CT-P10, Rituxan or 
MabThera) at Week 0 and Week 2. If patients meet the predefined safety criteria, patients are 
eligible to receive the additional course(s) of study drug (2 infusions in each course of 2-week 
interval) at the discretion of the investigator. For the second course of treatment in the Main 
Study Period, patients, who do not meet the predefined safety criteria, will not receive an 
additional course of treatment, but they will be followed according to the schedule of events 
(Table 5) for the Main Study Period.  
For the third course of treatment in the Extension Study Period, patients, who do not meet the 
predefined safety criteria within the time frame for the study drug infusion, will not receive an 
additional course of treatment and will be terminated from the study. 
Safety criteria for the any courses of treatment after the first course are predefined as:  
• Absolute neutrophil count should be ≥1.5 × 103 cells/µL (SI units: ≥1.5 × 109 cells/L), 
platelet count should be ≥75 × 103 cells/µL (SI units: ≥75 × 109 cells/L), asparatate 
aminotransferase or alanine aminotransferase should be ≤ 2.5 times upper limit of normal 
and levels of IgG should be ≥ 500 mg/dL (5.0g/L), at the last blood sample analysis (i.e, 
Week 16 for second course of treatment and within 8 weeks from the Extension Week 0 
for third course of treatment). 
• The patient has not developed any conditions which, in the investigators opinion, would 
preclude the patient receiving further courses of treatment (e.g., any new or uncontrolled 
disease such as, but not limited to, cardiovascular disease, or nervous system, pulmonary, 
renal, hepatic, endocrine or gastrointestinal disorder).  
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 34 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
For the Main Study Period, a schedule of events for patients who receive both first and second 
courses of treatment (from Screening to Week 48 or End-of-Study Visit) is provided in Table 
4 and a schedule of events for the patients who do not receive the second course of treatment 
(from Week 24 to Week 48 or End-of-Study Visit) is provided in Table 5. For the Extension 
Study Period, a schedule of events for patients is provided in Table 6. 
A patient will be considered as having completed the study if: 
• A patient who does not continue on the Extension Study Period and completes all visits up 
to Week 48 
• A patient who continue on the Extension Study Period and completes all visits up to 
Extension Week 24 
Discontinuation is defined as early discontinuation for any reason. These patients, if possible, 
should have an End-of-Study Visit. 
Study termination is defined as the date on which the last patient completes the last visit (if 
the study is not discontinued by CELLTRION, Inc.).  
Patients with B-cell, IgM and IgG values below the LLN or less than 50% of their baseline 
value should be monitored every 8 weeks after the study completion until recovery is 
achieved for one of them (equal to or higher than the LLN OR at least 50% of the baseline 
value). Upon the study completion, additional follow-up of B-cell, IgM and IgG will be 
determined by the Data Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB). 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 35 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
4 Patient Selection and Withdrawal Criteria 
4.1 
Selection of Study Population 
The first approximately 189 patients will be enrolled into Part 1 and approximately 
172 subsequent patients will be enrolled into Part 2 at approximately 110 study centers in 
Europe, Asia Pacific, and Latin America. In total, approximately 361 patients will be 
available for analysis (a total of approximately 149 patients for the CT-P10 group and 212 
patients for reference products group [Rituxan and MabThera groups], including up to 
63 patients from each treatment group in Part 1). Patients will be assigned to study drug only 
if they meet all of the inclusion criteria and none of the exclusion criteria. 
The specific inclusion and exclusion criteria for enrolling patients in this study are described 
in the following sections.  
From a total of approximately 361 patients, more than 30% of the patients from European 
regions will be included in this study. 
4.1.1 Inclusion Criteria 
Each patient must meet all of the following criteria to be enrolled in this study: 
1. Patient is male or female between 18 and 75 years old, inclusive. 
2. Patient has a diagnosis of RA according to the revised 1987 ACR classification criteria 
(Arnett et al 1988) for at least 6 months prior to randomization. 
3. Patient has active disease as defined by the presence of 6 or more swollen joints (of 
66 assessed) and 6 or more tender joints (of 68 assessed), and serum CRP ≥1.5 mg/dL 
(≥15 mg/L) or an ESR ≥28 mm/hour. 
4. Patient has experienced an inadequate response to previous or current treatment with the 
anti-TNF agents infliximab (≥3 mg/kg; at least 3 infusions for at least 3 months), 
golimumab (50 mg once a month for at least 12 to 14 weeks or 2 mg/kg IV infusion for at 
least 3 months), adalimumab (40 mg every other week for at least 3 months), or etanercept 
(25 mg twice weekly or 50 mg once weekly for at least 3 months), or was intolerant to at 
least 1 administration of these agents. Patients who discontinued etanercept for at least 
4 weeks, infliximab or adalimumab for at least 8 weeks, or golimumab for at least 10 
weeks prior to randomization are permitted to enter the study. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 36 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Patients who received any other anti-TNF agents not in this list can be enrolled if the 
patient discontinued the treatment at least 4 weeks or 5 half-lives prior to randomization, 
whichever is longer. 
5. Patient has a proper discontinuation period after treatment with interleukin-1 receptor (IL-
1R) antagonist, interleukin-6 receptor (IL-6R) antibody, or abatacept. Patients who 
discontinued IL-1R antagonist for at least 4 weeks, abatacept for at least 8 weeks, or 
IL-6R antibody for at least 17 weeks prior to randomization are permitted to enter the 
study. 
Patients who had any other biological drugs not in this list can be enrolled if the patient 
discontinued the treatment at least 4 weeks or 5 half-lives prior to randomization, 
whichever is longer. 
6. Patient has received MTX treatment (7.5 to 25 mg/week orally or parenterally) for at least 
the past 12 weeks, with the last 4 weeks at a stable dose before Screening.  
7. Patient has the following hematology laboratory test results at Screening: 
• Hemoglobin ≥8.0 g/dL 
• White blood cell count ≥3.5 × 103 cells/µL (SI [Système International d'Unités] units: 
≥3.5 × 109 cells/L) 
• Neutrophil count ≥1.5 × 103 cells/µL (SI units: ≥1.5 × 109 cells/L) 
• Platelet count ≥75× 103 cells/µL (SI units: ≥75 × 109 cells/L) 
8. Patient has adequate renal and hepatic function at Screening as defined by the following 
clinical chemistry results: 
• Serum creatinine <1.5 × upper limit of normal (ULN) or an estimated creatinine 
clearance level >50 mL/min (by Cockcroft-Gault formula) 
• Serum alanine aminotransferase <2.5 × ULN 
• Serum aspartate aminotransferase <2.5 × ULN 
• Serum total bilirubin <2 × ULN 
9. Patient has the ability to comprehend the full nature and purpose of the study, including 
possible risks and side effects, to cooperate with the investigator, to understand verbal 
and/or written instructions, and to comply with the requirements of the entire study. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 37 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
10. Patient (or legal guardian, if applicable) has been informed of the full nature and purpose 
of the study, including possible risks and side effects, and given ample time and 
opportunity to read and understand this information, and provide signed and dated written 
informed consent before inclusion in the study. 
11. For both male and female patients, the patient and their partners of childbearing potential 
either agree to practice total abstinence or use 2 of the following medically acceptable 
methods of contraception during the course of the study and for 12 months following 
discontinuation of study drug (excluding women who are not of childbearing potential and 
men who have been sterilized): 
• Barrier contraceptives (male condom, female condom, or diaphragm with a 
spermicidal gel) 
• Hormonal contraceptives (implants, injectables, combination oral contraceptives, 
transdermal patches, or contraceptive rings) 
• Intrauterine device 
Male and female patients and their partners who have been surgically sterilized for less 
than 6 months prior to the date of informed consent must agree to use 2 medically 
acceptable methods of contraception or to practice total abstinence. 
Menopausal females must have experienced their last period more than 12 months prior to 
the date of informed consent to be classified as not of childbearing. 
4.1.2 Exclusion Criteria 
Patients meeting any of the following criteria will be excluded from the study: 
1. Patient has taken more than 2 biologic agents. 
2. Patient has previously been administered rituximab or participated in a rituximab 
biosimilar study. 
3. Patient has allergies or hypersensitivity to murine, chimeric, human, or humanized 
proteins. 
4. Patient has current or past history of chronic infection with hepatitis B, hepatitis C, or 
infection with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)-1 or -2 or who has a positive result 
to the screening test for these infections. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 38 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
5. Patient has an infection requiring oral antibiotics 2 weeks before randomization, 
parenteral injection of antibiotics 4 weeks before randomization, other serious infection 
6 months before randomization, a history of recurrent herpes zoster or other chronic or 
recurrent infection 6 weeks before randomization. 
6. Patient has a past or current diagnosis of tuberculosis (TB), recent exposure to person with 
active TB, examination findings indicating the presence of TB, defined as a positive result 
for interferon-γ release assay, or other severe or chronic infection (such as sepsis, abscess 
or opportunistic infection, or invasive fungal infection such as histoplasmosis). A patient 
who has a past diagnosis with sufficient documentation of prophylaxis or complete 
resolution following treatment can be enrolled. 
7. Patient is receiving any of the following medications or therapies: 
• Previous treatment within 6 months of IV gamma globulin or the Prosorba Column 
• Any surgical procedure, including bone or joint surgery or synovectomy (including 
joint fusion or replacement) within 12 weeks prior to randomization or planned within 
6 months after randomization 
• Intra-articular corticosteroids within 8 weeks prior to randomization. Patients are 
permitted to receive either oral or parenteral glucocorticoids (≤10 mg daily of 
prednisone/prednisolone or equivalent), and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug, if 
they have received a stable dose for at least 4 weeks prior to randomization. In 
addition, patients are permitted to receive low potency topical, otic, and ophthalmic 
glucocorticoid preparations provided the preparations are administered per the 
instructions on the product label. 
• Disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs, other than MTX, including 
hydroxychloroquine, chloroquine, or sulfasalazine, within 4 weeks prior to 
randomization. Patients who discontinued leflunomide and have had successful 
chelation with 8 g of cholestyramine (3 times daily) for 11 days must wait 4 weeks 
prior to randomization. Patients who discontinued leflunomide and did not have a 
cholestyramine discontinuation period must wait 12 weeks after last dose of 
leflunomide before randomization. 
• Live or live-attenuated vaccine within 8 weeks prior to randomization, and killed 
vaccines within 4 weeks prior to randomization 
• History of any biologic agent causing B-cell depletion or targeting B-cells 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 39 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
8. Patient has a medical condition including one or more of the following: 
• Uncontrolled diabetes mellitus, even after insulin treatment  
• Uncontrolled hypertension at the discretion of the investigator 
• Any other inflammatory or rheumatic disease, including but not limited to psoriatic 
arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, spondyloarthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, 
Lyme disease, or fibromyalgia, that may confound the evaluation of the effect of study 
drug 
• History of any malignancy within the previous 5 years prior to date of informed 
consent except completely excised or cured squamous carcinoma of the uterine cervix, 
cutaneous basal cell carcinoma, or cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma 
• History of lymphoma, lymphoproliferative disease, or bone marrow hypoplasia 
• Patients with New York Heart Association class III or IV heart failure, severe 
uncontrolled cardiac disease (unstable angina, arrhythmias, clinically significant 
electrocardiogram [ECG] abnormalities), or myocardial infarction within the previous 
6 months prior to date of consent 
• History of organ transplantation, including corneal graft/transplantation 
• Severe physical incapacitation (unable to perform routine self-care), has RA ACR 
functional status class 4, or no expected benefit from medication 
• Any uncontrolled clinically significant respiratory disease (in the opinion of the 
investigator), including but not limited to chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, 
asthma, bronchiectasis, or pleural effusion 
• Previous diagnosis or symptoms suggestive of demyelinating disorders, including 
multiple sclerosis and Guillain-Barré syndrome 
• Any condition significantly affecting the nervous system (i.e., neuropathic conditions 
or nervous system damage) if it may interfere with the investigator’s assessment of 
disease assessment scores including joint counts 
• Any other serious acute or chronic medical or psychiatric condition that may increase 
the risk associated with study participation or investigational product administration or 
that may interfere with the interpretation of study results, in the opinion of the 
investigator 
9. Patient has current or past history of drug or alcohol abuse within 6 months of 
randomization. 
10. Patient has had treatment with any other investigational device or medicinal product 
within 4 weeks of randomization or 5 half-lives, whichever is longer. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 40 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
11. Patient is a female who is currently pregnant or breastfeeding or is planning to become 
pregnant or breastfeed within 12 months of the last dose of study drug. 
12. Patient, in the opinion of their general practitioner or investigator, should not participate 
in the study. 
13. Patient has a history of rheumatic autoimmune disease other than RA (except secondary 
Sjögren’s syndrome) or significant systemic involvement secondary to RA (vasculitis, 
pulmonary fibrosis, or Felty’s syndrome). 
 
4.2 
Withdrawal of Patients from the Study 
Completion of the study is defined in the Section 3.1.  
Patients who are withdrawn from the study for any reason before completion will not be 
considered to have completed. 
4.2.1 Reasons for Withdrawal 
Reasons for withdrawal include the following: 
• Patient develops signs of disease progression 
• Patient experiences no efficacy from the study drug 
• Patient withdraws consent or refuses to continue treatment or procedures/observations 
• Patient develops any malignancy 
• Patient has any AE that would compromise his or her safety if he or she continues to 
participate in the study 
• Patient has a significant or major protocol violation 
• Patient is lost to follow-up 
• Patient dies 
• Sponsor terminates the study  
The investigator will also withdraw a patient upon the request of CELLTRION, Inc. Upon 
occurrence of a serious or intolerable AE, the principal investigator will confer with the 
sponsor. Any patient may withdraw his or her consent at any time. CELLTRION, Inc. or its 
designee may be contacted if clarification is required on a case-by-case basis. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 41 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
4.2.2 Handling of Withdrawals 
When a patient withdraws from the study, the reason(s) for withdrawal shall be recorded by 
the investigator on the relevant page of the electronic case report form (eCRF). Whenever 
possible, all patients who withdraw from the study prematurely will undergo all end-of-study 
assessments. End-of-study assessments should be completed at least 8 weeks after the last 
study drug infusion and before study completion. Patients who fail to return for final 
assessments will be contacted by the study center in an attempt to have them comply with the 
protocol. 
It is vital to obtain follow-up data on any patient withdrawn because of an AE or SAE. In 
every case, efforts must be made to undertake protocol-specified, safety, follow-up 
procedures. 
4.2.3 Replacements 
Patients who receive study drug and discontinue prior to study completion will not be 
replaced. Patients who are screening failures, for any reason, may be rescreened only once. 
4.3 
Premature Discontinuation of the Study 
The sponsor reserves the right to terminate the study at any time for reasonable medical 
and/or administrative reasons. As far as possible, this should occur after mutual consultation. 
If the study is terminated prematurely by the sponsor, all patients will be kept fully informed 
and an appropriate follow-up examination of the patients will be arranged. The investigator 
will inform the institutional review board (IRB)/independent ethics committee (IEC) of any 
premature termination or suspension of the study, where applicable. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 42 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
5 Study Drugs 
5.1 
Method of Assigning Patients to Treatment Groups 
Patients will be randomly assigned to a treatment group on Day 0 (before administration of 
study drug) by using a computer-generated randomization schedule prepared before the study. 
The randomization will be stratified by country, prior anti-TNF-α blocker status (inadequate 
response versus intolerant case), and RF or anti-CCP status (both positive versus both 
negative versus either RF or anti-CCP negative). 
Patients with positive status for either RF or anti-CCP at Screening will be classified as a 
positive. 
Patients can continue on the Extension Study Period with an additional course of treatment 
regardless of the number of treatment courses they are treated during the Main Study Period if 
the following conditions are met;  
• 
Complete all of the scheduled visits up to Week 48 and  
• 
Meet the predefined safety criteria. 
The third course of treatment should be initiated between Week 48 and Week 52. If 
administration of the third course of treatment is deemed necessary to be initiated after Week 
52 at the discretion of the investigator, the study infusion can be administered within 72 
weeks from the first infusion of the first course of treatment after discussion with the Sponsor. 
In this case, the study infusion must be initiated NO LATER than 52 weeks from the Day 0 
for the last enrolled patient. 
Note that patients, who have the End-of-Study (EOS) visit at Week 48, can participate in the 
Extension Study Period if the patients sign an informed consent form within 24 weeks from 
the EOS visit and do not have prohibited medications prior to entering the Extension Study 
Period. 
All patients eligible for Extension Phase from Rituxan group will be randomized again at 
Extension Week 0. The randomization will be conducted and stratified by: 
•  The number of courses they are treated during the Main Study Period and 
• The EULAR-CRP response status (responder vs non-responder) assessed at Week 40  
To keep the blind during the study, stratification factors will be entered for all patients at 
Extension Week 0. In the case there were no EULAR-CRP response status available at week 
40, the last EULAR-CRP response status assessment done between Weeks 40 and 48 will be 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 43 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
used. Baseline values for assessment of EULAR-CRP will be the last value from screening to 
Day 0 (Week 0) of the study. 
Sub-analysis may be performed using other stratification factors according to the statistical 
analysis plan (SAP).  
5.2 
Treatments Administered 
Three courses of treatment may be administered to each patient. Each course consists of 
2 infusions of study drug (1000 mg CT-P10, Rituxan or MabThera) with a 2-week interval 
between the first and second infusion. The first course will be an infusion of study drug at 
Week 0 and Week 2. If patients meet the predefined safety criteria, patients will be retreated 
with subsequent courses of study drug (2 infusions in each course with a 2-week interval) at 
the investigator’s discretion.  
In the Main Study Period, a visit window is not permitted from Day 0 to Day 21 (study drug 
may continue after discussion with the sponsor if a deviation occurs). A visit window of ±3 
days is allowed from Week 4 to Week 24, and a visit window of ±5 days is allowed thereafter, 
including the EOS Visit. If patients receive the second course of infusion, the first infusion 
will be administered at Week 24 with a visit window of ±3 days and the second infusion 
should be administered after 2 weeks (14 days) from the first infusion. A visit window is not 
permitted on the day of second infusion in the second course of treatment (study drug may 
continue after discussion with the sponsor if a deviation occurs).  
The third course of treatment will be initiated between Week 48 and Week 52 of the Entire 
Study Period if patients become eligible according to the predefined safety criteria for the 
course based on the results assessed within 8 weeks from the Extension Week 0. A visit 
window is not permitted on the day of second infusion for the third course of treatment (study 
drug may continue after discussion with the sponsor if a deviation occurs).  
Unscheduled visit(s) can be conducted for assessment of safety criteria until the initiation of 
the third course of treatment.   
For both Main and Extension Study Periods, visit days during the each course of treatment 
will be calculated based on the date of the first infusion in the each course of treatment. 
DO NOT ADMINISTER STUDY DRUG AS AN IV PUSH OR BOLUS. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 44 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
The first and second infusions in each course of treatment in the Study will be administered at 
different infusion rates, as follows: 
• First infusion: Initiate infusion at a rate of 50 mg/hour. In the absence of an infusion or 
hypersensitivity reaction, increase infusion rate by 50 mg/hour increments every 
30 minutes, to a maximum of 400 mg/hour.  
• Second infusion: Initiate infusion at a rate of 100 mg/hour. In the absence of an 
infusion or hypersensitivity reaction, increase rate by 100 mg/hour increments every 
30 minutes, to a maximum of 400 mg/hour. 
An infusion pump should be used to maintain the accurate infusion rates as stated above. 
Interrupt the infusion or slow the infusion rate for infusion reactions. Continue the infusion at 
one-half the previous rate upon improvement of symptoms. 
5.2.1 Coadministration of Methotrexate and Folic Acid 
Methotrexate with folic acid is coadministered to minimize or prevent AEs related to MTX 
side effects. Methotrexate will be administered at a dosage of between 7.5 and 25 mg orally 
or parenterally every week (dose and route must be maintained from beginning to study end). 
Folic acid will be administered at a dosage of at least 5 mg/week for as long as MTX 
treatment is continued. 
5.2.2 Premedication 
Each patient will receive a dose of 100 mg methylprednisolone administered IV 30 minutes 
before each infusion of study drug (CT-P10, Rituxan or MabThera). 
Patients must also be premedicated with an antipyretic (acetaminophen or paracetamol 
usually 500 to 1000 mg) and an antihistamine (chlorpheniramine 2 to 4 mg or equivalent dose 
of equivalent antihistamine) 30 to 60 minutes before the start of the study drug infusion. Any 
locally appropriate medication other than antipyretics and antihistamines may also be used as 
premedication at the investigator’s discretion. 
5.3 
Identity of Investigational Product 
Dosing instructions described in the Rituxan and MabThera prescribing information are to be 
followed (MabThera 2015; Rituxan 2014). 
CT-P10 is a drug product produced by CELLTRION, Inc. with a similar isoform profile to 
Rituxan and MabThera. The molecule has been engineered by development of DNA designed 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 45 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
to encode a protein that showed 100% sequence coverage to Rituxan and MabThera heavy 
and light chains by peptide mapping. Expression product purified from the vector clone 
pCT107, encoding heavy and light chain, was subjected to similarity analysis with Rituxan 
and MabThera. 
The company code of the product is CT-P10. The International Nonproprietary Name of the 
commercially available products, Rituxan and MabThera, is rituximab. CT-P10 is a chimeric 
IgG1κ monoclonal antibody with an approximate molecular weight of 145 kDa. Rituximab 
binds specifically with high affinity to the CD20 surface antigen that is expressed selectively 
on B lymphocytes. The affinity constant of rituximab for the CD20 antigen is from 5.2 to 11.0 
nM. 
Rituxan and MabThera will be prepared as detailed in the prescribing information (MabThera  
2015; Rituxan 2014). CT-P10 should be prepared in the same way as Rituxan and MabThera. 
CT-P10 is manufactured through a fed-batch culture process using a Chinese hamster ovary 
cell line. Like Rituxan and MabThera, CT-P10 will be supplied as a sterile, clear, colorless, 
preservative-free liquid at a concentration of 10 mg/mL in 500-mg (50 mL) vials for IV 
infusion. CT-P10 is formulated for IV infusion at 25 mM sodium citrate dihydrate, 154 mM 
sodium chloride, 0.07% polysorbate 80, and Sterile Water for Injection. The pH is adjusted to 
6.5. 
Stability testing is being conducted on CT-P10 to determine the stability profile and to assign 
a shelf-life. 
CELLTRION, Inc. will provide adequate supplies of CT-P10 and Rituxan and MabThera for 
distribution to the study centers. 
Once CT-P10, Rituxan or MabThera is reconstituted, these solutions should be used within 
12 hours at room temperature or within 24 hours at 2.0 °C to 8.0°C and unused solutions 
should be discarded at the end of the day. 
As a reference, according to the labeling for Rituxan and MabThera, the prepared infusion 
solution of Rituxan and MabThera is physically and chemically stable for 24 hours at 2.0 °C 
to 8.0°C and subsequently 12 hours at room temperature. From a microbiological point of 
view, the prepared infusion solution should be used immediately. If not used immediately, in-
use storage times and conditions prior to use are the responsibility of the user and would 
normally not be longer than 24 hours at 2.0 °C to 8.0°C, unless dilution has taken place in 
controlled and validated aseptic conditions. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 46 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
5.4 
Management of Clinical Supplies 
5.4.1 Study Drug Packaging and Storage 
The clinical supplies group will provide prepacked supplies (CT-P10 3.2 kits) for each patient. 
Kits will be assigned at randomization using the interactive Web response system (IWRS) or 
interactive voice response system (IVRS). 
A label will be attached to the outside of each patient kit, as well as to the immediate 
container. The text will be compliant with local regulatory requirements and may include 
some of the following information: 
• 
Protocol number 
• 
Patient number/study center number 
• 
Contents and quantity 
• 
Lot number 
• 
Randomization code/kit number 
• 
Investigator’s name 
• 
Storage instructions 
• 
Caution statement (for clinical study use only ) 
• 
CELLTRION, Inc.’s contact name and address 
• 
Expiry date 
All study drug supplies must be stored in a secure area (e.g., a locked cabinet), protected from 
moisture. CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera must be kept at a controlled refrigerated 
temperature between 2.0°C and 8.0°C. The immediate containers must be kept in the outer 
carton until reconstitution takes place, in order to protect from light. 
5.4.2 Study Drug Accountability 
It is the responsibility of the clinical investigator to ensure that all study drug received at the 
study center will be inventoried and accounted for throughout the study and the result 
recorded in the drug accountability form maintained at the study center. The drug 
accountability will be verified by the monitor during on-site monitoring visits. Study drug 
will be stored in a limited-access area or in a locked cabinet under appropriate environmental 
conditions.  
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 47 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
The investigator agrees not to supply the study drug to any person other than subinvestigators, 
designated staff, and the patients participating in the study. Study drug may not be relabeled 
or reassigned for use by other patients unless approved by CELLTRION, Inc. 
During the study, study drugs may need to be returned to the depot of origin. Unused study 
drug vials should be returned to the depot of origin. Accountability of the product must be 
completed at the site level and discrepancies, if any, need to be resolved prior to return. Only 
if it is written in standard operating procedures or documentation in place, the used vials can 
be destroyed locally. The list of destroyed vials must be recorded. The investigator agrees to 
neither dispense the study drug from, nor store it at, any study center other than the study 
centers agreed upon with CELLTRION, Inc.  
Details in study drugs accountability and destruction will be followed according to the 
pharmacy manual. 
5.4.3 Other Supplies 
Infusion bags (500 mL) and ESR kit will be supplied. 
5.5 
Blinding 
This study will be double-blind. 
5.5.1 Breaking the Blind 
Under normal circumstances, the blind should not be broken. The blind should be broken only 
if specific emergency treatment would be dictated by knowing the study drug status of the 
patient. In such cases, the investigator must contact the medical monitor. If the investigator is 
unable to contact the medical monitor, the investigator may, in an emergency, determine the 
identity of the study drug by using the applicable procedure in the IWRS or IVRS (see study 
manual).  
The date, time, and reason for the unblinding must be documented in the appropriate field of 
the eCRF. The medical monitor must be informed as soon as possible. Also, the unblinding 
process should be communicated with the medical monitor before unblinding. 
Suspected unexpected SAEs, which are subject to expedited reporting, should be unblinded 
before submission to the regulatory authorities if required. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 48 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
The overall randomization code will be broken only for reporting purposes. The reporting of 
the co-primary endpoints for PK in Part 1 and Efficacy in Part 2 at Week 24 will be reported 
concurrently. The unblinded analyses will be performed by 
. Only relevant 
 
 and the sponsor will be unblinded at this stage; all other study 
personnel will remain blinded until the end of the study. Final determination of the analysis 
sets will occur prior to finalizing the database for each analysis. In addition, the blind will be 
broken for reporting to the DSMB. 
The randomization code will not be revealed to study patients, parents or guardians, study 
center staff, or investigators. 
5.6 
Treatment Compliance 
The investigator or designated study personnel will maintain a log of all CT-P10, Rituxan and 
MabThera dispensed and returned. Drug supplies for each patient will be inventoried and 
accounted for throughout the study. 
Administration of coadministered treatments (MTX and folic acid) will be recorded 
throughout the study.  
5.7 
Prior, Concomitant, and Subsequent Therapy 
The medical monitor must be notified in advance (or as soon as possible thereafter) of any 
instances in which prohibited medications are administered. Prohibited medications include: 
• Acetaminophen/paracetamol and/or tramadol are allowed as rescue therapy but their dose 
should be stopped 24 hours before the joint evaluation; narcotic analgesics are not 
permitted. 
• Live or live-attenuated vaccine. 
• Any other medication for RA (including additional MTX), particularly anti-TNF or 
anti-IL-1 compounds or other biologics, and any investigational drug.  
• Aspirin (salicylates) at a stable dosage is allowed for cardiovascular protection but the 
dose should not exceed 300 mg per day.  
• Intra-articular injections are not allowed until Week 24. After Week 24, an intra-articular 
injection is allowed once to 1 joint during the study. However, the injection must not be 
given within 8 weeks of a final joint assessment. The injected joint must be considered a 
nonresponder joint during response evaluation.  
• Herbal preparations are not permitted during participation in this study. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 49 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
• Patients are permitted to receive either oral or parenteral glucocorticoids (≤10 mg daily of 
prednisone/prednisolone or equivalent) and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug during 
the study, if they have received a stable dose for at least 4 weeks prior to randomization 
and the same dose is maintained throughout the study. Any changes in terms of dose need 
to be reported to and discussed with the medical monitors of CELLTRION, Inc. or its 
designee in advance. In addition, patients are permitted to receive low potency topical, 
otic, and ophthalmic glucocorticoid preparations provided the preparations are 
administered per the instructions on the product label. 
Contraindication of MTX is summarized as follows based on the current labeling of MTX: 
• Significantly impaired hepatic function 
• Significantly impaired renal function 
• Preexisting blood dyscrasias, such as bone marrow hypoplasia, significant anemia, 
leukopenia, or thrombocytopenia 
• Alcoholism 
• Severe acute or chronic infections and immunodeficiency syndrome 
• Ulcers of the oral cavity and known active gastrointestinal ulcer disease 
• Pregnancy and breastfeeding 
• Hypersensitivity to MTX or any of the excipients 
• During MTX therapy, concurrent vaccination with live vaccines must not be carried out 
• Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs should not be administered before or concurrently 
with high-dose MTX 
The above information may not reflect any recent updates on contraindications of MTX. 
Inhaled and topical corticosteroids are permitted (e.g., for asthma, chronic obstructive 
pulmonary disease). 
Use of all concomitant medications, from within 30 days of randomization until the last 
assessment date or End-of-Study Visit, will be recorded in the patient’s eCRF. This will 
include all prescription drugs, herbal products, vitamins, minerals, and over-the-counter 
medications. Any changes in concomitant medications also will be recorded in the patient’s 
eCRF. The reasons (intolerance, inadequate response or other) for the discontinuation of 
biologic agents should also be recorded in the eCRF. 
Any concomitant medication deemed necessary for the welfare of the patient during the study 
may be given at the discretion of the investigator. However, it is the responsibility of the 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 50 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
principal investigator to ensure that details regarding the medication are recorded in full in the 
eCRF.  
Information about previous RA treatment during whole life with biologic agents, anti-TNF 
agents, and disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs or surgical procedure history will also be 
collected separately. This will also include efficacy response results and any reason for 
discontinuation of anti-TNF agents. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 51 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
6 Study Assessments and Procedures 
Before performing any study procedures, all potential patients will sign an informed consent 
form (ICF). Patients will have the opportunity to have any questions answered before signing 
the ICF. The investigator must address all questions raised by the patient. The investigator 
will also sign the ICF. 
6.1 
Pharmacokinetic Assessments 
Time points for collection of blood samples for analysis of study drug (CT-P10, Rituxan or 
MabThera) concentration are detailed in Section 6.6.1. 
Details of blood sampling schemes are provided in Table 7 for patients who receive both 
courses of treatment in the Main Study Period and Table 8 for patients who receive only first 
course of treatment in the Main Study Period, respectively. 
The total number of samples for analysis of study drug concentration in Part 1 will be 
21 samples per patient if the patient receives both first and second courses of treatment and 15 
samples per patient if the patient receives only first course of treatment.  
The total number of samples for analysis of study drug concentration in Part 2 will be 
13 samples per patient if the patient receives both first and second courses of treatment and 7 
samples per patient if the patient receives only first course of treatment. 
Samples can be obtained via an indwelling venous cannula and heparin lock or saline lock 
from the arm not receiving the study drug infusion, at the investigator’s discretion. 
Actual sampling times for each patient will be recorded in the patient’s eCRF and individual 
source documents. See Section 6.6.1 for further information on sample collection for PK 
analysis. 
6.2 
Efficacy Assessments 
Details of the efficacy endpoint analysis are presented in Section 7.2. 
For the Main Study Period, efficacy will be assessed by DAS28, ACR criteria (individual 
components, ACR20, ACR 50% improvement criteria [ACR50] and ACR 70% improvement 
criteria [ACR70], time to onset of ACR20, hybrid ACR response), European League Against 
Rheumatism (EULAR) response criteria, simplified disease activity index (SDAI) and clinical 
disease activity index (CDAI), joint damage progression, functional disability (Health 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 52 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Assessment Questionnaire [HAQ]) and quality of life (Medical Outcomes Study Short-Form 
Health Survey [SF-36]) at Screening and during the Study Periods at the time points specified 
in Table 4 for patients, who receive both first and second courses of treatment and Table 5 for 
patients who do not receive second course of treatment. 
For the Extension Study Period, efficacy will also be assessed between Extension Week 0 and 
Week 24 by ACR criteria, DAS28, EULAR response criteria, SDAI and CDAI, joint damage 
progression, functional disability (HAQ) and quality of life (SF-36) at the time points 
specified in Table 6. 
6.2.1 Disease Activity Score Using 28 Joint Counts 
Disease Activity Score using 28 joint counts (ESR) and DAS28 (C-reactive protein [CRP]) 
will be evaluated at Screening and during the Study Periods. The core set of variables for 
DAS28 for this study include: 
• Number of tender and swollen joints with a total of 28 joints assessed for tenderness and 
28 for swelling  
• Patient’s general health (GH) or global assessment of disease activity (VAS) (Appendices 
12.8 for GH and 12.6 for VAS) 
• ESR (Section 6.3) 
• CRP (Section 6.3) 
6.2.2 American College of Rheumatology Criteria and Individual 
Components 
The ACR criteria are a series of individual assessments used for the calculation of ACR20, 
ACR50, ACR70, and hybrid ACR response (American College of Rheumatology Committee 
to Reevaluate Improvement Criteria 2007). The ACR core set of variables (individual 
components) for this study include: 
• Number of tender and swollen joints with a total of 68 joints assessed for tenderness and 
66 for swelling  
• Patient’s assessment of pain using visual analogue scale (VAS) (Appendix 12.5) 
• Patient’s and physician’s global assessment of disease activity (VAS) (Appendix 12.6) 
• HAQ estimate of physical ability (Appendix 12.7) 
• ESR (Section 6.3) 
• CRP (Section 6.3) 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 53 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
6.2.3 European League Against Rheumatism Response Criteria 
European League Against Rheumatism response criteria will be evaluated at Screening and 
during the Study Periods (Appendix 12.9). 
6.2.4 Simplified Disease Activity Index and Clinical Disease Activity Index 
Simplified disease activity index (SDAI) and Clinical Disease Activity Index (CDAI) will be 
evaluated at Screening and during the Study Periods. 
6.2.5 Joint Damage Progression 
Joint damage progression based on radiographic evaluation (1 image of each hand and each 
foot, both the right and left hands and feet, a total of 4 images) will be assessed by the change 
in the van der Heijde modification of the Sharp scoring system (van der Heijde 2000). Joint 
damage progression will be evaluated at Screening and during the Study Periods. 
6.2.6 Health Assessment Questionnaire Disability Index 
The HAQ disability index will be assessed at Screening and during the Study Periods. 
6.2.7 Quality of Life 
Quality of life will be assessed using the SF-36 questionnaire at Screening and during the 
Study Periods. 
6.3 
Pharmacodynamic Assessments 
Actual B-cell sampling times for each patient will be recorded in the patient’s eCRF and 
individual source documents. 
Time points for collection of blood samples for PD (B-cell kinetics, CRP, ESR, RF, anti-CCP) 
are detailed in Section 6.6.2. 
For the Main Study Period, details of blood sampling schemes are provided in Table 7 for 
patients who receive both courses of treatment and Table 8 for patients who receive only first 
course of treatment, respectively.  
For the Extension Study Period, the sampling schemes are provided in Table 9.   
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 54 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
6.3.1 B-cells 
Blood samples for B-cell kinetics (central laboratory) will be obtained from each patient 
during the Study Periods.  
Patients with B-cell, IgM and IgG values below the LLN or less than 50% of their baseline 
value should be monitored every 8 weeks after the study completion until recovery is 
achieved for one of them (equal to or higher than the lower limit of normal OR at least 50% 
of the baseline value). Upon the study completion, additional follow-up of B-cell, IgM and 
IgG monitoring will be determined by the DSMB. 
6.3.2 C-Reactive Protein and Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate 
Blood samples for CRP (central laboratory) and ESR (local laboratory) will be collected at 
Screening and during the Study Periods. 
Where CRP or ESR is also required for efficacy and PD assessments, the same sample can be 
used. 
A standard ESR kit using Westergren method of assessment will be supplied to study centers 
for use where the normal level will be considered to be no more than 20 mm/h for women and 
no more than 15 mm/h for men. 
6.3.3 Rheumatoid Factor and Anti-cyclic Citrullinated Peptide 
Blood samples for RF and anti-CCP will be collected at Screening and during the Study 
Periods. 
6.4 
Biomarker Assessments (Optional) 
For patients who sign a separate ICF for the biomarker assessments, a blood sample (central 
laboratory) for evaluation of FcγR genotype (FcγRIIa, IIIa, and/or any necessary genotypes) 
will be collected after randomization (before dosing on Day 0 of Week 0). 
6.5 
Safety Assessments 
For the Main Study Period, safety will be assessed at the time points specified in Table 4 for 
patients who receive both courses of treatment and Table 5 for patients who do not receive 
second course of treatment. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 55 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
For the Extension Study Period, safety will also be assessed at the time points specified in 
Table 6. 
6.5.1 Hypersensitivity Monitoring 
Hypersensitivity will be assessed by vital sign monitoring except for weight (Section 6.5.4) 
on each dosing day and recorded on each dosing day at the following time points:  
• Before administration (within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the study drug infusion) 
• Within 15 minutes after the end of the study drug infusion 
•  1 hour (±15 minutes) after the end of the study drug infusion 
In addition, hypersensitivity should be monitored by routine continuous clinical monitoring 
including 12-lead ECG monitoring 1 hour (±15 minutes) after the end of the study drug 
infusion (Section 6.5.5).  
Emergency equipment, such as adrenaline, antihistamines, corticosteroids, and respiratory 
support including inhalational therapy, oxygen, and artificial ventilator must be available. 
For patients who experience or develop life-threatening infusion-related anaphylactic 
reactions, study treatment must be stopped immediately and the patient withdrawn from the 
study. 
6.5.2 Immunogenicity Testing 
Time points for collection of blood samples for assessment of antibodies to the drugs are 
detailed in Section 6.6.4. 
Samples will be analyzed by the central laboratory. 
6.5.3 Immunoglobulins (IgM, IgG and IgA) 
Time points for collection of samples for assessment of immunoglobulin are detailed in 
Section 6.6.5. 
Samples will be analyzed by the central laboratory. 
6.5.4 Vital Signs and Weight 
Vital signs and weight will be measured during the Study Periods. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 56 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Vital signs (including blood pressure, heart and respiratory rates, and temperature) and weight 
will be measured by the investigator or his or her designee after 5 minutes of rest (sitting). 
All measurements will be documented at each visit. Vital sign measurements will also be 
monitored before and after study drug infusion as part of the hypersensitivity monitoring 
(Section 6.5.1). In addition, measurement of height will be documented at Screening. Details 
will be recorded in the both the source documents and the eCRF. 
6.5.5 Electrocardiogram 
A 12-lead ECG will be performed at Screening and during the Study Periods. 
All scheduled 12-lead ECGs (performed locally) must be performed after the patient has 
rested quietly for at least 5 minutes in the supine position. 
An ECG will also be used for monitoring during hypersensitivity monitoring (Section 6.5.1). 
If, following ECG review by the investigator, there are any ECG findings that would indicate 
cardiac insufficiency or QT prolongation, the patient should be referred to a cardiologist and 
the findings recorded in both the source documents and the eCRF. 
6.5.6 Tuberculosis Assessment 
At Screening, a current or past diagnosis of TB, recent exposure to person with active TB, or 
examination findings indicating the presence of TB, defined as a positive result for 
interferon-γ release assay, will result in patient exclusion from the study. A patient with 
sufficient documentation of prophylaxis or complete resolution following treatment can be 
enrolled. Signs and symptoms of TB will be monitored throughout the study, and interferon-γ 
release assay can be performed at the investigator’s discretion based on the judgment on the 
signs and symptoms of TB monitoring.  
6.5.7 Cardiac Disorder 
At Screening, patients will be assessed for the presence of New York Heart Association 
class III or IV (Appendix 12.4) heart failure, severe uncontrolled cardiac disease (unstable 
angina, arrhythmias, clinically significant ECG abnormalities), or myocardial infarction 
within the previous 6 months prior to the date of consent. Patients with these cardiac disorders 
will be excluded from the study. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 57 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
6.5.8 Hepatitis B 
Hepatitis B surface antigen, HBsAb, and HBcIg will be assessed at Screening in all patients 
(mandatory). If the result is HBsAg (positive), the patient will be excluded from the study. 
For patients whose HBsAg is negative, HBsAb is negative or positive, and HBcIg is positive, 
a DNA test should be performed at Screening. If the DNA test result is positive, the patient 
will be excluded from the study and if the DNA test result is negative, the patient can be 
included. For those patients who are enrolled based on the DNA test, the DNA test will be 
done for monitoring purposes.   
6.5.9 Physical Examination 
Physical examinations with particular attention to infections and IRRs will be performed at 
Screening and during the Study Periods. 
Investigators should carefully evaluate patients for any indication of infections and IRRs and 
pursue further investigation and treatment indicated in accordance with the investigator’s 
medical judgment. 
The investigator is required to monitor the patients at regular intervals throughout the trial for 
any new or worsening neurological symptoms or signs that may be suggestive of progressive 
multifocal leukoencephalopathy (PML)(typical symptoms are diverse and include cognitive 
or visual disorders, hemiparesis, confusion and behavioral disorders). If a patient develops 
new or worsening neurological signs or symptoms he/she will be evaluated for PML. 
Neurological warning signs include: 
• major changes in vision, unusual eye movements;  
• loss of balance or coordination; 
• disorientation or confusion. 
Any patient who is suspected of developing PML will be discontinued from the trial and the 
AE will be followed closely, at the discretion of the investigator. Consultation with a 
Neurologist should be considered as clinically indicated. If any doubt exists, further 
evaluation, including a magnetic resonance imaging scan (preferably with contrast), 
cerebrospinal fluid testing for JC viral DNA and repeat neurological assessments should be 
considered. 
Information about the physical examination will be recorded by the investigator or designee 
in both the source documents and the eCRF. Any abnormalities will be recorded in the source 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 58 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
documents. Significant findings and illnesses reported after the start of the study that meet the 
definition of an AE will be recorded as such in the source documents. 
6.5.10 
Adverse Events 
6.5.10.1 
Definitions 
The investigator is responsible for reporting all AEs that are observed or reported during the 
study, regardless of their relationship to study drug or their clinical significance. 
Adverse Event 
An AE is defined as any untoward medical occurrence in a patient enrolled (i.e., when the 
ICF is signed) into this study regardless of its causal relationship to study drug. Patients will 
be instructed to contact the principal investigator or subinvestigator at any time after the ICF 
is signed if any symptoms develop. 
A treatment-emergent AE is defined as any event not present before exposure to study drug or 
any event already present that worsens in either intensity or frequency after exposure to study 
drug. If abnormal laboratory test results are reported after dosing with study drug, only the 
clinically significant cases should be considered as TEAEs. The clinically significant cases 
are defined as follows: 
• Result in discontinuation from the study 
• Require treatment or any other therapeutic intervention 
• Require further diagnostic evaluation (excluding a repetition of the same procedure to 
confirm the abnormality) 
• Are associated with clinical signs or symptoms judged by the investigator to have a 
significant clinical impact 
Medical interventions such as surgery, diagnostic procedures, and therapeutic procedures are 
not AEs but the action taken to treat the medical condition. They should be recorded as 
treatment(s) of the AEs. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 59 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Abnormal Laboratory Value 
Any clinically significant laboratory abnormality that is new in onset or worsened in severity 
or frequency from the baseline condition and meets one of the following criteria will be 
recorded on the AE pages of the eCRF: 
• Requires therapeutic intervention  
• Leads to dose delay and dose modification  
• Leads to discontinuation of study drug 
• Is judged by the investigator as clinically significant 
Adverse Events of Special Interest 
The following AEs of special interest will be reported using the “infusion related reaction” 
form, which can be found in the eCRF as part of the AE page of the CRF. 
• Infusion-related reaction/hypersensitivity/anaphylactic reactions 
All AEs related to infusion include but are not limited to the following: urticaria, hypotension, 
angioedema, hypoxia, bronchospasm, pulmonary infiltrates, acute respiratory distress 
syndrome, myocardial infarction, ventricular fibrillation, cardiogenic shock, or anaphylactoid 
events 
• Diagnosis of Anaphylactic Reactions 
According to the Guideline for healthcare providers the following symptoms are indicative 
for anaphylactic reactions: 
Anaphylaxis is highly likely when any one of the following 3 criteria is fulfilled: 
 Acute onset of an illness (minutes to several hours) with involvement of the skin, 
mucosal tissue, or both (e.g., generalized hives, pruritus or flushing, swollen lips-
tongue-uvula) 
       AND AT LEAST ONE OF THE FOLLOWING 
 Respiratory compromise (e.g., dyspnea, wheeze-bronchospasm, stridor, 
reduced PEF (peak expiratory flow), hypoxemia) 
 Reduced blood pressure or associated symptoms of end-organ dysfunction 
(e.g., hypotonia [collapse], syncope, incontinence) 
 Two or more of the following that occur rapidly after exposure to a likely allergen for 
that subject (minutes to several hours): 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 60 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
 Involvement of the skin- mucosal tissue (e.g., generalized hives, itch-flush, 
swollen lips-tongue-uvula) 
 Respiratory compromise (e.g., dyspnea, wheeze-bronchospasm, stridor, 
reduced PEF, hypoxemia) 
 Reduced blood pressure or associated symptoms (e.g., hypotonia [collapse], 
syncope, incontinence) 
 Persistent gastrointestinal symptoms (e.g., crampy abdominal pain, vomiting) 
 Reduced blood pressure (BP) after exposure to known allergen for that subject 
(minutes to several hours):  
 Systolic BP of less than 90 mm Hg or greater than 30% decrease from that 
person’s baseline 
• Infection 
All infections are considered AEs of special interest and include but are not limited to serious, 
including fatal, bacterial including tuberculosis, fungal, and new or reactivated viral 
infections. New or reactivated viral infections include cytomegalovirus, herpes simplex virus, 
parvovirus B19, varicella zoster virus, West Nile virus, and hepatitis B and C.  
Serious Adverse Event 
An SAE is defined as any event that results in death, is immediately life threatening, requires 
inpatient hospitalization or prolongation of existing hospitalization, results in persistent or 
significant disability/incapacity, or is a congenital anomaly/birth defect. Important medical 
events that may not result in death, be life threatening, or require hospitalization may be 
considered an SAE when, based upon appropriate medical judgment, they may jeopardize the 
patient and may require medical or surgical intervention to prevent one of the outcomes listed 
in this definition. Examples of such medical events include allergic bronchospasm requiring 
intensive treatment in an emergency room or at home, blood dyscrasias or convulsions that do 
not result in inpatient hospitalization, or the development of drug dependency or drug abuse. 
Unlisted (Unexpected) Adverse Event 
An unlisted or unexpected AE is defined as an event of which the nature or severity is not 
consistent with the applicable product information (e.g., investigator’s brochure) for an 
unapproved investigational product or the label (e.g., package insert or Summary of Product 
Characteristics) for an approved product. If the investigator’s brochure for CT-P10 is delayed, 
the prescribing information for Rituxan and MabThera will take precedence. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 61 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
6.5.10.2 
Eliciting and Documenting Adverse Events 
Adverse events will be assessed from the date the ICF is signed until the End-of-Study visit.  
At every study visit, patients will be asked a standard question to elicit any medically related 
changes in their well-being. They will also be asked if they have been hospitalized, had any 
accidents, used any new medications, or changed concomitant medication regimens (both 
prescription and over-the-counter medications). 
In addition to patient observations, AEs will be documented from any data collected on the 
AE page of the eCRF (e.g., laboratory values, physical examination findings, ECG changes) 
or other documents that are relevant to patient safety. 
6.5.10.3 
Reporting Adverse Events 
All AEs reported or observed during the study will be recorded on the AE page of the eCRF. 
Information to be collected includes drug treatment, type of event, date and/or time of onset, 
dosage, investigator-specified assessment of severity and relationship to study drug, action 
taken, date and/or time of resolution of the event, seriousness, as well as any required 
treatment or evaluations, and outcome. Adverse events resulting from concurrent illnesses, 
reactions to concurrent illnesses, reactions to concurrent medications, or progression of 
disease states must also be reported. All AEs will be followed to adequate resolution. The 
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities (MedDRA) will be used to code medical history 
and all AEs. Previous and concomitant medications will be coded using the WHO Drug 
Dictionary. Versions of coding dictionaries will be stated in the clinical study report. Adverse 
events will be graded for severity and terminology of adverse events described according to 
the Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (CTCAE) v4.0. 
Any medical condition that is present at the time that the patient is screened but does not 
deteriorate should not be reported as an AE. However, if it deteriorates at any time during the 
study, it should be recorded as an AE. 
The investigator’s assessment of an AE's relationship to study drug is part of the 
documentation process, but it is not a factor in determining what is or is not reported in the 
study. If there is any doubt as to whether a clinical observation is an AE, the event should be 
reported. 
The intensity and the relationship or association of the study drug in causing or contributing 
to the AE should be characterized as defined in Sections 6.5.10.4 and 6.5.10.5. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 62 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Adverse events (and SAEs) should be reported until the last assessment date or the End-of-
Study Visit regardless of the relationship to the study drug. If a patient is hospitalized purely 
for convenience (e.g., for easier performance of study assessments), the hospitalization does 
not qualify as an SAE. If a patient is hospitalized solely due to disease progression without 
any other adverse events, the hospitalization does not qualify as a SAE. After the last 
assessment date or the End-of-Study Visit, serious adverse drug reactions will be reported to 
CELLTRION, Inc. or its designee.  
Serious Adverse Events 
Any AE considered serious by the investigator or subinvestigator or which meets SAE criteria 
(Section 6.5.10.1) must be reported to
 within 24 hours from 
the time study center personnel first learn about the event and during normal business hours. 
The following contact information is to be used for SAE reporting:  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The SAE must be reported within 24 hours by completing the eCRF pages and sending a 
paper SAE notification fax to 
 PVG. If the patient is hospitalized during the course of an 
SAE, or because of an SAE, a copy of the hospital discharge summary should be faxed to 
 PVG as soon as it becomes available. Withdrawal from the study and all therapeutic 
measures will be at the discretion of the principal investigator or subinvestigator. All SAEs 
(regardless of relationship with the study drug) will be followed until satisfactory resolution 
or until the principal investigator or subinvestigator deems the event to be chronic or not 
clinically significant or the patient to be stable.  
CELLTRION, Inc. or its designee is responsible for reporting relevant SAEs to the competent 
authority, other applicable regulatory authorities, and participating investigators, in 
accordance with European Clinical Trials Directive (Directive 2001/20/EC), International 
Conference on Harmonisation (ICH) guidelines, and local regulatory requirements.  
CELLTRION, Inc. or its designee is responsible for reporting unexpected fatal or 
life-threatening events associated with the use of the study drug (expedited reports) to the 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 63 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
regulatory agencies and competent authorities by telephone or fax within 7 calendar days after 
being notified of the event. CELLTRION, Inc. or its designee will report other relevant SAEs 
associated with the use of the study medication to the appropriate competent authorities 
(according to local guidelines), investigators, and central ethics committees by a written 
safety report within 15 calendar days of notification. 
6.5.10.4 
Assessment of Intensity 
The severity of an AE refers to the extent to which an AE affects the patient’s daily activities. 
The severity of the AE will be graded based on the CTCAE v4.0, based on the following 
general guidelines (a semicolon indicates “or” within each description): 
Grade 1: 
Mild AE (minor; no specific medical intervention; asymptomatic laboratory 
findings only; radiographic findings only; marginal clinical relevance) 
Grade 2: 
Moderate AE (minimal intervention; local intervention; noninvasive 
intervention [packing, cautery]) 
Grade 3: 
Severe and undesirable AE (significant symptoms requiring hospitalization or 
invasive intervention; transfusion; elective interventional radiological 
procedure; therapeutic endoscopy or operation) 
Grade 4: 
Life-threatening or disabling AE (complicated by acute, life-threatening 
metabolic or cardiovascular complications such as circulatory failure, 
hemorrhage, sepsis; life-threatening physiological consequences; need for 
intensive care or emergent invasive procedure; emergent interventional 
radiological procedure, therapeutic endoscopy, or operation) 
Grade 5: 
Death related to AE 
Changes in the severity of an AE should be documented to allow an assessment of the 
duration of the event at each level of intensity to be performed. Adverse events characterized 
as intermittent require documentation of onset and duration of each episode. 
6.5.10.5 
Assessment of Causality 
The investigator’s assessment of an AE’s relationship to study drug is part of the 
documentation process, but it is not a factor in determining what is or is not reported in the 
study. If there is any doubt as to whether a clinical observation is an AE, the event should be 
reported. 
The relationship or association of CT-P10, Rituxan or MabThera in causing or contributing to 
the AE will be characterized using the following classification and criteria: 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 64 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Unrelated: 
This relationship suggests that there is no association between the study drug 
and the reported event. 
Possible: 
This relationship suggests that treatment with the study drug caused or 
contributed to the AE, i.e., the event follows a reasonable temporal sequence 
from the time of study drug administration or follows a known response pattern 
to the study drug, but could also have been produced by other factors. 
Probable: 
This relationship suggests that a reasonable temporal sequence of the event 
with study drug administration exists and, based upon the known 
pharmacological action of the study drug, known or previously reported 
adverse reactions to the study drug or class of drugs, or judgment based on the 
investigator’s clinical experience, the association of the event with the study 
drug seems likely. 
Definite: 
This relationship suggests that a definite causal relationship exists between 
study drug administration and the AE, and other conditions (concurrent illness, 
progression/expression of disease state, or concurrent medication reaction) do 
not appear to explain the event. 
6.5.10.6 
Follow-up of Patients Reporting Adverse Events 
All AEs must be reported in detail on the appropriate page of the eCRF and followed to 
satisfactory resolution, until the principal investigator or subinvestigator deems the event to 
be chronic or not clinically significant, or until the patient is considered to be stable. 
6.5.11 
Pregnancy 
In an event of unexpected pregnancy during study participation, patients will be counseled to 
inform the investigator of any pregnancy that occurs during the study drug and for 12 months 
after the last dose of study drug. If a female patient becomes pregnant, the study drug must be 
discontinued immediately. If a female patient or the partner of a male patient becomes 
pregnant, the pregnancy must be reported to CELLTRION, Inc. and 
 PVG within 
24 hours of the study center’s knowledge of the pregnancy while confirmation is pending. 
Once the pregnancy is confirmed with a serum pregnancy test, for female patients study drug 
will be permanently discontinued and the patient withdrawn from the study. The study center 
must complete the supplied SAE form (female patient) or pregnancy form (partner of a male 
patient) and return it to 
 PVG with 24 hours. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 65 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Pregnant patients or the pregnant partners of male patients will be followed until the end of 
the pregnancy (i.e., delivery, still birth, miscarriage), provided consent is obtained. The baby 
will be followed for 1 year after the birth, provided consent is obtained.  
6.5.12 Laboratory Analyses 
For the Main Study Period, blood and urine samples for clinical laboratory assessments will 
be collected at the time points specified in Table 4 who receives both courses of treatment and 
Table 5 for patients who do not receive second course of treatment. For the Extension Study 
Period, samples for clinical laboratory assessments will also be collected at the time points 
specified in Table 6. 
Details of blood sampling schemes are provided in Table 7 for patients who receive both first 
and second courses of treatment in the Main Study Period and Table 8 for patients who 
receive only first course of treatment in the Main Study Period. For the Extension Study 
Period, the sampling schemes are provided in Table 9.  
Blood samples do not need to be performed in a fasting state unless, in the opinion of the 
investigator, fasting blood samples are required.  
A serum pregnancy test (central laboratory) should be conducted in patients, who receive both 
courses of treatment, at Screening and during Main the Study Periods at the time points 
specified in Table 4 and Table 5 for patients who do not receive second course of treatment, 
and then a urine pregnancy test (local laboratory) for women of childbearing potential who 
have not been surgically sterilized should be used to confirm that patients are not pregnant 
prior to study drug infusion at Week 0 and Week 2.  
For the Extension Study Period, a serum pregnancy test (central laboratory) should be 
conducted at the time points specified in Table 6, then a urine pregnancy test (local laboratory) 
for women of childbearing potential who have not been surgically sterilized should be used to 
confirm that patients are not pregnant prior to study drug infusion. 
If patients receive subsequent courses of treatment, additional urine pregnancy tests will be 
conducted prior to study drug infusion at Week 24, Week 26, Extension Week 0 and 
Extension Week 2, and additional serum pregnancy tests will be conducted at  Week 48, 
Extension Week 24 and the End-of-Study Visit (if not obtained at Week 48 or Extension 
Week 24). 
The following laboratory analyses will be performed at the central laboratory: 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 66 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Hematology 
Clinical Chemistry 
Urinalysis 
• Absolute neutrophil 
count  
• Hematocrit 
• Hemoglobin 
• Platelets 
• Red blood cell count 
• White blood cell count 
with differential 
• Alanine aminotransferase 
• Albumin 
• Alkaline phosphatase  
• Aspartate aminotransferase 
• Blood urea nitrogen  
• Calcium 
• Chloride 
• Cholesterol 
• Creatine phosphokinase 
• Creatinine 
• Creatinine clearance (estimated by 
weight and Cockcroft-Gault 
formula) 
• Gamma-glutamyl transferase  
• Glucose 
• High-density lipoprotein 
cholesterol 
• Lactate dehydrogenase 
• Low-density lipoprotein cholesterol 
• Phosphorus 
• Potassium 
• Sodium 
• Total bilirubin 
• Total protein 
• Triglycerides  
• Bilirubin 
• Color 
• Glucose 
• Ketones 
• Nitrite 
• Occult blood 
• pH 
• Protein 
• Specific gravity 
• Urobilinogen 
• Microscopic 
examination of 
sediment, only if 
urinalysis dipstick 
results are abnormal 
 
6.6 
Sample Collections 
The total volume of blood collected for each assessment is discussed in each specific 
laboratory manual. 
The sample collection tube may be changed during the study and details will be provided in 
the laboratory manual. For the Main Study Period, details of blood sampling schemes are 
provided in Table 7 for patients who receive both courses of treatment and Table 8 for 
patients who receive only first course of treatment. 
For patients who receive the third course of treatment at Week 48, samplings should be 
performed according to the sampling schemes for the Extension Week 0 (Table 9). Otherwise, 
all scheduled samplings for Week 48 should be performed separately from the Extension 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 67 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Week 0 according to the sampling schemes (Table 7 for patients who receive both courses of 
treatment and Table 8 for patients who receive only first course of treatment). 
6.6.1 Pharmacokinetic Blood Sampling 
Blood samples for PK assessments will be collected in accordance with laboratory manual at 
the time points specified in Table 4 (up to Week 48) and Table 5 (between Weeks 24 and 48) 
for patients who receive both first and second courses of treatment and receive only first 
course of treatment, respectively. All samples should be collected as close as possible to the 
scheduled time point and the actual sampling time must be recorded in both the source 
documents and the eCRF. 
Samples will be stored and shipped to the central laboratory as detailed in Section 6.7.2. 
6.6.2 Pharmacodynamic Blood Sampling 
Blood samples for PD (B-cell kinetics, CRP, ESR, RF, anti-CCP) will be obtained in 
accordance with laboratory manual from each patient, who receives both courses of treatment, 
during the Study Periods at the time points specified in Table 4 for the Main Study Period and 
Table 5 for patients who do not receive second course of treatment in the Main Study Period. 
For the Extension Study Period, blood samples will also be obtained from each patient at the 
time points specified in Table 6. All samples should be collected as close as possible to the 
scheduled time point and the actual sampling time must be recorded in both the source 
documents and the eCRF. 
Blood samples for CRP and ESR are the same samples as those for routine safety (clinical 
laboratory testing) assessments. Serum samples for the CRP assessment can be taken from the 
routine clinical chemistry sample and the frozen serum samples (anti-CCP) will be sent to the 
central laboratory for analysis. Where CRP assessment is required without routine clinical 
chemistry testing, an additional blood sample will be required.  
Serum samples for RF and anti-CCP assessments will be sent to the central laboratory. 
Samples for PD assessment (except ESR) will be stored and shipped to the central laboratory 
as detailed in Section 6.7.2. The ESR testing will be performed at the study center local 
laboratory. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 68 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
6.6.3 Routine Safety Blood Sampling 
Blood samples for clinical laboratory testing (hematology and serum chemistry) will be 
collected in accordance with laboratory manual from each patient, who receives both courses 
of treatment, for analysis at the central laboratory throughout the study at the time points 
specified in Table 4 for the Main Study Period and Table 5 for patients who do not receive 
second course of treatment in the Main Study Period. For the Extension Study Period, blood 
samples will also be obtained from each patient at the time points specified in Table 6. 
An additional blood samples for hepatitis B and C, and HIV-1 and -2 testing will also be 
required at Screening. Serum pregnancy testing at Screening and the End-of-Study Visit will 
use serum from the clinical chemistry sample. If hepatic symptoms are suspected, additional 
blood samples will also be collected during the study. 
Samples will be stored and shipped to the central laboratory as detailed in Section 6.7.2. 
6.6.4 Immunogenicity Blood Sampling 
Blood for immunogenicity assessments will be collected in accordance with laboratory 
manual from each patient, who receives both courses of treatment, at the time points specified 
in Table 4 for the Main Study Period and Table 5 for patients who do not receive second 
course of treatment in the Main Study Period. For the Extension Study Period, blood samples 
will also be obtained from each patient at the time points specified in Table 6. All samples 
should be collected as close as possible to the scheduled time point and the actual sampling 
time must be recorded in both the source documents and the eCRF. 
Samples will be stored and shipped to the central laboratory as detailed in Section 6.7.2. 
6.6.5 Immunoglobulin Blood Sampling 
Blood for immunoglobulin assessments will be collected in accordance with laboratory 
manual from each patient, who receives both courses of treatment, at the time points specified 
in Table 4 for the Main Study Period and Table 5 for patients who do not receive second 
course of treatment in the Main Study Period. 
For the Extension Study Period, blood samples will also be obtained from each patient at the 
time points specified in Table 6. All samples should be collected as close as possible to the 
scheduled time point and the actual sampling time must be recorded in both the source 
documents and the eCRF. Serum samples for immunoglobulin assessments will be sent to the 
central laboratory. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 69 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Samples will be stored and shipped to the central laboratory as detailed in Section 6.7.2. 
6.6.6 Genotyping Blood Sampling 
For patients who sign a separate ICF for the biomarker assessments, blood for FcγR genotype 
(FcγRIIa, IIIa, and/or any necessary genotypes) testing will be collected in accordance with 
laboratory manual  after randomization (before dosing on Day 0 of Week 0).  
Samples will be stored and shipped to the central laboratory as detailed in Section 6.7.2. 
6.7 
Labeling, Storage, and Transport of Samples 
6.7.1 Sample Labeling 
Each sample tube should be clearly labeled with the following information: study number, 
study center number, patient number, tube identification, and the scheduled sampling time by 
day and hour. 
6.7.2 Sample Storage and Shipment 
During the study, blood samples will be collected for PK, PD, immunogenicity, safety and/or 
biomarker analyses. 
Additionally, 1 sample for PK and immunogenicity analyses should be retained at the central 
laboratory as a back-up for additional required analyses up to 5 years after the end of the 
study unless a specific authorization is given by CELLTRION, Inc. to destroy the back-up 
sample. Primary and back-up samples will be shipped to the central laboratory according to 
the laboratory manual, and primary samples should be shipped separately from the back-up 
samples.  
Biomarker samples will be stored at the central laboratory as a back-up for additional required 
analyses for up to 5 years after the end of the study unless a specific authorization is given by 
CELLTRION, Inc. to destroy the back-up sample.  
Details in storage and shipment will be followed according to the lab manual.  
6.8 
Overdose Management 
An overdose is defined as any dose that is 10% or more than the dose prescribed. Overdose 
may be symptomatic or asymptomatic. Symptoms associated with an overdose must be 
recorded as an AE and the details provided to 
 PVG according to the details in 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 70 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Section 6.5.10, and an overdose without signs or symptoms must be documented in the study 
drug section of the eCRF.  
Although not strictly due to an overdose, IRRs are possible and hypersensitivity must be 
monitored according to the details in Section 6.5.1. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 71 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
7 Statistical and Analytical Plan 
For the Part 2, reference products group will contain patients from both Rituxan and 
MabThera groups up to Week 48. 
The Extension Study Period is designed to evaluate additional safety and immunogenicity.  
7.1 
Pharmacokinetic Endpoints 
7.1.1 Co-primary Pharmacokinetic Endpoints: Part 1 
The following PK parameters for the study drug (CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera) will be 
determined as co-primary PK endpoints in Part 1 (over the first 24 weeks): 
• AUC0-last: area under the serum concentration-time curve covering both infusions, time to 
the last measurable concentration 
• AUC0-∞: area under the serum concentration-time curve covering both infusions, time zero 
to infinity 
• Cmax: maximum concentration after the second infusion 
7.1.2 Secondary Pharmacokinetic Endpoints: Part 1 
The following PK parameters for the study drug (CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera) will be 
determined as secondary PK endpoints in Part 1 (over the first 24 weeks): 
• AUC0-day14: area under the serum concentration-time curve covering both infusion, time 
zero to day 14 
• Vd: volume of distribution 
• CL: total clearance 
• t1/2: terminal elimination half-life after the second infusion 
• Tmax: time to Cmax after both the first and second infusions 
• Cmax, 1: maximum concentration after the first infusion  
• Cmin: concentration at Week 24 
• Ctrough: trough concentration prior to the second infusion 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 72 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
7.1.3 Secondary Pharmacokinetic Endpoints: Part 2 
The following PK parameters for the study drug (CT-P10 and reference products) will be 
determined as secondary PK endpoints in Part 2 (up to Week 48 or over the first 24 weeks if 
second course of treatment is not administered): 
• Tmax: time to Cmax after both the first and second infusions  
• Cmax: maximum concentration after both the first and second infusions  
• Cmin: concentration at Weeks 24 and 48 
•  Ctrough: trough concentration prior to the second infusion  
7.2 
Efficacy Endpoints 
7.2.1 Primary Efficacy Endpoint 
The following efficacy parameter for the study drug (CT-P10 and reference products) will be 
determined as the primary efficacy endpoint: 
• 
The change from Baseline in disease activity measured by DAS28 (CRP) at Week 24 
7.2.2 Secondary Efficacy Endpoints 
The following efficacy parameters for the study drug will be determined as secondary 
efficacy endpoints: 
• ACR20, ACR50 and  ACR 70 at Week 24, Week 48, and Extension Week 24 
• Individual components of the ACR criteria compared with Baseline at Week 24, Week 48, 
and Extension Week 24 
• Time to onset of ACR20 response over 24 weeks 
• Mean change from Baseline in disease activity measured by DAS28 (CRP) at Weeks 12 
and 48 and Extension Week 24 and DAS28 (ESR) at Weeks 12, 24 and 48 and Extension 
Week 24 
• Proportion of patients with a good response, defined according to the European League 
Against Rheumatism (EULAR) response criteria at Week 24, Week 48, and 
Extension Week 24 
• Hybrid ACR response at Week 24, Week 48, and Extension Week 24 
• SDAI and CDAI at Week 24, Week 48, and Extension Week 24 
• Joint damage progression based on radiographic evaluations, van der Heijde modification 
of the Sharp scoring system at Week 48, Extension Week 24 and the EOS visit 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 73 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
• Functional disability (HAQ disability index) at Week 24, Week 48, and 
Extension Week 24 
• Health-related quality of life (SF-36 health survey score) compared with Baseline at 
Week 24, Week 48, and Extension Week 24 
7.3 
Secondary Pharmacodynamic Endpoints 
The following PD parameters for the study drug (CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera) will be 
determined as PD endpoints: 
• B-cell kinetics over time including depletion and recovery 
• CRP and ESR at Week 24, Week 48, and Extension Week 24  
• Rheumatoid factor and anti-CCP at Week 24, Week 48, and Extension Week 24 
7.4 
Secondary Safety Endpoints 
The following safety parameters for the study drug (CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera) will be 
determined as secondary safety endpoints: 
• Immunogenicity testing  
• Immunoglobulin (IgM, IgG and IgA) testing 
• Hypersensitivity monitoring via vital sign measurements (including blood pressure, heart 
and respiratory rates, and temperature) and ECGs 
• Vital sign measurements 
• ECGs 
• Signs and symptoms of TB monitoring 
• Physical examination findings 
• AEs 
• Infections 
• Infusion related reactions (IRRs) 
• Clinical laboratory analyses 
• Pregnancy testing 
• Concomitant medications 
7.5 
Sample Size Calculations 
Part 1 of this study is powered to demonstrate PK similarity of CT-P10, Rituxan and 
MabThera in AUC0-last, AUC0-∞ and Cmax. Similarity will be demonstrated if the 90% 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 74 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
confidence interval (CI) for the geometric mean ratio of CT-P10 to Rituxan and MabThera in 
AUC0-last, AUC0-∞ and Cmax is within the bounds of 80% and 125%. 
In Part 1, based on overall 90% power, 2-sided alpha equal to 0.1, an interpatient coefficient 
of variation (CV) in AUC0-last of 30%, and a true of geometric mean equal to 1, fifty patients 
are needed in each treatment group being compared (50 patients in the CT-P10 treatment 
group, 50 patients in the MabThera treatment group, and 50 patients in the Rituxan treatment 
group: 150 patients total). The statistical power of each comparison, CT-P10 versus 
MabThera, CT-P10 versus Rituxan and MabThera versus Rituxan is 96.5% to achieve overall 
90% power accounting for multiplicity with type II error correction. Allowing for a drop-out 
rate of 20%, 189 patients will be randomly assigned into the study in a 1:1:1 allocation.  
In Part 2, the sample size of 322 evaluable patients (133 patients in the CT-P10 group and 189 
patients in the reference products group [Rituxan and MabThera groups]) leads to 
approximately 90% power for the demonstration of similarity based on a two-sided 90% CI 
for the difference of mean change of DAS28 score at Week 24 from baseline value between 
CT-P10 and reference products for an equivalence margin of ±0.50. In the sample size 
calculation, the common standard deviation of the mean change of DAS28 at Week 24 from 
baseline is assumed as 1.32 based on the CT-P10 1.1 study result for the therapeutic 
equivalence margin of ±0.50. Incorporating hypothesized drop-out rate of 10%, total sample 
size of 361 subjects (149 eligible patients in the CT-P10 and 212 eligible patients in the 
reference products group [Rituxan and MabThera groups], including up to 63 patients from 
each of the CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera groups in Part 1) will be used in evaluation of 
efficacy endpoints.    
In total, approximately 361 patients will be available for analysis (a total of approximately 
149 patients for the CT-P10 group and 212 patients for the reference products group, 
including up to 63 patients from each treatment group in Part 1). 
7.6 
Analysis Sets 
Five patient populations are defined: PK, efficacy, PD, safety, and all-randomized populations. 
The PK population is defined to be all patients who receive at least 2 doses (Week 0 and 
Week 2) of study drug (CT-P10, Rituxan or MabThera), who provide sufficient blood 
concentration data to compute the required PK variables, and who do not have any major 
protocol violation including a violation of the inclusion and exclusion of criteria. The PK 
population will be the primary population for the summary and analysis of PK data. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 75 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
The efficacy population is defined to be all patients who receive at least 1 dose of study drug 
(CT-P10, Rituxan or MabThera), who have at least 1 post-treatment efficacy result, and who 
do not have any major protocol violation including a violation of the inclusion and exclusion 
of criteria. The efficacy population will be the primary population for the summary of 
efficacy data. 
The PD population is defined to be all patients receiving at least 1 dose of study drug 
(CT-P10, Rituxan or MabThera) and providing at least 1 post-treatment PD result. The PD 
population will be the primary population for the summary of PD data. 
The safety population is defined to be all patients who receive at least 1 dose (full or partial) 
of study drug (CT-P10, Rituxan or MabThera). The safety population will be the primary 
population for the summary of safety data. 
The all-randomized population is defined to be all patients enrolled and randomly assigned to 
receive a dose of study drug, regardless of whether or not any study drug dosing was 
completed. All efficacy parameters will also be analyzed for the all-randomized population. 
The number of patients, who discontinue from the study prematurely, together with the 
reasons for discontinuation, will be summarized. In addition, for each analysis population the 
number of patients will be presented. 
7.7 
Description of Subgroups to be Analyzed 
Subgroup analysis could be implemented to reflect medical, regulatory, regional, or ethnic 
considerations. 
7.8 
Statistical Analysis 
Statistical analyses will be carried out using 
 
. The statistical methods for this study, summarized 
below, will be described in a detailed statistical analysis plan (SAP), which will be finalized 
prior to locking of the database and unblinding of the treatment codes. Changes from analyses 
planned in this protocol will be documented in the SAP. Any deviations from the planned 
analysis as described in the SAP will be justified and recorded in the final study report. 
Continuous variables will be summarized by reporting the number of observations, mean, SD, 
median, minimum, and maximum. Categorical variables will be summarized using frequency 
tables showing the number and percentage of patients within a particular category. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 76 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Pharmacokinetic parameters will be computed by noncompartmental methods using 
appropriate validated software such as WinNonlin (Pharsight, St Louis, Missouri). 
The following pair-wise treatment comparisons will be made for the Part 1 analyses: 
• CT-P10 vs. Rituxan 
• CT-P10 vs. MabThera 
• Rituxan vs. MabThera  
For the Part 2 analyses up to Week 48, patients from Rituxan and MabThera treatment groups 
will be combined as a reference products groups. 
7.8.1 Pharmacokinetic Analyses 
All PK analyses will be performed based on the results from Week 0 to Week 48. 
7.8.1.1 
Co-primary Pharmacokinetic Analysis 
The primary PK analysis will assess the similarity of CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera in 
terms of AUC0-last (over both infusions of the first course of treatment, from time zero to the 
last measurable concentration), AUC0-∞ (over both infusions of the first course of treatment, 
from time zero to infinity) and Cmax (after the second infusion of the first course of treatment) 
as co-primary PK endpoints.  
The following PK parameters as co-primary PK endpoints will be calculated using 
noncompartmental methods:  
• 
AUC0-last will be calculated using trapezoidal rule. This will be calculated over both 
infusions in the first course of treatment. 
• 
AUC0-∞ will be calculated using trapezoidal rule. This will be calculated over both 
infusions in the first course of treatment. 
• 
 Cmax will be calculated after the second infusion in the first course of treatment. 
In each part, for the calculation of PK parameters, all serum concentrations that are below the 
quantification limit (BQL) prior to the first measurable concentration will be set to zero. The 
BQL values after the first dose will be set equal to the lower limit of quantification. Actual 
sampling times, rather than scheduled sampling times, will be used in all computations of PK 
parameters. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 77 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
• 
The primary PK parameter estimates will be analysed using an analysis of covariance 
(ANCOVA) with treatment as a fixed effect and country, gender, race, prior anti-TNF-
alpha (anti-TNFα) blocker status (inadequate response versus intolerant case), and RF or 
anti-CCP status (both positive versus both negative versus either RF or anti-CCP negative) 
fitted as covariates. If country is found to be unsuitable as a covariate due to the number 
of levels, then this may be pooled into a new variable, region defined in the SAP, for use 
as a covariate. Point estimates (geometric means and ratio of geometric means) will be 
calculated from back transforming the least squares means of the natural log-transformed 
values of AUC0-last, AUC0-∞ and Cmax, and 90% CIs for the ratio of the geometric means 
of the 2 treatments (CT-P10 versus Rituxan, CT-P10 versus MabThera, and Rituxan 
versus MabThera) will also be produced. AUC0-last, AUC0-∞, and Cmax will be 
summarized by treatment. Summary statistics will include the mean, SD, median, 
minimum, maximum, geometric mean, and CV. 
• 
The similarity of pharmacokinetics between CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera will be 
concluded if the 90% CIs for the ratios of geometric means based on all the combinations 
of the three treatments in a pairwise comparison are entirely contained within 80% to 125% 
for AUC0-last, AUC0-∞, and Cmax. The equivalence margin of 80% - 125% is the universal 
standard PK similarity margin. 
Serum concentrations of study drugs will be summarized by treatment at each scheduled 
collection time. In addition to the standard summary statistics, the geometric mean and CV 
will also be presented at each time point. Mean serum concentration time profiles of study 
drugs will be plotted by treatment on linear and semilogarithmic scales based on scheduled 
sample times. Individual concentrations and scheduled and actual sample times will be 
presented in data listings by treatment. 
7.8.1.2 Secondary Pharmacokinetic Analysis 
For patients in Part 1, the following secondary PK parameters will be considered: AUC0-day14 
(over both infusions of the first course of treatment, from time zero to Day 14), Vd, CL, t1/2 
(after the second infusion in the first course of treatment), Tmax (after both the first and second 
infusions in the first course of treatment), Cmax, 1 (after the first infusion in the first course of 
treatment), Cmin (at Week 24), Ctrough (prior to the second infusion in the first course of 
treatment). 
For patients in Part 2, the following secondary PK parameters will be considered: Tmax (after 
both the first and second infusions in the first and second courses of treatment), Cmax (after 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 78 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
both the first and second infusions in the first and second courses of treatment), Cmin (at Week 
24), and Ctrough (prior to the second infusion in the first and second courses of treatment). 
These PK variables will be presented in listings and summarized in tables. For PK parameters, 
the summary tables will display the following descriptive statistics: n, mean, median, SD, 
minimum, maximum, geometric mean, and CV. 
7.8.2 Efficacy Analyses 
7.8.2.1 
Primary Efficacy Analysis 
The primary efficacy analysis includes patients from Part 1 and Part 2. The primary analysis 
for DAS28 is an analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) comparing the change from baseline of 
DAS28 after 24 weeks of treatment between two treatment groups, CT-P10 and reference 
products, considering the treatment as a fixed effect and country, gender, race, prior 
anti-TNF-α blocker status (inadequate response versus intolerant case), and RF or anti-CCP 
status (both positive versus both negative versus either RF or anti-CCP negative) fitted as 
covariates. If country is found to be unsuitable as a covariate due to the number of levels, then 
this may be pooled into a new variable, region defined in the SAP, for use as a covariate.  
Similarity for the change from baseline of DAS28 (CRP) at week 24 will be evaluated based 
on the two-sided 90% confidence interval obtained from the ANCOVA model for the 
difference of means of the change in DAS28 (CRP) between the two treatment groups. The 
equivalence margin for the 90% CI is defined as [-0.50, 0.50]. 
7.8.2.2 Secondary Efficacy Analyses 
ACR20, ACR50, and ACR70 
A patient is defined as a responder according to ACR20 criteria if the following are fulfilled: 
• A decrease of at least 20% in the number of tender joints 
• A decrease of at least 20% in the number of swollen joints, and 
• A 20% improvement in 3 of the following: 
• Patient’s assessment of pain on the VAS 
• Patient’s global assessment of disease activity (VAS) 
• Physician’s global assessment of disease activity (VAS) 
• HAQ estimate of physical ability 
• Serum CRP concentration or ESR 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 79 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
The VAS range is 0 to 10 cm, with higher scores indicating poorer status or more severe pain. 
The following categories of patients are considered nonresponders at each week respectively: 
• Patients with an improvement according to the ACR criteria of less than 20% 
• Patients who discontinue the study prior to the week of interest, except for safety reasons 
• Patients with missing data for the evaluation of ACR20 at the week of interest 
• Patients with protocol prohibited changes in medication including initiation therapy with a 
new disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs, increase in dose of RA medication (MTX or 
corticosteroid), and administration of intra-articular corticosteroids 
• Patients requiring a surgical joint procedure during the study 
The ACR50 and ACR70 are calculated similarly to ACR20, however, an increase or decrease 
of 50% and 70%, respectively, must be achieved. 
The proportion of patients demonstrating ACR20, ACR50, and ACR70 (based on 1995 ACR 
criteria) will be summarized by treatment at Week 24, Week 48, and Extension Week 24. 
The mean change in the components of the ACR criteria from Baseline will be summarized 
for ACR20, ACR50, ACR70, and hybrid ACR.  
Time to onset of the ACR20 response will also be summarized by treatment.  
Hybrid ACR 
The hybrid ACR is an outcome measure that combines the ACR20, the ACR50, and the 
ACR70 and a continuous score of the mean improvement in core set measures (American 
College of Rheumatology Committee to Reevaluate Improvement Criteria 2007). The score is 
determined by calculating the mean percentage change in core set measures and reading the 
score from Table 2 using the patient’s ACR status. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 80 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Table 2 
Scoring Method for Hybrid ACR 
 
Mean % Change in Core Set Measures 
ACR Status 
<20 
≥20, <50 
≥50, <70 
≥70 
Not ACR20 
mean % 
change 
19.99 
19.99 
19.99 
ACR20 but not 
ACR50 
20 
mean % 
change 
49.99 
49.99 
ACR50 but not 
ACR70 
50 
50 
mean % 
change 
69.99 
ACR70 
70 
70 
70 
mean % 
change 
Abbreviations: ACR, American College of Rheumatology; ACR20, ACR 20% improvement 
criteria; ACR50, ACR 50% improvement criteria; ACR70, ACR 70% improvement criteria. 
Source: American College of Rheumatology Committee to Reevaluate Improvement Criteria 2007. 
Disease Activity Score Using 28 Joint Count Data 
The DAS28 data will be listed and summarized by treatment (including ESR and CRP levels). 
In addition, change from Baseline will also be summarized, by treatment, for assessments 
after the first infusion.  
European League Against Rheumatism Response Criteria 
 
The DAS-based EULAR response criteria will be summarized by treatment.  
Simplified Disease Activity Index and Clinical Disease Activity Index  
Simplified and clinical disease activity will be measured using the SDAI and CDAI (Aletaha 
and Smolen 2009) calculated from the formulas presented in Table 3. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 81 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Table 3 
Simplified Disease Activity Index and Clinical Disease Activity Index 
Formulas 
Index 
Formula 
SDAI 
SJC28 + TJC28 + PGA + EGA + CRP 
CDAI 
SJC28 + TJC28 + PGA + EGA 
Abbreviations: CDAI, clinical disease activity index; CRP, C-reactive protein; EGA, evaluator’s global 
assessment of disease activity (physician’s global assessment); PGA, patient’s global assessment of disease 
activity; SDAI, simplified disease activity index; SJC, swollen joint count; TJC, tender joint count. 
Source: Aletaha and Smolen 2009. 
Joint Damage Progression 
Joint damage progression based on radiographic evaluations (1 image of both the right and 
left hands and both the right and left feet for a total of 4 images) will be assessed by the 
change in the van der Heijde modification of the Sharp scoring system at Week 48, Extension 
Week 24 and the EOS visit (van der Heijde 1992). Hand and foot x-rays will be evaluated 
centrally by independent reviewers for reporting purposes and on a local level for treatment 
practice.  
Health Assessment Questionnaire Disability Index and Short Form-36 
The HAQ disability index and SF-36 data will be listed and summarized by treatment. 
Summaries will be included for the SF-36 physical component score and the mental 
component score. 
7.8.3 Pharmacodynamic Analyses 
All PD data will be listed and summarized by treatment, where appropriate. The comparison 
of the concentration of B-cell kinetics between CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera will be 
performed using ANCOVA, with treatment as a fixed effect and baseline values, country, 
gender, race, prior anti-TNF-α blocker status(inadequate response versus intolerant case), and 
RF or anti-CCP status (both positive versus both negative versus either RF or anti-CCP 
negative) fitted as covariates. If country is found to be unsuitable as a covariate due to the 
number of levels, then this may be pooled into a new variable, region defined in SAP, for use 
as a covariate. Point estimates and 95% CIs will be provided. Pharmacodynamic data will 
also be summarized using quantitative descriptive statistics (including geometric mean and 
CV, where appropriate).  
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 82 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
7.8.4 Safety Analyses 
The safety analysis will be performed on the safety population by presenting data on 
hypersensitivity monitoring via vital sign measurements (including blood pressure, heart and 
respiratory rates, and temperature), immunogenicity testing, immunoglobulin (IgM, IgG and 
IgA) testing, vital sign measurements, ECGs, signs and symptoms of TB monitored 
throughout the study, physical examination findings, AEs, infections, IRRs, clinical 
laboratory analyses, pregnancy testing, and concomitant medications. 
All safety data will be listed and summarized by treatment as appropriate. 
7.8.4.1 
Demographic, Baseline, and Background Characteristics 
Demographics (age, gender, race, and etc.) and baseline and background characteristics will 
be presented in summary tables. Qualitative data (e.g., medical history) will be summarized in 
contingency tables, and quantitative data (e.g., age) will be summarized using quantitative 
descriptive statistics. 
7.8.4.2 
Adverse Events 
Adverse events will be coded to system organ class (SOC) and preferred term (PT) according 
to MedDRA. Adverse events will be graded for severity according to the CTCAE v4.0. 
The following AE summaries will be reported by SOC, PT, and treatment: 
• 
Number and percentage of patients reporting at least 1 AE 
• 
Number and percentage of patients reporting at least 1 SAE 
• 
Number and percentage of patients discontinuing the study drug due to an AE 
• 
Number and percentage of patients with AEs of special interest (infusion-related AEs and 
infections) 
If more than 1 AE is recorded for a patient within any SOC or PT, the patient will be counted 
only once within the respective summary. 
Adverse events will also be summarized by maximum intensity and relationship to study drug 
with the percentage of patients in each category. If more than 1 AE is recorded for a patient 
within any SOC or PT, the patient will only be counted once using the most severe 
assessment. 
Adverse events of special interest will also be summarized by intensity. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 83 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
7.8.4.3 
Laboratory Test Analyses 
Clinical laboratory tests (hematology, clinical chemistry, and urinalysis) will be summarized, 
by treatment, at each scheduled collection time. For continuous parameters, change from 
Baseline will also be summarized for all scheduled collection times after the first infusion. 
Baseline will be the latest available measurement prior to the first infusion. 
All laboratory results will be listed. Additional listings will be provided showing laboratory 
results outside the normal range. 
7.8.4.4 
Immunogenicity  
All data will be listed and summarized by treatment as appropriate. 
7.8.4.5 
Immunoglobulin (IgM, IgG and IgA) Values 
All data will be listed and summarized by treatment as appropriate. 
7.8.4.6 
Vital Signs and Weight 
Vitals signs (systolic and diastolic blood pressure, heart rate, respiratory rate, and temperature) 
and weight will be summarized, by treatment, at each scheduled collection time. Change from 
Baseline will also be summarized for all scheduled collection times after the first infusion for 
vital signs. Baseline will be the latest available measurement prior to the first infusion. 
All data will be listed. 
7.8.4.7 
Electrocardiograms 
Overall assessment and ECG parameters will be summarized, by treatment, at each visit. In 
addition, change from Baseline in ECG parameters will also be summarized, by treatment. 
Baseline will be the result at Screening. 
All data will be listed. 
 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 84 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
7.8.5 Missing Data Analysis 
In order to evaluate the impact of missing data on the primary endpoint results, additional 
analyses with missing data imputation will be conducted for primary efficacy endpoint of 
DAS28 (CRP) in all randomized population. Multiple imputation (MI) with the missing at 
random (MAR) assumption and last observation carried forward (LOCF) with the missing 
completely at random (MCAR) assumption will be used for missing data imputation in all 
randomized population for both CT-P10 and reference (Rituxan and MabThera) groups. 
Additionally, tipping point analysis will be conducted for a sensitivity analysis under the 
missing not at random (MNAR) assumption to identify assumptions (tipping point) under 
which confidence interval no longer rules out differences in the change from baseline of 
DAS28 (CRP) for the therapeutic equivalence margin of ±0.5. 
7.8.6 Interim Analyses 
Although no formal interim analyses are planned, the sponsor plans to prepare 2 clinical study 
reports. However, clinical study report(s) can be generated during the Study Period in 
addition to 2 clinical study reports as planned for regulatory or academic purpose. 
1. To report data for each patient up to Week 24  
2. To report data after completion of study (including safety laboratory [B-cell, IgM and 
IgG] follow-up closed) 
7.9 
Data Quality Assurance 
Steps to be taken to ensure the accuracy and reliability of data include the selection of 
qualified investigators and appropriate study centers, review of protocol procedures with the 
investigator and associated personnel before the study, periodic monitoring visits by 
CELLTRION, Inc. or its designee, and direct transmission of clinical laboratory data from a 
central laboratory into the clinical database. The eCRF will be reviewed for accuracy and 
completeness by the monitor during on-site monitoring visits and after their return to 
CELLTRION, Inc. or its designee; any discrepancies will be resolved with the investigator or 
designees, as appropriate. The data will be entered into the clinical study database and 
verified for accuracy. 
Quality assurance personnel from CELLTRION, Inc. or its designee may visit the study 
center to carry out an audit of the study in compliance with regulatory guidelines and 
company policy. Such audits will require access to all study records, including source 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 85 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
documents, for inspection and comparison with the eCRF. Patient privacy must, however, be 
respected. Sufficient prior notice will be provided to allow the investigator to prepare 
properly for the audit. 
Similar auditing procedures may also be conducted by agents of any regulatory body 
reviewing the results of this study in support of a licensing application. The investigator 
should immediately notify CELLTRION, Inc. or its designee if they have been contacted by a 
regulatory agency concerning an upcoming inspection. 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 86 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
8 Ethics 
8.1 
Independent Ethics Committee or Institution Review Board 
Federal regulations and the ICH guidelines require that approval be obtained from an 
IRB/IEC before participation of human patients in research studies. Before study onset, the 
protocol, informed consent, advertisements to be used for the recruitment of study patients, 
and any other written information regarding this study to be provided to the patient or the 
patient’s legal guardian must be approved by the IRB/IEC. Documentation of all IRB/IEC 
approvals and of the IRB/IEC compliance with ICH harmonised tripartite guideline E6(R1): 
Good Clinical Practice (GCP) will be maintained by the study center and will be available for 
review by the sponsor or its designee. 
All IRB/IEC approvals should be signed by the IRB/IEC chairman or designee and must 
identify the IRB/IEC name and address, the clinical protocol by title or protocol number or 
both, and the date approval or a favorable opinion was granted. 
The investigator is responsible for obtaining continued review of the clinical research at 
intervals not exceeding 1 year or otherwise specified by the IRB/IEC. The investigator must 
supply the sponsor or its designee with written documentation of continued review of the 
clinical research. 
8.2 
Ethical Conduct of the Study 
The study will be performed in accordance with the ethical principles that have their origin in 
the Declaration of Helsinki, ICH GCP, and all applicable regulations. 
8.3 
Patient Information and Consent 
A written ICF in compliance with regulatory authority regulations or US Title 21 Code of 
Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 50 shall be obtained from each patient before entering the 
study or performing any unusual or nonroutine procedure that involves risk to the patient. An 
informed consent template may be provided by the sponsor to investigative study centers. If 
any institution-specific modifications to study-related procedures are proposed or made by the 
study center, the consent should be reviewed by the sponsor or its designee or both before 
IRB/IEC submission. Once reviewed, the consent will be submitted by the investigator to his 
or her IRB/IEC for review and approval before the start of the study. If the ICF is revised 
during the course of the study, all active participating patients must sign the revised form. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 87 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Before recruitment and enrollment, each prospective patient or his or her legal guardian will 
be given a full explanation of the study and be allowed to read the approved ICF. Once the 
investigator is assured that the patient/legal guardian understands the implications of 
participating in the study, the patient/legal guardian will be asked to give consent to 
participate in the study by signing the ICF. 
The investigator shall retain the signed original ICF(s) and give a copy of the signed original 
form to the patient or legal guardian. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 88 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
9 Investigator’s Obligations 
The following administrative items are meant to guide the investigator in the conduct of the 
study but may be subject to change based on industry and government standard operating 
procedures, working practice documents, or guidelines. Changes will be reported to the IRB/ 
IEC but will not result in protocol amendments. 
9.1 
Confidentiality and Data Protection 
All laboratory specimens, evaluation forms, reports, and other records will be identified in a 
manner designed to maintain patient confidentiality. All records will be kept in a secure 
storage area with limited access. Clinical information will not be released without the written 
permission of the patient (or the patient’s legal guardian), except as necessary for monitoring 
and auditing by CELLTRION, Inc. its designee, the regulatory authorities, or the IRB/IEC. 
The investigator and all employees and coworkers involved with this study may not disclose 
or use for any purpose other than performance of the study, any data, record, or other 
unpublished, confidential information disclosed to those individuals for the purpose of the 
study. Prior written agreement from the sponsor or its designee must be obtained for the 
disclosure of any said confidential information to other parties. 
9.2 
Financial Disclosure and Obligations 
Investigators are required to provide financial disclosure information to allow the sponsor to 
submit the complete and accurate certification or disclosure statements required under 21 
CFR 54. In addition, the investigator must provide to the sponsor a commitment to promptly 
update this information if any relevant changes occur during the course of the investigation 
and for 1 year following the completion of the study. 
Neither the sponsor nor 
 is financially responsible for further testing or treatment of any 
medical condition that may be detected during the screening process. In addition, in the 
absence of specific arrangements, neither the sponsor nor 
 is financially responsible for 
further treatment of the patient’s disease. 
9.3 
Investigator Documentation 
Prior to beginning the study, the principal investigator will be asked to comply with 
ICH E6(R1) 8.2 and Title 21of the CFR by providing the following essential documents, 
including but not limited to: 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 89 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
• IRB/IEC approval 
• Original investigator-signed investigator agreement page of the protocol 
• Form FDA 1572, fully executed, and all updates on a new fully executed For FDA 1572 
• Curriculum vitae for the investigator and each subinvestigator listed on Form FDA1572 
• IRB/IEC-approved informed consent, samples of study center advertisements for 
recruitment for this study, and any other written information regarding this study that is to 
be provided to the patient or legal guardians, and 
• Laboratory certifications and normal ranges for any local laboratories used by the study 
center, in accordance with 42 CFR 493 
9.4 
Study Conduct 
The investigator agrees that the study will be conducted according to the principles of ICH E6 
(R1). The investigator will conduct all aspects of this study in accordance with all national, 
state, and local laws or regulations. Study information from this protocol will be posted on 
publicly available clinical trial registers before enrollment of patients begins. 
9.5 
Data Collection 
9.5.1 
Electronic Case Report Forms and Source Documents 
It is the intent of this study to acquire study data via electronic format. As part of the 
responsibilities assumed by participating in the study, the principal investigator or 
subinvestigator agrees to maintain adequate case histories for the patients treated as part of 
the research under this protocol. The principal investigator or subinvestigator agrees to 
maintain source documentation (e.g., laboratory reports, ECG strips), to enter patient data into 
the eCRF as accurately as possible, and to respond to any reported discrepancies rapidly.  
The eCRFs are accessed through the Medidata Rave System, which allows for on-site data 
entry and data management. Study center users can read from and write to the sponsor’s 
database where the clinical data are collected. This provides immediate, direct data transfer to 
the database, as well as immediate detection of discrepancies, enabling study center 
coordinators to resolve and manage discrepancies in a timely manner.  
Each person involved with the study at each study center will have an individual logon and 
password that allow for record traceability. Thus, the system, and subsequently any 
investigative reviews, can identify coordinators, investigators, and individuals who have 
entered or modified records. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 90 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
9.6 
Adherence to Protocol 
The investigator agrees to conduct the study as outlined in this protocol in accordance with 
ICH E6 (R1) and all applicable guidelines and regulations. 
9.7 
Adverse Events and Study Report Requirements 
By participating in this study, the investigator agrees to submit reports of SAEs according to 
the time line and method outlined in the protocol. In addition, the investigator agrees to 
submit annual reports to the study center IRB/IEC as appropriate. 
9.8 
Investigator’s Final Report 
Upon completion of the study, the investigator, where applicable, should inform the 
institution; the investigator/institution should provide the IRB/IEC with a summary of the 
study’s outcome and the sponsor and regulatory authority(ies) with any reports required. 
9.9 
Records Retention 
All correspondence (e.g., with sponsor, IRB/IEC, or clinical research associates) relating to 
this clinical study will be kept in appropriate file folders. Records of patients, source 
documents, eCRFs, and drug inventory sheet pertaining to the study must be kept on file. 
Essential documents should be retained until at least 2 years after the last approval of a 
marketing application in an ICH region and until there are no pending or contemplated 
marketing applications in an ICH region or at least 2 years have elapsed since the formal 
discontinuation of clinical development of the investigational product. These documents 
should be retained for a longer period, however, if required by the applicable regulatory 
requirements or by an agreement with the sponsor. It is the responsibility of the sponsor to 
inform the investigator/institution as to when these documents no longer need to be retained. 
If an investigator moves, withdraws from an investigation or retires the responsibility for 
maintaining the records may be transferred to another person, who will accept the 
responsibility. Notice of transfer must be made to and agreed upon by the sponsor. 
9.10 Patient Identification Register 
The investigator agrees to complete a patient identification register, which will be used for the 
purpose of long-term follow-up, if needed. This form will be treated as confidential and will 
be filed by the investigator in the Study Center Master File. Otherwise, all reports and 
communications relating to the study will identify patients by assigned number only. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 91 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
9.11 Publications 
After completion of the study, the data may be considered for reporting at a scientific meeting 
or for publication in a scientific journal. In these cases, the sponsor will be responsible for 
these activities and will work with the investigators to determine how the manuscript is 
written and edited, the number and order of authors, the publication to which it will be 
submitted, and other related issues. The sponsor has final approval authority over all such 
issues. 
Data are the property of the sponsor and cannot be published without prior authorization from 
the sponsor, but data and publication thereof will not be unduly withheld. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 92 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
10 Study Management 
10.1 Monitoring 
10.1.1 Data Safety Monitoring Board 
This study will be monitored by an independent DSMB consisting of a PK specialist, 
statistician, chairing physician, and an independent physician. Further details will be provided 
in a DSMB charter. 
10.1.2 Monitoring of the Study 
The clinical monitor, as a representative of the sponsor, has the obligation to follow the study 
closely. In doing so, the monitor will visit the investigator and study center at periodic 
intervals, in addition to maintaining necessary telephone and letter contact. The monitor will 
maintain current personal knowledge of the study through observation, review of study 
records and source documentation, and discussion of the conduct of the study with the 
investigator and personnel. 
All aspects of the study will be carefully monitored, by the sponsor or its designee, for 
compliance with applicable government regulation with respect to current GCP and current 
standard operating procedures. 
10.1.3 Inspection of Records 
Investigators and institutions involved in the study will permit study-related monitoring, 
audits, IRB/IEC review, and regulatory inspections by providing direct access to all study 
records. In the event of an audit, the investigator agrees to allow the sponsor, representatives 
of the sponsor, or other regulatory agency access to all study records. 
The principal investigator or subinvestigator should promptly notify the sponsor and its 
designee of any audits scheduled by any regulatory authorities and promptly forward copies 
of any audit reports received to the sponsor. 
The investigator should promptly notify the sponsor and 
 of any audits scheduled by any 
regulatory authorities and promptly forward copies of any audit reports received to the 
sponsor. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 93 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
10.2 Management of Protocol Amendments and Deviations 
10.2.1 Modification of the Protocol 
Any changes in this research activity, except those necessary to remove an apparent, 
immediate hazard to the patient, must be reviewed and approved by the sponsor or its 
designee. Amendments to the protocol must be submitted in writing to the investigator’s 
IRB/IEC for approval before patients can be enrolled into an amended protocol. 
10.2.2 Protocol Deviations 
The investigator or designee must document and explain in the patient’s source 
documentation any deviation from the approved protocol. The investigator may implement a 
deviation from, or a change of, the protocol to eliminate an immediate hazard to study 
patients without prior IRB/IEC approval. As soon as possible after such an occurrence, the 
implemented deviation or change, the reasons for it, and any proposed protocol amendments 
should be submitted to the IRB/IEC for review and approval, to the sponsor for agreement, 
and to the regulatory authorities, if required. 
A deviation from the protocol is an unintended or unanticipated departure from the 
procedures or processes approved by the sponsor and the IRB/IEC and agreed to by the 
investigator. A significant deviation occurs when there is nonadherence to the protocol by the 
patient or investigator that results in a significant, additional risk to the patient. Significant 
deviations can include nonadherence to inclusion or exclusion criteria, enrollment of the 
patient without prior sponsor approval, or nonadherence to regulatory regulations or ICH 
GCP guidelines, and will lead to the patient being withdrawn from the study (Section 4.2). 
Protocol deviations will be documented by the clinical monitor throughout the course of 
monitoring visits. Deviations from the protocol, including deviations of inclusion/exclusion 
criteria, will be assessed as “minor” or “major” in agreement with the sponsor. Deviations 
will be defined prior to unblinding. Principal investigators will be notified in writing by the 
monitor of deviations. The IRB/IEC should be notified of all protocol deviations in a timely 
manner.  
10.3 Study Termination 
Although CELLTRION, Inc. has every intention of completing the study, CELLTRION, Inc. 
reserves the right to discontinue the study at any time for clinical or administrative reasons. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 94 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Study termination is defined as the date on which the last patient completes the last visit (if 
the study is not discontinued by CELLTRION, Inc.). 
10.4 Final Report 
Whether the study is completed or prematurely terminated, the sponsor will ensure that the 
clinical study reports are prepared and provided to the regulatory agency(ies) as required by 
the applicable regulatory requirement(s). The sponsor will also ensure that the clinical study 
reports in marketing applications meet the standards of the ICH harmonised tripartite 
guideline E3: Structure and Content of Clinical Study Reports. 
It is planned that 2 clinical study reports will be written (Section 7.8.6). 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 95 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
11 Reference List 
Aletaha D, Smolen JS. The simplified disease activity index and clinical disease activity 
index to monitor patients in standard clinical care. Rheum Dis Clin North Am. 
2009;35(4):759-72, viii. 
American College of Rheumatology Committee to Reevaluate Improvement Criteria. A 
proposed revision to the ACR20: the hybrid measure of American College of Rheumatology 
response. Arthritis Rheum. 2007;57(2):193-202. 
American Diabetes Association. Standards of medical care in diabetes – 2006. Diabetes Care. 
2006;29(Suppl 1):S4-S42. 
Arnett FC, Edworthy SM, Bloch DA, et al. The American Rheumatism Association 1987 
revised criteria for the classification of rheumatoid arthritis. Arthritis Rheum. 1988;31(3):315-
24. 
Breedveld F, Agarwal S, Yin M, et al. Rituximab pharmacokinetics in patients with 
rheumatoid arthritis: B-cell levels do not correlate with clinical response. J Clin Pharmacol. 
2007;47(9):1119-28. 
Edwards JC, Cambridge G, Abrahams VM. Do self-perpetuating B lymphocytes drive 
autoimmune disease? Immunol. 1999;97(2):188-96. 
Emergency treatment of anaphylactic reactions-guidelines for healthcare providers, Soar J, 
Pumphrey R, Cant A, et al. Resuscitation. 2008;77:157-169. 
Emery P, Fleischmann R, Filipowicz-Sosnowska A, et al. DANCER Study Group. The 
efficacy and safety of rituximab in patients with active rheumatoid arthritis despite 
methotrexate treatment: results of a phase IIB randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, 
dose-ranging trial. Arthritis Rheum. 2006;54(5):1390-400. 
Felson DT, Anderson JJ, Boers M, et al. American College of Rheumatology: preliminary 
definition of improvement in rheumatoid arthritis. Arthritis Rheum 1995;38(6):727-35. 
Fransen J, Bernelot Moens H, Speyer I, et al. Effectiveness of systematic monitoring of 
rheumatoid arthritis disease activity in daily practice: a multicenter, cluster randomized 
controlled trial. Ann Rheum Dis. 2005;64(9):1294-8. 
Higashida J, Wun T, Schmidt S, et al. Safety and efficacy of rituximab in patients with 
rheumatoid arthritis refractory to disease modifying antirheumatic drugs and anti-tumor 
necrosis factor-alpha treatment. J Rheumatol. 2005;32(11):2109-15. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 96 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Lard LR, Visser H, Speyer I, et al. Early versus delayed treatment in patients with recent-
onset rheumatoid arthritis: comparison of two cohorts who received different treatment 
strategies. Am J Med. 2001;111(6):446-51. 
MabThera (rituximab) [Summary of Product Characteristics]. European Medicines Agency; 
March 2015 (revision date) [cited 2015 April 20]. Available from: 
https://www.medicines.org.uk/emc/medicine/2570.  
McInnes IB. Rheumatoid arthritis. From bench to bedside. Rheum Dis Clin North Am. 2001 
May;27(2):373-87. 
Petersen J, Ingemann-Hansen T, Halkjaer-Kristensen JS. Spontaneous and induced 
immunoglobulin secretion by synovial fluid B lymphocytes in rheumatoid arthritis. Ann 
Rheum Dis. 1984;43(2):140-5. 
Rituxan (rituximab) [Package Insert]. August 2014 (revision date) [cited 2015 Jan 30]. 
Available from: http://www.gene.com/download/pdf/rituxan_prescribing.pdf. 
Sampson HA, Munoz-Furlong A, Campbell RL, et al. Second symposium on the definition 
and management of anaphylaxis: Summary Report-Second National Institute of Allergy and 
Infectious Disease/Food Allergy and Anaphylaxis Network Symposium. J Allergy Clin 
Immunol 2006; 117(2):391-97 
Scott DL, Symmons DP, Coulton BL, et al. Long-term outcome of treating rheumatoid 
arthritis: results after 20 years. Lancet. 1987;1(8542):1108-11. 
Tan SM, Xu D, Roschke V, et al. Local production of B lymphocyte stimulator protein and 
APRIL in arthritic joints of patients with inflammatory arthritis. Arthritis Rheum. 
2003;48(4):982-92. 
Toubi E, Kessel A, Slobodin G, et al. Changes in macrophage function after rituximab 
treatment in patients with rheumatoid arthritis. Ann Rheum Dis. 2007;66(6):818-20. 
Tran L, Baars JW, Aarden L, et al. Pharmacokinetics of rituximab in patients with CD20 
positive B-cell malignancies. Hum Antibodies. 2010;19(1):7-13. 
Vander Cruyssen B, Van Looy S, Wyns B, et al. DAS28 best reflects the physician’s clinical 
judgment of response to infliximab therapy in rheumatoid arthritis patients: validation of the 
DAS28 score in patients under infliximab treatment. Arthritis Res Ther. 2005;7(5):R1063-71. 
van der Heijde DM. Radiographic imaging: the ‘gold standard’ for assessment of disease 
progression in rheumatoid arthritis. Rheumatology. 2000;39(Suppl 1):9-16. 
van der Heijde DM. Joint erosions and patients with early rheumatoid arthritis. Br J 
Rheumatol. 1995;34(Suppl2):74-8. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 97 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
van der Heijde DM, van Leeuwen MA, van Riel PL, et al. Biannual radiographic assessments 
of hands and feet in a three-year prospective followup of patients with early rheumatoid 
arthritis. Arthritis Rheum 1992;35(1):26-34. 
Wang H, Marsters SA, Baker T, et al. TACI-ligand interactions are required for T cell 
activation and collagen-induced arthritis in mice. Nat Immunol. 2001;2(7):632-7. 
Youinou P, Jamin C, Saraux A. B-cell: a logical target for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. 
Clin Exp Rheumatol. 2007;25(2):318-28. 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 98 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
12 Appendices 
12.1 Appendix: Schedule of Events  
 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 99 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Table 4 
Schedule of Events for Screening and the Main Study Period (for patients who receive both first and second 
courses of treatment) 
Week and Day1 of 
Study Period Screen 
Wk 0 
Wk 1 
Wk 2 
Wk 3 
Wk 4 
Wk 8 Wk 12 Wk 16 Wk20 Wk 24 Wk 26 Wk 32 Wk 40 Wk 48 EOS2 
Procedure 
Day -42 
to -1 
Day 0 Day 1 Day 7 
Day 
14 
Day 
15 Day 21 Day 28 Day 56 Day 84 
Day 
112 
Day 
140 
Day 
168 
Day 
182 
Day 
224 
Day 
280 
Day 
336 
 
Informed consent 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demography  
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Medical history 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hepatitis B3 & C, and HIV 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(X)3 
 
 
 
(X)3 
(X)3 
Serum pregnancy test 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Cardiac disorder4 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Urine pregnancy test 
(local) 
 
X5 
 
 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X5 
X5 
 
 
 
 
Inclusion/exclusion criteria 
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Randomization 
 
X5,6 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vital signs7  
X 
X5 
 
X 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
X5 
X5 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Physical examination 
X 
X5 
 
 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X5 
X5 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Hematology and clinical 
chemistry8 
X1 
X5 
 
 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X5 
X5 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Urinalysis9 
X1 
X5 
 
 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X5 
X5 
X 
X 
X 
X 
12-lead ECG (local)10 
X 
X 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
TB screening and 
monitoring11  
X 
X 
Hand and foot x-ray12 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
ACR 13including: 
 
Tender joint count 
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Swollen joint count 
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
VAS pain score 
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
VAS global assessment 
of disease activity 
(patient and physician) 
score 
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Health Assessment 
Questionnaire  
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
ESR (local) 
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
 
 
 
 
                Page 100 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Week and Day1 of 
Study Period Screen 
Wk 0 
Wk 1 
Wk 2 
Wk 3 
Wk 4 
Wk 8 Wk 12 Wk 16 Wk20 Wk 24 Wk 26 Wk 32 Wk 40 Wk 48 EOS2 
Procedure 
Day -42 
to -1 
Day 0 Day 1 Day 7 
Day 
14 
Day 
15 Day 21 Day 28 Day 56 Day 84 
Day 
112 
Day 
140 
Day 
168 
Day 
182 
Day 
224 
Day 
280 
Day 
336 
 
CRP 
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
DAS28 examination14 
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
QOL (SF-36) assessment 
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Rheumatoid factor 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Anticyclic citrullinated 
peptide 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Immunoglobulin 
testing15,16 
 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Immunogenicity  
 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Study drug infusion 
 
X 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
 
 
 
 
Hypersensitivity 
monitoring17 
 
X 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
 
 
 
 
PK blood sampling for 
Part 1 
 
X18 
X18 
X 
X18 
X18 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
X18 
X18 
 
 
X 
X19 
PK blood sampling for 
Part 2 
 
X18 
 
 
X18 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X18 
X18 
 
 
X 
X19 
B-cell kinetics blood 
sampling for both Part 1 
and Part 216 
 
X20 
X20 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
X20 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Biomarker (FcγR 
genotypes)21 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Previous and concomitant 
medications monitoring22 
X 
X 
Adverse event 
monitoring23 
X 
X 
Abbreviations: ACR, American College of Rheumatology; CRP, C-reactive protein; DAS28, Disease Activity Score using 28 joint counts; ECG, electrocardiogram; eCRF, 
electronic case report form; EOS, end of study; ESR, erythrocyte sedimentation rate; HBcIg, hepatitis B core (total) Ig; HBsAb, hepatitis B surface antibody; HBsAg, hepatitis B 
surface antigen; HIV, human immunodeficiency virus; ICF, informed consent form; Ig, immunoglobulin; QOL, quality of life; SF-36, Medical Outcomes Study Short-Form Health 
Survey; TB, tuberculosis; Wk, Week; VAS, visual analogue scale. 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
 
 
 
 
                Page 101 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
* IMPORTANT! For patients who receive the third course of treatment at Week 48, the scheduled assessments and samplings should be performed according to the 
schedule of events and sampling schemes for the Extension Week 0 provided in the Table 6 and Table 9, respectively. Otherwise, all scheduled assessments for Week 48 
should be performed separately from the Extension Week 0 according to this schedule of events.  
1. 
If the assessments or tests are done within 14 days from the randomization date, the omitting of that assessment or tests will be allowed. A visit window is not permitted from 
Day 0 to Day 21 (study drug may continue after discussion with the sponsor if a deviation occurs). A visit window of ±3 days is allowed from Week 4 to Week 24, a visit 
window of ±5 days is allowed thereafter, including the EOS Visit. If patients receive the second course of infusion, the first infusion will be administered at Week 24 with a 
visit window of ±3 days, and the second infusion should be administered after 2 weeks (14 days) from the first infusion. A visit window is not permitted on the day of second 
infusion in the second course of treatment (study drug may continue after discussion with the sponsor if a deviation occurs). Visit days during the second course of treatment 
will be calculated based on the date of the first infusion in the second course of treatment (Week 24 visit). 
2. 
The EOS Visit only needs to be completed if the patient withdraws prior to study completion. End-of-study assessments should be completed at least 8 weeks after the last study 
drug infusion and before Week 48 of study period if a patient withdraws prior to the completion of Week 48 visit. If the patient has completed the Study Period, a separate EOS 
Visit is not required. In this case, the last visit will be considered the EOS Visit. 
3. 
Hepatitis B surface antigen, HBsAb, and HBcIg should be assessed at Screening in all patients (mandatory). If the result is HBsAg (positive), the patient should be excluded 
from the study. For patients whose HBsAg is negative, HBsAb is negative or positive, and HBcIg is positive, a DNA test should be performed at Screening. If the DNA test 
result is positive, the patient should be excluded from the study and if the DNA test result is negative, the patient can be included. For those patients who have enrolled based on 
the DNA test, the DNA test will be done every 24 weeks for monitoring purposes. During the study, if hepatic symptoms are suspected, HBsAg, HBsAb, HBcIg, and DNA tests 
should be performed. Hepatitis C antibody and HIV-1 and -2 should be assessed at Screening in all patients (mandatory). Hepatitis and HIV testing will be performed at the 
central laboratory. 
4. 
At Screening, patients will be assessed for the presence of New York Heart Association class III or IV (Appendix 12.4) heart failure, severe uncontrolled cardiac disease 
(unstable angina, arrhythmias, clinically significant ECG abnormalities), or myocardial infarction within the previous 6 months prior to the date of consent. Patients with these 
cardiac disorders will be excluded from the study. 
5. 
Assessed prior to study drug infusion.  
6. 
Tender joint count and swollen joint count need to be reconfirmed for inclusion criteria prior to randomization. 
7. 
Vital signs (including blood pressure, heart and respiratory rates, and temperature) and weight will be measured by the investigator or his or her designee after 5 minutes of rest 
(sitting). In addition, measurement of height will be documented at Screening. 
8. 
Hematology (hematocrit, hemoglobin, red blood cell count, white blood cell count with differential, absolute neutrophil count, platelets), clinical chemistry (albumin, alkaline 
phosphatase, alanine aminotransferase, aspartate aminotransferase, blood urea nitrogen, calcium, chloride, cholesterol, triglycerides, creatine phosphokinase, creatinine, 
creatinine clearance [estimated by weight and by Cockcroft-Gault formula], gamma-glutamyl transferase, glucose, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol, lactate dehydrogenase, 
low-density lipoprotein cholesterol, phosphorous, potassium, sodium, total bilirubin, total protein). Testing will be performed at the central laboratory. 
9. 
Urinalysis (color, pH, specific gravity, ketones, protein, glucose, bilirubin, nitrite, urobilinogen, occult blood, and microscopic examination of sediment, only if urinalysis 
dipstick results are abnormal). Testing will be performed at the central laboratory. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
 
 
 
 
                Page 102 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
10. All scheduled 12-lead ECGs (performed locally) must be performed after the patient has rested quietly for at least 5 minutes in the supine position. On the day of infusion, 12-
lead ECGs will be performed after 1 hour (15 minutes) after the end of the study drug infusion for the hypersensitivity monitoring. 
11. At Screening, interferon-γ release assay will be performed. The results of the test should be entered in the electronic case report form. Throughout the study, patients will be 
monitored for the clinical signs and symptoms of TB, and interferon-γ release assay can be performed at the investigator’s discretion based on the judgment on the signs and 
symptoms of TB monitoring.  
12. One image of each hand and each foot (both the right and left hands and feet, a total of 4 images) for analysis of efficacy will be obtained at the scheduled times. Joint damage, 
as determined by radiography, will be assessed by change in the van der Heijde modification of the Sharp scoring system. The baseline radiographs must be assessed within 42 
days prior to the randomization date. Hand and foot x-rays will be evaluated centrally by an independent reviewer for reporting purposes and on a local level for treatment 
practice. 
13. ACR20, ACR50, ACR70, and hybrid ACR will be calculated from these assessments. It is recommended that the joint count assessments are performed by the same physician 
when possible. 
14. The European League Against Rheumatism response criteria will be derived from the DAS28. 
15. Immunoglobulin (IgM, IgG and IgA) testing will be performed at the central laboratory. 
16. Patients with B-cell, IgM and IgG values below the LLN or less than 50% of their baseline value should be monitored every 8 weeks after the study completion until recovery is 
achieved for one of them (equal to or higher than the lower limit of normal OR at least 50% of the baseline value). Upon the study completion, additional follow-up of B-cell, 
IgM and IgG monitoring will be determined by the Data Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB). 
17. Additional vital signs including blood pressure, heart and respiratory rates, and temperature (before administration [within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the study drug 
infusion], within 15 minutes after the end of the study drug infusion, and at 1 hour (±15 minutes) after the end of the study drug infusion) will be assessed to monitor for 
possible hypersensitivity reactions. In addition, hypersensitivity should be monitored by routine continuous clinical monitoring including 12-lead ECG monitoring 1 hour 
(±15 minutes) after the end of the study drug infusion. Emergency equipment, such as adrenaline, antihistamines, corticosteroids, and respiratory support including inhalational 
therapy, oxygen, and artificial ventilator must be available. 
18. Pharmacokinetic samples will be collected within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the study drug infusion, within 15 minutes after the end of study drug infusion, and 1 
hour (±15 minutes) after the end of study drug infusion on the day of each study drug infusion. For patients from Part 1, additional samples will be collected after 24 hours (±2 
hours) from the start of each study drug infusion in the first treatment course and on Days 7, 21, 28, 56, 84 and 112. Testing will be performed at the central laboratory.  
19. Pharmacokinetic sampling should be done at EOS Visit if the last visit occurs before Week 48. 
20. B-cell kinetic samples will be collected in the each treatment course within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the first study drug infusion, within 15 minutes after the end of 
first study drug infusion and 1 hour (±15 minutes) after the end of first study drug infusion. For patients from Part 1, additional sample will be collected after 24 hours from the 
start of the first study drug infusion in the first course of treatment.  
21. Before dosing on Day 0 of Week 0 (after randomization only). Only for patients who sign a separate informed consent form for the biomarker study (genotypes). Blood samples 
will be evaluated for FcγR genotype (FcγRIIa, IIIa, and/or any necessary genotypes). Testing will be performed at the central laboratory. 
22. Use of all concomitant medications, from within 30 days of randomization until the last assessment date or End of Study Visit, will be recorded in the patient’s eCRF. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
 
 
 
 
                Page 103 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
23. Adverse events will be assessed from the date the ICF is signed until the last assessment date or End of Study Visit.
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
 
 
 
 
                Page 104 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Table 5 
Schedule of Events for the Main Study Period between Weeks 24 and 48 
(for patients who receive only first course of treatment) 
Week and Day1 of  
Study Period 
Procedure 
Week 24 
Week 32 
Week 40 
Week 48 
EOS2 
Day 168 
Day 224 
Day 280 
Day 336 
 
Hepatitis B3 & C, and HIV 
(X)3 
 
 
(X)3 
(X)3 
Serum pregnancy test 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Vital signs4  
X 
Physical examination 
X 
Hematology and clinical chemistry5 
X 
Urinalysis6 
X 
12-lead ECG (local)7 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
TB monitoring8 
X 
Hand and foot x-ray 
 
 
 
X 
X 
ACR9 including: 
 
Tender joint count 
X 
Swollen joint count 
X 
VAS pain score 
X 
VAS global assessment of disease activity 
(patient and physician) score 
X 
Health Assessment Questionnaire 
X 
Erythrocyte sedimentation rate (local) 
X 
C-reactive protein 
X 
DAS28 examination10 
X 
QOL (SF-36) assessment 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
Rheumatoid factor 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
Anti-cyclic citrullinated peptide 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
Immunoglobulin testing11,12  
X 
Immunogenicity  
X 
 
 
X 
X 
Pharmacokinetic blood sampling for both Part 
1 and 2 
X 
 
 
 
 
B-cell kinetics blood sampling for both Part 1 
and 212 
X 
Previous 
and 
concomitant 
medications 
monitoring13 
X 
Adverse event monitoring14 
X 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 105 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Abbreviations: ACR, American College of Rheumatology; DAS28, Disease Activity Score using 28 joint counts; ECG, 
electrocardiogram; EOS, end of study; HBcIg, hepatitis B core (total) Ig; HBsAb, hepatitis B surface antibody; HBsAg, 
hepatitis B surface antigen; QOL, quality of life; SF-36, Medical Outcomes Study Short-Form Health Survey; TB, 
tuberculosis; VAS, visual analogue scale. 
 
* IMPORTANT! For patients who receive the third course of treatment at Week 48, the scheduled assessments and 
samplings should be performed according to the schedule of events and sampling schemes for the Extension Week 0 
provided in the Table 6 and Table 9, respectively. Otherwise, all scheduled assessments for Week 48 should be 
performed separately from the Extension Week 0 according to this schedule of events.  
1. 
A visit window of ±3 days is allowed at Week 24, and a visit window of ±5 days is allowed thereafter, including the 
EOS Visit. 
2. 
The EOS Visit only needs to be completed if the patient withdraws prior to study completion. End-of-study 
assessments should be completed at least 8 weeks after the last study drug infusion and before Week 48 of study period 
if a patient withdraws prior to the completion of Week 48 visit. If the patient has completed by Week 48 of the Study 
Period, a separate EOS Visit is not required.   
3. 
For those patients who have enrolled based on the DNA test, the DNA test will be done every 24 weeks for monitoring 
purposes. During the study, if hepatic symptoms are suspected, HBsAg, HBsAb, HBcIg, and DNA tests should be 
performed. Hepatitis C antibody and HIV-1 and -2 should be assessed at Screening in all patients (mandatory). 
Hepatitis and HIV testing will be performed at the central laboratory. 
4. 
Vital signs (including blood pressure, heart and respiratory rates, and temperature) and weight will be measured after 5 
minutes of rest (sitting). 
5. 
Hematology (hematocrit, hemoglobin, red blood cell count, white blood cell count with differential, absolute neutrophil 
count, platelets), clinical chemistry (albumin, alkaline phosphatase, alanine aminotransferase, aspartate 
aminotransferase, blood urea nitrogen, calcium, chloride, cholesterol, triglycerides, creatine phosphokinase, creatinine, 
creatinine clearance [estimated by weight and by Cockcroft-Gault formula], gamma-glutamyl transferase, glucose, 
high-density lipoprotein cholesterol, lactate dehydrogenase, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol, phosphorous, 
potassium, sodium, total bilirubin, total protein). Testing will be performed at the central laboratory.  
6. 
Urinalysis (color, pH, specific gravity, ketones, protein, glucose, bilirubin, nitrite, urobilinogen, occult blood, and 
microscopic examination of sediment [only if urinalysis dipstick results are abnormal]). Testing will be performed at 
the central laboratory.  
7. 
All scheduled 12-lead ECGs (performed locally) must be performed after the patient has rested quietly for at least 5 
minutes in the supine position. 
8. 
Throughout the study, patients will be monitored for the clinical signs and symptoms of TB, and interferon-γ release 
assay can be performed at the investigator’s discretion based on the judgment on the signs and symptoms of TB 
monitoring.  
9. 
ACR20, ACR50, ACR70, and hybrid ACR will be calculated from these assessments. It is recommended that the joint 
count assessments are performed by the same physician when possible. 
10. The European League Against Rheumatism response criteria will be derived from the DAS28. 
11. Immunoglobulin (IgM, IgG and IgA) testing will be performed at the central laboratory.  
12. Patients with B-cell, IgM and IgG values below the LLN or less than 50% of their baseline value should be monitored 
every 8 weeks after the study completion until recovery is achieved for one of them (equal to or higher than the lower 
limit of normal OR at least 50% of the baseline value). Upon the study completion, additional follow-up of B-cell, IgM 
and IgG monitoring will be determined by the Data Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB). 
13. Use of all concomitant medications, from within 30 days of randomization until the last assessment date or End of 
Study Visit, will be recorded in the patient’s eCRF. 
14. Adverse events will be assessed from the date the ICF is signed until the last assessment date or End of Study Visit. 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 106 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
 
Table 6  
Schedule of Events for the Extension Study Period  
Week and Day1 of 
Extension Study Period 
 
Procedure 
Ext Week 
0 
Ext Week  
2 
Ext Week  
8 
Ext Week  
16 
Ext Week 
24 
EOS2 
Ext Day 0 
Day 14 
Day 56 
(±5days) 
Day 112 
(±5days) 
Day 168 
(±5days) 
Randomization3 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
*Hepatitis B4  
*(X) 
 
 
 
(X) 
(X) 
*Serum pregnancy test 
*(X) 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Urine pregnancy test (local) 
X5 
X5 
 
 
 
 
Vital signs6  
X5 
X5 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Physical examination 
X5 
X5 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Hematology and clinical chemistry7 
X5 
X5 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Urinalysis8 
X5 
X5 
X 
X 
X 
X 
12-lead electrocardiogram (local)9 
X5, 10 
X10 
 
 
X 
X 
Hand and foot x-ray 
*(X) 
 
 
 
X 
X 
ACR11 including: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tender joint count 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Swollen joint count 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
VAS pain score 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
VAS global assessment of disease 
activity (patient and physician) score 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Health Assessment Questionnaire  
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
ESR (local) 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
CRP  
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
DAS28 examination12 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
QOL (SF-36) assessment 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Rheumatoid factor 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Anticyclic citrullinated peptide 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Immunoglobulin testing 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X13 
X13 
Immunogenicity  
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Study drug infusion 
X 
X 
 
 
 
 
Hypersensitivity monitoring10 
X 
X 
 
 
 
 
PK blood sampling for both Parts 1 and 2 
*(X) 
 
 
 
 
 
B-cell kinetics blood sampling 
X14 
X5 
X 
X 
X13 
X13 
TB monitoring15 
X 
Previous and concomitant medications 
monitoring 
X 
Adverse event monitoring16 
X 
Abbreviations: ACR, American College of Rheumatology; DAS28, Disease Activity Score using 28 joint counts; ECG, 
electrocardiogram; EOS, end of study; ESR, erythrocyte sedimentation rate; HBcIg, hepatitis B core (total) Ig; HBsAb, 
hepatitis B surface antibody; HBsAg, hepatitis B surface antigen; Ig, immunoglobulin; QOL, quality of life; SF-36, Medical 
Outcomes Study Short-Form Health Survey; TB, tuberculosis; Wk, Week; VAS, visual analogue scale. 
 
* IMPORTANT! Assessments for hepatitis B, serum pregnancy test, hand and foot x-ray, PK blood sampling will be 
performed at Extension Week 0 according to this schedule of events ONLY IF patients receive the third course of 
treatment on the same day with Week 48.  
Samples for PK at Week 48 should be obtained ONLY for patients who receive the second course of treatment 
during the Main Study Period and who receive the third course of treatment on the same day with Week 48. The 
sampling scheme for the PK is provided in the Table 7. 
1. 
The third course of treatment will be initiated between Week 48 and Week 52 of the Entire Study Period if patients 
become eligible according to the predefined safety criteria for the course based on the results assessed within 8 weeks 
from the Extension Week 0. A visit window of ±5 days is allowed throughout the study period except the day of 
second infusion of each course (study drug may continue after discussion with the sponsor if a deviation occurs). Visit 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
     Page 107 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
 
days during the treatment course will be calculated based on the date of the first infusion in the Extension Study Period.  
Unscheduled visit(s) can be conducted for assessment of safety criteria until the initiation of the third course of 
treatment.  
2. 
The EOS Visit only needs to be completed if the patient withdraws prior to study completion. End-of-study 
assessments should be completed at least 8 weeks after the last study drug infusion and before Extension Week 24 if a 
patient withdraws prior to the completion of Extension Week 24. If the patient has completed the Study Period, a 
separate EOS Visit is not required. In this case, the last visit will be considered the EOS Visit. 
3. 
To keep the blind during the study, stratification factors, the number of courses they are treated during the Main Study 
Period and the EULAR-CRP response status (responder vs non-responder) assessed at Week 40, will be entered for all 
patients at Extension Week 0. In the case there were no EULAR-CRP response status available at week 40, the last 
EULAR-CRP response status assessment done between Weeks 40 and 48 will be used. Baseline values for assessment 
of EULAR-CRP will be the last value from screening to Day 0 (Week 0) of the study. 
4. 
If hepatic symptoms are suspected during the study, HBsAg, HBsAb, HBcIg, and DNA tests should be performed. For 
those patients who have been enrolled based on the DNA test in the main study, the DNA test will be done at Extension 
Week 24 for monitoring purposes. Hepatitis testing will be performed at the central laboratory.  
5. 
Assessed prior to study drug infusion  
6. 
Vital signs (including blood pressure, heart and respiratory rates, and body temperature) will be measured after 5 
minutes of rest (sitting). 
7. 
Hematology (hematocrit, hemoglobin, red blood cell count, white blood cell count with differential, absolute neutrophil 
count, platelets), clinical chemistry (albumin, alkaline phosphatase, alanine aminotransferase, aspartate 
aminotransferase, blood urea nitrogen, calcium, chloride, cholesterol, triglycerides, creatine phosphokinase, creatinine, 
creatinine clearance [estimated by weight and by Cockcroft-Gault formula], gamma-glutamyl transferase, glucose, 
high-density lipoprotein cholesterol, lactate dehydrogenase, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol, phosphorous, 
potassium, sodium, total bilirubin, total protein). Testing will be performed at the central laboratory.  
8. 
Urinalysis (color, pH, specific gravity, ketones, protein, glucose, bilirubin, nitrite, urobilinogen, occult blood, and 
microscopic examination of sediment, only if urinalysis dipstick results are abnormal). Testing will be performed at the 
central laboratory. 
9. 
All scheduled 12-lead electrocardiograms (ECG) must be performed after the patient has rested quietly for at least 5 
minutes in the supine position. On the day of infusion, 12-lead ECGs will be also performed after 1 hour (±15 minutes) 
after the end of the study drug infusion for the hypersensitivity monitoring. At Extension Week 0, 12-lead ECG will be 
performed prior to study drug infusion. If Extension Week 0 is conducted on the same day with Week 48, assessment 
result of 12-lead ECG performed prior to study drug infusion will be used for the ECG assessment to be performed at 
Week 48. 
10. Additional vital signs including blood pressure, heart and respiratory rates, and body temperature (before 
administration [within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the study drug infusion], within 15 minutes after the end of 
the study drug infusion, and at 1 hour [±15 minutes] after the end of the study drug infusion) will be assessed to 
monitor for possible hypersensitivity reactions. In addition, hypersensitivity should be monitored by routine continuous 
clinical monitoring including ECG (12-lead) monitoring 1 hour (±15 minutes) after the end of the study drug infusion. 
Emergency equipment and medication, such as adrenaline, antihistamines, corticosteroids, and respiratory support 
including inhalational therapy, oxygen, and artificial ventilator must be available. 
11. ACR20, ACR50, ACR70, and hybrid ACR will be calculated from these assessments. It is recommended that the joint 
count assessments are performed by the same physician when possible. 
12. Twenty eight tender and swollen joints, ESR or CRP, and patient’s general health or global disease activity measured 
on VAS will be assessed for DAS28 calculation. The European League Against Rheumatism response criteria will be 
derived from the DAS28. 
13. Patients with B-cell, IgM and IgG values below the LLN or less than 50% of their baseline value of Main Study Period 
should be monitored every 8 weeks (±14 days) after the study completion until recovery is achieved for one of them 
(equal to or higher than the lower limit of normal OR at least 50% of the baseline value of Main Study Period). Upon 
the study completion, additional follow-up of B-cell, IgM and IgG monitoring will be determined by the Data Safety 
Monitoring Board (DSMB). 
14. Blood sampling for B-cell assessment at the first infusion date of the third course will be performed at predose (before 
administration [within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the study drug infusion]), end of infusion (within 15 
minutes after the end of the study drug infusion), and at 1 hour [±15 minutes] after the end of the study drug infusion. 
If Extension Week 0 is conducted on the same day with Week 48, the predose result from the B-cell samples obtained 
according to the scheduled schemes for Extension Week 0 (Table 9) will be the result of B-cell kinetics at Week 48. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
     Page 108 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
 
15. Throughout the study, patients will be monitored for the clinical signs and symptoms of TB, and interferon-γ release 
assay can be performed at the investigator’s discretion based on the judgment on the signs and symptoms of TB 
monitoring. 
16. Adverse events will be assessed from the date the ICF is signed until the last assessment date or End of Study Visit. 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
     Page 109 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
 
Table 7 
Sampling Times for Pharmacokinetic, Pharmacodynamic, and Safety Assessments for the Main Study Period 
(for patients who receive both first and second courses of treatment)  
Study Period 
PK for Part 1 
PK for Part 2 
PD 
Safety 
Week 
Day 
B-Cell Kinetics  
CRP, ESR 
RF, anti-CCP 
Immuno-
globulin 
Immuno-
genicity  
Hematology, 
Clinical 
Chemistry, 
Urinalysis 
0 
0 
Predose1; end 
of infusion2; 1 
hour after end 
of infusion3 
Predose1; end 
of infusion2; 1 
hour after end 
of infusion3 
Predose1; end of 
infusion2; 1 hour 
after end of 
infusion3 
 Pretreatment4 
NA 
Pretreatment4 
Pretreatment4 
Pretreatment4 
1 
24 hours after 
start of 
infusion5 
NA 
24 hours after 
start of infusion5 
(only for 
patients from 
Part 1) 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
1 
7 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
2 
14 
Predose1; end 
of infusion2; 1 
hour after end 
of infusion3 
Predose1; end 
of infusion2; 1 
hour after end 
of infusion3 
 Time not 
specified6 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
Pretreatment4 
15 
24 hours after 
start of 
infusion5 
NA 
 NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
3 
21 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
4 
28 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
 
 
 
 
            Page 110  


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
 
Study Period 
PK for Part 1 
PK for Part 2 
PD 
Safety 
Week 
Day 
B-Cell Kinetics  
CRP, ESR 
RF, anti-CCP 
Immuno-
globulin 
Immuno-
genicity  
Hematology, 
Clinical 
Chemistry, 
Urinalysis 
8 
56 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
12 
84 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
16 
112 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
20 
140 
NA 
NA 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
24 
168 
Predose1; end 
of infusion2; 1 
hour after end 
of infusion3 
Predose1; end 
of infusion2; 1 
hour after end 
of infusion3 
Predose1; end of 
infusion2; 1 hour 
after end of 
infusion3 
 Pretreatment4 
 Pretreatment4 
Pretreatment4 
Pretreatment4 
Pretreatment4 
26 
182 
Predose1; end 
of infusion2; 1 
hour after end 
of infusion3 
Predose1; end 
of infusion2; 1 
hour after end 
of infusion3 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
Pretreatment4 
32 
224 
 NA 
 NA 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
40 
280 
 NA 
 NA 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
48 
336 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
EOS7 
 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Abbreviations: anti-CCP, anti-cyclic citrullinated peptide; CRP, C-reactive protein; EOS, end of study; ESR, erythrocyte sedimentation rate; NA, not applicable; PD, 
pharmacodynamic; PK, pharmacokinetic; RF, rheumatoid factor. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
 
 
 
 
            Page 111  


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
 
* IMPORTANT! For patients who receive the third course of treatment at Week 48, the samples should be obtained according to the sampling schemes 
for the Extension Week 0 provided in the Table 9. Otherwise, all scheduled samplings for Week 48 should be performed separately from the Extension 
Week 0 according to this sampling scheme. 
1. Predose: Blood samples will be obtained within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the study drug infusion. 
2. End of infusion: Blood samples will be obtained within 15 minutes after the end of study drug infusion. 
3. 1 hour after end of infusion: Blood samples will be obtained 1 hour (±15 minutes) after the end of study drug infusion on dosing days. 
4. Pretreatment: Blood samples will be obtained prior to the study drug infusion. 
5. 24 hours after start of infusion: Blood samples will be obtained 24 hours (±2 hours) after the start of study drug infusion. 
6. Time not specified: Blood samples will be obtained any time during the day. 
7. The EOS Visit only needs to be completed if the patient withdraws prior to study completion. End-of-study assessments should be completed at least 8 weeks 
after the last study drug infusion and before Week 48 of Study Period if a patient withdraws prior to the completion of Week 48 visit. If the patient has 
completed by Week 48 of Study Period, an EOS Visit is not required. 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
 
 
 
 
            Page 112  


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Table 8 
Sampling Times for Pharmacokinetic, Pharmacodynamic, and Safety 
Assessment for the Main Study Period between Weeks 24 and 48 (for 
patients who receive only first course of treatment) 
Study 
Period 
PK  
PD 
Safety 
Week Day 
B-Cell 
Kinetics 
CRP, ESR 
RF, 
anti-CCP 
Immuno-
globulin 
Immuno-
genicity  
Hematology
, Clinical 
Chemistry, 
Urine 
24 
168 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
32 
224 
NA 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
NA 
Time not 
specified1 
NA 
Time not 
specified1 
40 
280 
NA 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
NA 
Time not 
specified1 
NA 
Time not 
specified1 
48 
336 
NA 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
EOS2 
 
NA 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Abbreviations: anti-CCP, anti-cyclic citrullinated peptide; CRP, C-reactive protein; EOS, end of study; ESR, 
erythrocyte sedimentation rate; NA, not applicable; PD, pharmacodynamic; PK, pharmacokinetic; RF, 
rheumatoid factor. 
 
* IMPORTANT! For patients who receive the third course of treatment at Week 48, the samples should 
be obtained according to the sampling schemes for the Extension Week 0 provided in the Table 9. 
Otherwise, all scheduled samplings for Week 48 should be performed separately from the Extension 
Week 0 according to this sampling scheme. 
1. Time not specified: Blood samples will be obtained any time during the day. 
2. The EOS Visit only needs to be completed if the patient withdraws prior to study completion. End-of-study 
assessments should be completed at least 8 weeks after the last study drug infusion and before Week 48 of 
study period if a patient withdraws prior to the completion of Week 48 visit. If the patient has completed by 
Week 48 of the Study Period, an EOS Visit is not required. 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
   Page 113 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Table 9 
Sampling Times for Pharmacodynamic, and Safety Assessments for the 
Extension Study Period  
Study Period 
PD 
Safety 
Ext 
Week 
Ext 
Day 
B-Cell 
Kinetics  
CRP, ESR 
RF, 
anti-CCP 
Immuno-
globulin 
Immuno-
genicity  
Hematology, 
Clinical 
Chemistry, 
Urinalysis 
0 
0 
Predose1; end 
of infusion2; 1 
hour after end 
of infusion3 
Pretreatment4 Pretreatment4 Pretreatment4 Pretreatment4 Pretreatment4 
2 
14 
Pretreatment4 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
Pretreatment4 
8 
56 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
NA 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
16 
112 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
NA 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
24 
168  
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
EOS6 
 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Abbreviations: anti-CCP, anti-cyclic citrullinated peptide; CRP, C-reactive protein; EOS, end of study; ESR, 
erythrocyte sedimentation rate; NA, not applicable; PD, pharmacodynamic; RF, rheumatoid factor. 
1. Predose: Blood samples will be obtained within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the study drug infusion. 
2. End of infusion: Blood samples will be obtained within 15 minutes after the end of study drug infusion. 
3. 1 hour after end of infusion: Blood samples will be obtained 1 hour (±15 minutes) after the end of study drug 
infusion on dosing days. 
4. Pretreatment: Blood samples will be obtained prior to the study drug infusion. 
5. Time not specified: Blood samples will be obtained any time during the day. 
6. The EOS Visit only needs to be completed if the patient withdraws prior to study completion. End-of-study 
assessments should be completed at least 8 weeks after the last study drug infusion and before Extension 
Week 24 if a patient withdraws prior to the completion of Extension Week 24 visit. If the patient has 
completed the Study Period, a separate EOS Visit is not required. In this case, the last visit will be 
considered the EOS Visit. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
   Page 114 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
12.2 Appendix: Rheumatoid Arthritis Classification Criteria 1987 
Adapted from Arnett et al 1988. 
Criterion 
Definition 
1. Morning stiffness 
Morning stiffness in and around joints, lasting at least 1 hour before 
maximal improvement 
2. Arthritis of 3 or more joint 
areas 
At least 3 joint areas simultaneously have had soft tissue swelling or 
fluid (not bony overgrowth alone) observed by a physician. The 14 
possible areas are right or left PIP, MCP, wrist, elbow, knee, ankle, 
and MTP joints 
3. Arthritis of hand joints 
At least 1 area of swollen (as defined above) in wrist, MCP, or PIP 
joint 
4. Symmetric arthritis 
Simultaneous involvement of the same joint areas (as defined in 2) on 
both sides of the body (bilateral involvement of PIPs, MCPs, or MTPs 
is acceptable without absolute symmetry) 
5. Rheumatoid nodules 
Subcutaneous nodules, over bony prominences, or extensor surfaces, 
or in juxtaarticular regions, observed by a physician 
6. Serum rheumatoid factor 
Demonstration of abnormal amounts of serum rheumatoid factor by 
any method for which the result has been positive in <5% of normal 
control patients 
7. Radiographic changes 
Radiographic changes typical of rheumatoid arthritis on 
posteroanterior hand and wrist radiographs, which must include 
erosions or unequivocal bony decalcification localized in or most 
marked adjacent to the involved joints (osteoarthritis changes alone do 
not qualify) 
Abbreviations: MCP, metacarpophalangeal joints; MTP, metatarsophalangeal joints; PIP, proximal 
interphalangeal joints. 
Note, For classification purposes, a patient shall be said to have rheumatoid arthritis is he or she has 
satisfied at least 4 of these 7 criteria. Criteria 1 through 4 must have been present for at least 6 weeks. 
Patients with 2 clinical diagnoses are not excluded. Designation as classic, definite, or probable rheumatoid 
arthritis is not to be made. 
 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
   Page 115 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
12.3 Appendix: Measurement of Disease Activity 
Disease Activity Score Using 28 Joint Counts (DAS28)  
The Disease Activity Score (DAS) is a clinical index of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) disease 
activity that combines information regarding the number of swollen and tender joints, acute 
phase response, and the patient’s global assessment of disease activity. The DAS provides an 
absolute value which assesses rheumatoid inflammation (Fransen et al 2005). The DAS is a 
well-validated endpoint for clinical studies and has been modified as a DAS28 index 
consisting of 28 tender joint count, 28 swollen joint count, erythrocyte sedimentation rate 
(ESR) and general health assessment on a visual analogue scale (VAS). The DAS28 has a 
continuous scale ranging from 0 to 9.4 with disease activity considered low (DAS28≤3.2), 
moderate (3.2<DAS28≤5.1) or high (DAS28>5.1). The DAS28 can also be interpreted in 
terms of the European League Against Rheumatism (EULAR) response criteria which 
categorizes the DAS28 response (i.e., good, moderate, or none) based on changes in DAS28 
from Baseline. One important advantage of using DAS28 is that it provides a continuous 
scale (as opposed to the categorical ACR20) which reflects the extent of underlying 
inflammation and disease activity. Also, since DAS28 provides an absolute value of disease 
activity, responses to treatment in clinical trials can be compared meaningfully and trial 
results can be expressed as clinically relevant outcomes (Fransen et al 2005). In addition 
DAS28 has been validated as a measure of disease activity in RA patients undergoing 
treatment with biologicals such as infliximab (Vander Cruyssen et al 2005; Fransen et al 
2005).  
Disease Activity Scores: ACR20, ACR50, ACR70 
A standard measure of clinical activity in rheumatoid arthritis patients is the American 
College of Rheumatology (ACR) 20% improvement criteria (ACR20), 50% improvement 
criteria (ACR50), or 70% improvement criteria (ACR70) score. The American College of 
Rheumatology defines the ACR20 as the proportion of patients that exhibit a 20% 
improvement based on the number of tender and swollen joints, the patient assessment of 
pain and disease activity, the physician assessment of pain and physical function and acute-
phase reactant levels. The ACR50 and ACR70 reflect the proportion of patients with a 50% 
and 70% improvement, respectively (Felson et al 1995; MabThera 2015).  
DAS28 
Mean decrease in disease activity, measured by DAS28 (Disease Activity Score in 28 joints). 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
   Page 116 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
a. Number of swollen joints (0-28): swollen joint count (SJC) 
b. Number of tender joints (0-28): tender joint count (TJC) 
c. Measurement of ESR (mm/hour) and CRP (mg/L) 
d. Patient’s general health (GH) or global disease activity measured on VAS 
e. DAS28 can be calculated using the following formula:  
DAS28 (ESR) = 0.56 × sqrt(TJC28) + 0.28 × sqrt(SJC28) + 0.70 × ln (ESR) + 0.014 × GH 
DAS28 (CRP) = 0.56 × sqrt(TJC28) + 0.28 × sqrt(SJC28) + 0.36 × ln (CRP + 1) + 0.014 × 
GH + 0.96 
Abbreviations: sqrt, square root, ln, natural logarithm. 
The 28 joints to be assessed for tenderness (pain) and swelling consist of the following: 
• Shoulders 
• Elbows 
• Wrists 
• Interphalangeal on digit 1 (thumb) 
• Proximal interphalangeal joints on digits 2–5 
• Metacarpophalangeal joints on digits 1–5 
• Knees 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
   Page 117 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
More information on DAS28 can be found at http: www.das-score.nl. 
 
Left 
Right 
 
Swollen 
Tender 
Swollen 
Tender 
Shoulder 
 
 
 
 
Elbow 
 
 
 
 
Wrist 
 
 
 
 
MCP 
1 
 
 
 
 
 
2 
 
 
 
 
 
3 
 
 
 
 
 
4 
 
 
 
 
 
5 
 
 
 
 
PIP 
1 
 
 
 
 
 
2 
 
 
 
 
 
3 
 
 
 
 
 
4 
 
 
 
 
 
5 
 
 
 
 
Knee 
 
 
 
 
Subtotal 
 
 
 
 
Total 
Swollen 
 
Tender 
 
Abbreviations: MCP, metacarpophalangeal joints; PIP, proximal interphalangeal joints 
Reference: http://www.das-score.nl/DAS28frm.doc 
 
ACR Responders 
A patient is defined as a responder according to the ACR20/50/70 criteria if a, b, and c are 
fulfilled: 
a. Decrease of at least 20/50/70 percent in the number of tender joints 
b. Decrease of at least 20/50/70 percent in the number of swollen joints 
c. 20/50/70 percent improvement in at least 3 of the following 5: 
i. 
ESR or serum CRP concentration 
ii. 
Patient’s global assessment of disease activity on a VAS* 
iii. 
Patient’s assessment of pain on a VAS* 
iv. 
Health Assessment Questionnaire (HAQ) estimate of physical ability  
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
   Page 118 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
v. 
Physician’s global assessment of disease activity on VAS* 
* VAS: visual analogue scales (range, 0 to 10 cm, with higher scores indicating 
poorer status or more severe pain) 
The ACR core set variables, including numbers of tender and swollen joints, will be assessed 
and documented at each visit; a total of 68 joints will be assessed for tenderness, and 66 for 
swelling. 
Individual Components of the ACR Criteria: 
Swollen joint count, tender joint count, patient’s assessment of pain (VAS), patient’s global 
assessment of disease activity (VAS), physician’s global assessment of disease activity 
(VAS), health assessment questionnaire estimating physical ability, CRP and ESR. 
Health Assessment Questionnaire  
The arthritis-related functional disability will be measured using the disability index of the 
HAQ, a validated, self-administered form that assesses functional ability in a number of 
relevant areas, including the ability to dress, rise from bed, eat, walk, maintain personal 
hygiene, reach, and grip, on a scale ranging from 0 (no difficulty) to 3 (unable to perform the 
activity). Scores range from 0 to 3, with higher scores indicating worse disability. 
General Health Status 
General health status will be assessed using the Medical Outcomes Study Short-Form Health 
Survey (SF-36). The 36 items yield an 8-scale profile of functional and well-being, as well as 
2 summary scores (Physical Component Score and Mental Component Score). The 8 scales 
of health status assessed are: general and mental health, physical function, social function, 
physical and emotional health, pain, and vitality. The scores and scales of the SF-36 survey 
ranges from 0 (worst) to 100 (best), a higher score indicating a better health-related quality of 
life. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
   Page 119 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
12.4 Appendix: New York Heart Association Cardiac Assessment 
The assessment of suitability of cardiac patients for participation in this study is assessed 
according to the New York Heart Association classes where classes III and IV are excluded 
from participating. The classes are: 
Class I (Mild) 
No limitation of physical activity. Ordinary physical activity does not cause undue fatigue, 
palpitation, or dyspnea (shortness of breath). 
Class II (Mild) 
Slight limitation of physical activity. Comfortable at rest, but ordinary physical activity 
results in fatigue, palpitation, or dyspnea. 
Class III (Moderate) 
Marked limitation of physical activity. Comfortable at rest, but less than ordinary activity 
causes fatigue, palpitation, or dyspnea. 
Class IV (Severe) 
Unable to carry out any physical activity without discomfort. Symptoms of cardiac 
insufficiency at rest. If any physical activity is undertaken, discomfort is increased. 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 120 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
12.5 Appendix: Visual Analogue Scale Patient’s Assessment of Pain 
Patient assessment of pain is measured by the patient indicating the extent of their pain by 
marking an X through the 100-mm line (0 mm equals no pain and 100 mm equals extreme 
pain). The length of the line is measured from the left (in mm) and the value (in mm) 
recorded in the patient’s eCRF. 
 
None  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Extreme 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 121 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
12.6 Appendix: Visual Analogue Scale Patient’s and Physician’s Global 
Assessment of Disease Activity 
12.6.1 Visual Analogue Scale Physician’s Global Assessment of Disease 
Activity 
Physician’s global assessment of disease activity is measured by the physician indicating the 
patient’s current disease activity by marking an X through the 100-mm line (0 mm equals no 
activity and 100 mm equals extreme activity). The length of the line is measured from the left 
(in mm) and the value (in mm) recorded in the patient’s eCRF. 
 
None  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Extreme 
 
12.6.2 Visual Analogue Scale Patient’s Global Assessment of Disease 
Activity 
Patient’s global assessment of disease activity is measured by the patient indicating the 
patient’s current disease activity by marking an X through the 100-mm line (0 mm equals no 
activity and 100 mm equals extreme activity). The length of the line is measured from the left 
(in mm) and the value (in mm) recorded in the patient’s eCRF. 
 
None  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Extreme 
 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 122 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
12.7 Appendix: Health Assessment Questionnaire and Scoring of the 
Health Assessment Questionnaire 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 123 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 124 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 125 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 126 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 127 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 128 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
12.8 Appendix: General Health Status (Medical Outcomes Study 
Short-Form Health Survey) 
Study centers are using the validated questionnaire for their country; this appendix is 
included for information only and is not to be used as the official questionnaire to collect 
patient data. 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 129 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 130 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 131 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 132 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
CT-P10 
Protocol Number CT-P10 3.2 
Protocol Version 5.1 
12.9 Appendix: European League Against Rheumatism Response Criteria 
 
DAS28 Improvement 
Present DAS28 or 
DAS28-CRP 
>1.2 
>0.6 to ≤1.2 
≤0.6 
≤3.2 
Good response 
Moderate response 
No response 
>3.2 to ≤5.1 
Moderate response 
Moderate response 
No response 
>5.1 
Moderate response 
No response 
No response 
Abbreviations: CRP, C-reactive protein; DAS28, Disease Activity Score using 28 joint counts. 
 
 
Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 2016 
Page 133 

SAP_001.pdf: 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
 
Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
 
CT-P10 3.2 
 
Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
I 
Confidential 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
1. 
ADMINISTRATIVE STRUCTURE ............................................................................... 1 
2. 
INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................. 1 
3. 
OBJECTIVES ................................................................................................................... 2 
3.1. 
Part 1 ........................................................................................................................... 2 
3.1.1. Primary Objective .......................................................................................................... 2 
3.1.2. Secondary Objective ...................................................................................................... 2 
3.2. 
Part 2 ........................................................................................................................... 2 
3.2.1. Primary Objective .......................................................................................................... 2 
3.2.2. Secondary Objective ...................................................................................................... 2 
4. 
INVESTIGATIONAL PLAN .......................................................................................... 2 
4.1. 
Overall Study Design and Plan ................................................................................... 2 
5. 
GENERAL STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS ....................................................... 6 
5.1. 
Software ...................................................................................................................... 6 
5.2. 
Sample Size ................................................................................................................. 6 
5.3. 
Randomization, Stratification, and Blinding .............................................................. 7 
5.4. 
Population of Analysis ................................................................................................ 7 
5.4.1. All-Randomized Population ........................................................................................... 9 
5.4.1.1. All-Randomized (Antibody Negative Subset) ............................................................ 9 
5.4.1.2. All-Randomized – Extension Study Period Subset .................................................... 9 
5.4.2. Pharmacokinetic (PK) Population .................................................................................. 9 
5.4.2.1. Pharmacokinetic (Antibody Negative/Positive Subset) .............................................. 9 
5.4.2.2. Pharmacokinetic – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period Subset ...................... 9 
5.4.3. Efficacy Population ........................................................................................................ 9 
5.4.3.1. Efficacy (Antibody Negative/Positive Subset) ......................................................... 10 
5.4.3.2. Efficacy – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period Subset .................................. 10 
5.4.3.3. Efficacy – Extension Study Period Subset................................................................ 10 
5.4.4. Pharmacodynamic (PD) Population ............................................................................. 10 
5.4.4.1. Pharmacodynamic (Antibody Negative Subset) ....................................................... 10 
5.4.4.2. Pharmacodynamic – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period Subset.................. 10 
5.4.4.3. Pharmacodynamic – Extension Study Period Subset ............................................... 10 
5.4.5. Safety Population ......................................................................................................... 11 
5.4.5.1. Safety – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period Subset ..................................... 11 
5.4.5.2. Safety – Extension Study Period Subset ................................................................... 11 
5.5. 
Definition of Baseline ............................................................................................... 11 
5.6. 
Protocol Deviations ................................................................................................... 11 
5.7. 
Display of Data by Treatment ................................................................................... 12 
5.8. 
Missing Values and Outliers ..................................................................................... 12 
6. 
PATIENT DISPOSITION.............................................................................................. 13 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
 
Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
 
CT-P10 3.2 
 
Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
II 
 
7. 
DEMOGRAPHICS, BASELINE CHARACTERISTICS, AND BACKGROUND 
CHARACTERISTICS .................................................................................................... 14 
7.1. 
Demographics ........................................................................................................... 14 
7.2. 
Baseline Characteristics ............................................................................................ 14 
7.3. 
Other Baseline Characteristics .................................................................................. 14 
7.4. 
Medical History ........................................................................................................ 15 
7.5. 
Rheumatoid Arthritis History ................................................................................... 15 
7.6. 
Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria ............................................................................... 15 
8. 
BIOMARKERS ............................................................................................................... 16 
9. 
TREATMENTS AND MEDICATIONS ....................................................................... 16 
9.1. 
Prior and Concomitant Medications ......................................................................... 16 
9.1.1. Co-administration of Methotrexate and Folic Acid ..................................................... 17 
9.1.2. Prior Tumor Necrosis Factor (TNF) Antagonist History ............................................. 17 
9.2. 
Exposure to Study Drug ............................................................................................ 18 
10. 
PHARMACOKINETICS ............................................................................................... 18 
10.1. 
Serum concentrations ................................................................................................ 18 
10.2. 
Pharmacokinetic Parameters ..................................................................................... 19 
10.3. 
Pharmacokinetic Statistical Analysis ........................................................................ 20 
11. 
EFFICACY ANALYSES ............................................................................................... 21 
11.1. 
ACR20, ACR50 and ACR70 criteria ........................................................................ 22 
11.1.1. 
Proportion of ACR20, ACR50, and ACR70 Responders ......................................... 22 
11.1.1.1. 
Number of tender joints/swollen joints ................................................................. 23 
11.1.1.2. 
Visual Analogue Scale (VAS) ............................................................................... 23 
11.1.1.3. 
Health Assessment Questionnaire (HAQ) Estimate of Physical Ability (HAQ 
Disability Index)........................................................................................................................ 23 
11.1.1.4. 
C-Reactive Protein and Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate ...................................... 25 
11.1.1.5. 
Joint Surgery .......................................................................................................... 25 
11.1.2. 
Time to Onset of ACR20 .......................................................................................... 26 
11.1.3. 
Hybrid ACR Response .............................................................................................. 26 
11.2. 
DAS28....................................................................................................................... 27 
11.3. 
EULAR Response Criteria ........................................................................................ 28 
11.4. 
Clinical Disease Activity Index and Simplified Disease Active Index .................... 29 
11.5. 
Joint Damage Progression......................................................................................... 29 
11.6. 
Quality of Life (SF-36) Questionnaire ...................................................................... 30 
12. 
PHARMACODYNAMICS............................................................................................. 31 
12.1. 
Descriptive Statistics of Pharmacodynamic parameters ........................................... 31 
12.2. 
ANCOVA of Pharmacodynamic parameters ............................................................ 31 
12.3. 
Figures and listings of Pharmacodynamic parameters.............................................. 32 
13. 
SAFETY ANALYSES .................................................................................................... 33 
13.1. 
Adverse Events ......................................................................................................... 33 
13.1.1. 
Death ......................................................................................................................... 34 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
 
Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
 
CT-P10 3.2 
 
Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
III 
 
13.1.2. 
Serious Adverse Events ............................................................................................ 35 
13.1.3. 
Treatment emergent Adverse Events leading to Permanent Study Drug 
Discontinuation ......................................................................................................................... 35 
13.1.4. 
Treatment emergent Adverse Events of Special Interest .......................................... 35 
13.1.4.1. 
Infections ............................................................................................................... 35 
13.1.4.2. 
Malignancy ............................................................................................................ 35 
13.1.4.3. 
Infusion-Related Reaction ..................................................................................... 36 
13.2. 
Clinical Laboratory Evaluations ............................................................................... 36 
13.3. 
Vital Signs ................................................................................................................. 37 
13.4. 
Electrocardiogram (ECG) ......................................................................................... 37 
13.5. 
Hypersensitivity Monitoring ..................................................................................... 37 
13.5.1. 
Vital Signs ................................................................................................................. 37 
13.5.2. 
Electrocardiograms ................................................................................................... 38 
13.6. 
Physical Examination................................................................................................ 38 
13.7. 
Immunogenicity (Anti-drug antibodies and Neutralizing antibody) ........................ 38 
13.7.1. 
Summary of ADA and NAb ..................................................................................... 39 
13.7.2. 
Evaluation of Tag Concordance of ADA Assessments ............................................ 39 
13.7.3. 
ADA titer Results ...................................................................................................... 40 
13.8. 
Interferon-gamma Release Assay ............................................................................. 40 
13.9. 
Pregnancy .................................................................................................................. 41 
14. 
REFERENCES ................................................................................................................ 42 
15. 
APPENDICES ................................................................................................................. 44 
APPENDIX 1: SCHEDULE OF EVENTS ............................................................................... 45 
APPENDIX 2: TABLE OF CTCAE TERMS AND GRADES ............................................... 59 
APPENDIX 3: RULE OF COMBINING PREFERRED TERMS ......................................... 63 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
 
Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
 
CT-P10 3.2 
 
Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
IV 
 
List of Abbreviations 
Abbreviation 
Definition 
ACR 
American College of Rheumatology 
ACR20 
ACR 20% Improvement Criteria  
ACR50 
ACR 50% Improvement Criteria 
ACR70 
ACR 70% Improvement Criteria 
ADA 
Anti-Drug Antibody 
AE 
Adverse Event 
ANCOVA 
Analysis of Covariance 
anti-CCP 
Anti-Cyclic Citrullinated Peptide 
AUC0-day14 
Area Under the Concentration-time curve from time 0 to day 14 
AUC0-∞ 
Area Under the Concentration-time curve from time 0 extrapolated to infinity 
over both doses of the first course 
AUC0-last 
Area Under the Concentration-time curve from time 0 to the last measurable 
concentration over both doses of the first course 
B-cell 
B-Lymphocyte 
BLQ 
Below the Limit of Quantification 
BMI 
Body Mass Index 
BP 
Blood Pressure 
CDAI 
Clinical Disease Activity Index 
CI 
Confidence Interval 
CL 
Total Clearance 
Cmax 
Maximum Serum Concentration 
Cmax,1 
Maximum Serum Concentration after the first infusion 
Cmin 
Minimum Serum Concentration 
CRP 
C-reactive protein 
CSR 
Clinical Study Report 
CTCAE 
Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events 
CT-P10 
Rituximab (CELLTRION, Inc.) 
Ctrough 
Trough Serum Concentration 
CV 
Coefficient of Variation 
DAS28 
Disease Activity Score using 28 joint counts 
DRM 
Data Review Meeting 
DSMB 
Data Safety Monitoring Board 
ECG 
Electrocardiogram 
eCRF 
Electronic Case Report Form 
EOS 
End of Study 
ESR 
Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate 
EULAR 
European League Against Rheumatism 
HAQ 
Health Assessment Questionnaire 
HBsAb 
Hepatitis B Surface Antibody 
HBsAg 
Hepatitis B Surface Antigen 
HBcIg 
Hepatitis B Core (total) Immunoglobulin 
HIV 
Human Immunodeficiency Virus 
ICF 
Informed Consent Form 
IgA 
Immunoglobulin A 


CELLTRION, Inc. 
 
Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
 
CT-P10 3.2 
 
Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
V 
 
IgG 
Immunoglobulin G 
IgM 
Immunoglobulin M 
IGRA 
Interferon-Gamma Release Assay 
IRR 
Infusion-related Reaction 
IV 
Intravenous 
IVRS 
Interactive Voice Response System 
IWRS 
Interactive Web Response System 
LLN 
Lower Limit of Normal 
LLoQ 
Lower Limit of Quantification 
MedDRA 
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
MTX 
Methotrexate 
NAb 
Neutralizing antibody 
PD 
Pharmacodynamic 
PK 
Pharmacokinetic 
PT 
Preferred Term 
RA 
Rheumatoid Arthritis 
RF 
Rheumatoid Factor 
SAE 
Serious Adverse Event 
SAP 
Statistical Analysis Plan 
SD 
Standard Deviation 
SDAI 
Simplified Disease Activity Index 
SE 
Standard Error 
SF-36 
Quality-of-Life Questionnaire (Medical Outcomes Study Short-Form Health 
Survey) 
SF-36 BP 
Bodily Pain (SF-36 subscale) 
SF-36 GH 
General Health Perceptions (SF-36 subscale) 
SF-36 MCS 
Mental Component Score (SF-36 summary score) 
SF-36 MH 
Mental Health (SF-36 subscale) 
SF-36 PCS 
Physical Component Score (SF-36 summary score) 
SF-36 PF 
Physical Functioning (SF-36 subscale) 
SF-36 VT 
Vitality (SF-36 subscale) 
SF-36 RE 
Role Limitations due to Emotional Problems (SF-36 subscale) 
SF-36 RP 
Role Limitations due to Physical Health (SF-36 subscale) 
SF-36 SF 
Social Functioning (SF-36 subscale) 
SOC 
System Organ Class 
t1/2 
Terminal Elimination Half-life 
TB 
Tuberculosis 
TEAE 
Treatment Emergent Adverse Event 
Tmax 
Time to Reach Cmax 
TNF 
Tumor Necrosis Factor 
TNF- α 
Tumor Necrosis Factor alpha 
ULN 
Upper Limit of Normal 
U.S. 
United States of America 
VAS 
Visual Analogue Scale 
Vd 
Volume of distribution 
WHO 
World Health Organization 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
1 
 
1. Administrative Structure 
This study is being conducted under the sponsorship of CELLTRION, Inc. The clinical 
monitoring, data management, medical writing and statistical analysis are being performed under 
contract with 
 in collaboration with CELLTRION, Inc. 
2. Introduction 
Rheumatoid arthritis (RA) is a chronic systemic inflammatory disease that affects 0.8% to 1.0% 
of all populations. Rheumatoid arthritis primarily affects diarthrodial joints in a symmetrical 
distribution with an additive disease evolution over years (Scott et al 1987). The hallmark of the 
disease is damage and disruption of joint integrity, starting early in the course of RA. In most 
cases, bone erosions progress and lead to irreversible joint deformities. It is estimated that around 
one-third of patients have radiographic evidence of bone erosions at the time of diagnosis, and 
this increases to almost 60% 2 years after diagnosis (van der Heijde 1995). Unless the 
inflammatory processes are halted or controlled, the disease leads to substantial disability, 
comorbidities, and in some cases, premature death (Lard et al 2001). 
CT-P10 is a monoclonal antibody, currently being developed by CELLTRION, Inc., which is 
intended to be formulated as a biosimilar candidate of Rituxan and MabThera, compounds with 
established efficacy in the treatment of active RA (MabThera 2015; Rituxan 2014). Rituximab is 
approved as Rituxan in the United States and as MabThera in other countries. CT-P10 can offer a 
more affordable treatment for RA than the originator protein if similar efficacy and safety are 
demonstrated and allow increased access to this valuable drug with a proven mechanism of 
action in RA patients. This is a similarity study that consists of 3 parallel arms: Rituxan (US-
licensed), MabThera (EU-approved), and CT-P10. All statistical assessments will be direct 
comparisons between the treatment groups at specified time points. 
This SAP covers all specified analysis and is based on the following documents: 
 Protocol Version 5.1, including Country-Specific Protocol Amendment 1 (US) – 01 April 
2016 
 MSL Final Version 4.00 – 21 August 2015 
According to the study protocol, the sponsor plans to prepare 2 Clinical Study Reports (CSRs). 
However, CSRs can be generated during the Study Period in addition to the 2 clinical study 
reports as planned for regulatory or academic purpose: 
 To report data for each patient up to Week 24 
 To report data after completion of study 
This statistical analysis plan (SAP) defines the statistical methods and data presentations to be 
used by the CELLTRION biostatistics team for final analysis. 
Note that the End-of-Study (EOS) visit only needs to be completed if the patient withdraws prior 
to study completion (Week 48 for Main Study Period, Extension Week 24 for Extension Study 
Period). 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
2 
 
3. Objectives 
Primary and secondary objectives are described below. Note that all patients from Part 1 of the 
study will be included in Part 2 of the study and undergo all assessments performed in Part 2. 
The decision to enter Part 2 of the study will not be influenced by the results from Part 1.  
3.1. Part 1 
3.1.1. Primary Objective 
 To evaluate and compare pharmacokinetics in terms of area under the concentration-time 
curve from time 0 to the last measurable concentration over both doses of the first course 
(AUC0-last), area under the concentration-time curve from time 0 extrapolated to infinity 
over both doses of the first course (AUC0-∞), and maximum serum concentration (Cmax) 
(after the second infusion) of CT-P10 to Rituxan, CT-P10 to MabThera, and Rituxan to 
MabThera during the first course of treatment (over the first 24 Weeks). 
3.1.2. Secondary Objective 
 To assess the additional Pharmacokinetic (PK) variables of CT-P10, Rituxan, and 
MabThera, during the first course of treatment (over the first 24 Weeks) 
 To evaluate the pharmacodynamics (PD) and safety of CT-P10, Rituxan, and MabThera 
(over the first 24 Weeks) 
3.2. Part 2 
3.2.1. Primary Objective 
 To demonstrate that CT-P10 is similar to reference products (Rituxan and MabThera) in 
terms of efficacy as determined by clinical response according to change from baseline in 
disease activity measured by Disease Activity Score using 28 joint counts (DAS28) (C-
reactive protein [CRP]) at Week 24. 
3.2.2. Secondary Objective 
 To evaluate the additional PK (up to Week 48), efficacy, PD, overall safety, and 
biomarkers of CT-P10 compared with reference products 
4. Investigational Plan 
4.1. Overall Study Design and Plan 
This is a randomized, controlled, multicenter, 3-arm, parallel-group, double-blind, prospective, 
PK, efficacy, PD, and safety Phase 3 study. There will be up to 3 periods in this study: 
 Screening Period: Week -6 through Week 0 (Day -42 to Day -1) 
 Main Study Period: Week 0 through Week 48 (Day 0 to Day 336) 
 Extension Study Period: Extension Week 0 through Week 24 (Extension Day 0 to Day 
168) 
The combined main and extension study duration will be up to 76 weeks after the Week 0 
infusion. Extension Study Period will be initiated between Week 48 and Week 52 of the Entire 
Study Period. A schematic of the study design is presented in Figure 1. There will be additional 
follow-up visits for patients with B-cell, IgM, and IgG values below the lower limit of normal 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
3 
 
(LLN) or less than 50% of their baseline value until recovery is achieved for one of them. The 
term “Extension” will be used for all the visits in the Extension Study Period (i.e. Extension 
Week X or Extension Day X). Otherwise, visits will simply be stated as Week X. 
Figure 1: Study Schematic 
 
 
Any courses of treatment after the first course will be initiated if the following safety criteria are 
met: 
 Absolute neutrophil count should be ≥1.5 × 103 cells/μL (SI units: ≥1.5 × 109 cells/L), 
platelet count should be ≥75 × 103 cells/μL (SI units: ≥75 × 109 cells/L), aspartate 
aminotransferase or alanine aminotransferase should be ≤ 2.5 times the upper limit of 
normal and levels of IgG should be ≥ 500 mg/dL (5.0 g/L), at the last blood sample 
analysis (i.e. Week 16 for second course of treatment and within 8 Weeks from the 
Extension Week 0 for third course of treatment). 
 The patient has not developed any conditions which, in the investigators opinion, would 
preclude the patient receiving further courses of treatment (e.g., any new or uncontrolled 
disease such as, but not limited to, cardiovascular disease, or nervous system, pulmonary, 
renal, hepatic, endocrine, or gastrointestinal disorder). 
Note that Part 1 and Part 2 of the study will follow the study schematic specified in Figure 1. 
In Part 1, the first approximately 189 patients with RA will be randomly assigned in a 1:1:1 ratio 
to 1 of 3 treatment groups, CT-P10, Rituxan, or MabThera (approximately 63 patients per 
treatment group). 
In Part 2, approximately 172 subsequent patients with RA will be randomly assigned in a 1:1 
ratio to 1 of 2 treatment groups, CT-P10 or Rituxan. In total, approximately 361 patients will be 
available for analysis. 
Approximately 189 initial patients to be enrolled in the study will be assigned to Part 1 and all 
subsequent patients enrolled in the study will be assigned to Part 2. All patients from Part 1 of 
the study will be included in Part 2 of the study and undergo all assessments performed in Part 2. 
A schematic of study patient assignment for Part 1 and Part 2 is presented in Figure 2. Part 2 will 
run independently and in parallel with Part 1. 
Figure 2: Schematic Diagram of Study Patients for the Main Study Period (up to Week 48) 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
4 
 
 
 
 
The Extension Study Period is designed to evaluate additional safety and immunogenicity. 
Patients can continue to the Extension Study Period with an additional course of treatment 
regardless of the number of treatment courses they were treated with during the Main Study 
Period if the following conditions are met: 
 Complete all of the scheduled visits up to Week 48 and 
 Meet the predefined safety criteria. 
The third course of treatment should be initiated between Week 48 and Week 52. If 
administration of the third course of treatment is deemed necessary to be initiated after Week 52 
at the discretion of the investigator, the study infusion can be administered within 72 Weeks 
from the first infusion of the first course of treatment after discussion with the sponsor. In this 
case, the study infusion must be initiated no later than 52 Weeks from Day 0 for the last enrolled 
patient. 
Note that patients, who have the End-of-Study (EOS) visit at Week 48, can participate in the 
Extension Study Period if the patients sign an informed consent form within 24 weeks from the 
EOS visit and do not have prohibited medications prior to entering the Extension Study Period. 
All patients eligible for Extension Phase from the Rituxan group will be randomized again in a 
1:1 ratio to the CT-P10 or Rituxan group at Extension Week 0. The randomization will be 
conducted and stratified by: 
 The number of courses they are treated during the Main Study Period and 
 The European League Against Rheumatism (EULAR)-CRP response status (responder vs. 
non-responder) assessed at Week 40. 
To keep the blind during the study, stratification factors will be entered for all patients at 
Extension Week 0. In the case there were no EULAR-CRP response status available at Week 40, 
the last EULAR-CRP response status assessment done between Weeks 40 and 48 will be used. 
Baseline values for assessment of EULAR-CRP will be the last value from screening to Day 0 
(Week 0) of the study. A schematic of the study patient assignment for this randomization is 
presented in Figure 3.  


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
5 
 
Figure 3: Study Schematic of Randomization 
 
Patients, who are assigned to receive CT-P10 with their first infusion in the study, will be 
considered as group 1 and maintain CT-P10 for the third course. 
Patients, who are assigned to receive Rituxan with their first infusion in the study, will be 
randomized in a 1:1 ratio to group 2 (CT-P10 will be administered for the third course) and 
group 3 (Rituxan will be maintained for the third course) at Extension Week 0. 
Patients, who are assigned to receive MabThera with their first infusion in the study, will be 
considered as group 4 and receive CT-P10 for the third course at Extension Week 0. 
The third course of treatment will be initiated between Week 48 and Week 52 of the Entire Study 
Period if patients become eligible according to the predefined safety criteria for the course based 
on the results assessed within 8 weeks from the Extension Week 0. A visit window is not 
permitted on the day of second infusion for the third course of treatment. 
Unscheduled visit(s) can be conducted for assessment of safety criteria until the initiation of the 
third course of treatment. 
For patients who receive the third course of treatment at Week 48, the scheduled assessments and 
samplings should be performed according to the schedule of events and sampling schemes for 
the Extension Week 0. Otherwise, all scheduled assessments for Week 48 should be performed 
separately from the Extension Week 0 according to the schedule of events for Main Study Period. 
All patients will receive MTX and folic acid concomitantly. Each patient may receive up to 3 
courses of treatment; the first course will be an infusion of study drug (CT-P10, Rituxan, or 
MabThera) at Week 0 and Week 2. If patients meet the predefined safety criteria, patients are 
eligible to receive the additional course(s) of study drug (2 infusions in each course with a 2-
week interval between infusions) at the discretion of the investigator. 
For the second course of treatment in the Main Study Period, patients, who do not meet the 
predefined safety criteria, will not receive an additional course of treatment, but they will be 
followed according to the schedule of events for Main Study Period. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
6 
 
For the third course of treatment in the Extension Study Period, patients, who do not meet the 
predefined safety criteria within the time frame for the study drug infusion, will not receive an 
additional course of treatment and will be terminated from the study. 
5. General Statistical Considerations 
Continuous data will be summarized using descriptive statistics: n, mean, standard deviation 
(SD), median, minimum and maximum, unless otherwise indicated. Minimum and maximum 
will be presented to the same number of decimal places as the raw data, mean and median will be 
presented to one more decimal place than the raw data, and SD will be presented to two more 
decimal places than the raw data. If the geometric mean is to be presented, it will be set to the 
same precision as the mean. Percent coefficient of variation (CV) will be presented to one 
decimal place. P-values will be rounded to three decimal places. If a p-value is less than 0.001 it 
will be reported as “<0.001”. If a p-value is greater than 0.999 it will be reported as “>0.999”. 
Categorical data will be summarized using counts and percentages. Percentages will be 
suppressed when the count is zero. A row denoted “Missing” will be included in count 
tabulations where necessary to account for missing values. The denominator for all percentages 
will be the number of patients within the treatment group for the all populations. Percentages will 
be presented to one decimal place. 
Unless otherwise specified, summaries for visit-based data will only display scheduled visits. 
Confidence intervals obtained from statistical procedures will be displayed to the same number 
of decimal places as the associated estimate. 
All data will be displayed in listings. Unless otherwise specified, listings will be sorted by the 
treatment group, patient number, and assessment date or visit date, if applicable. In cases where 
more ordering is required, other variables will be included in the sort order as applicable. 
5.1.  Software 
All analyses will be conducted using 
. The 
 
 will be used in order to derive summary scores for the 
SF-36 data prior to analysis. Pharmacokinetic parameters will be calculated with 
 
 
5.2. Sample Size 
For Part 1, 189 patients will be randomized in a 1:1:1 ratio to the CT-P10, Rituxan, and 
MabThera groups. Later, for Part 2, 172 patients will be allocated in a 1:1 ratio to the CT-P10 
and Rituxan groups.  
Part 1 of this study is powered to demonstrate PK similarity of CT-P10, Rituxan, and MabThera 
in AUC0-last, AUC0-∞, and Cmax. Similarity will be demonstrated if the 90% confidence interval 
(CI) for the geometric mean ratio of CT-P10 to Rituxan and MabThera in AUC0-last, AUC0-∞, and 
Cmax is within the bounds of 80% and 125%. 
In Part 1, based on overall 90% power, Two one-sided alpha equal to 0.05, an interpatient CV in 
AUC0-last of 30%, and a true of geometric mean equal to 1, fifty patients are needed in each 
treatment group being compared (50 patients in the CT-P10 treatment group, 50 patients in the 
MabThera treatment group, and 50 patients in the Rituxan treatment group: 150 patients total). 
The statistical power of each comparison, CT-P10 versus MabThera, CT-P10 versus Rituxan, 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
7 
 
and MabThera versus Rituxan is 96.5% to achieve overall 90% power accounting for multiplicity 
with type II error correction. Allowing for a drop-out rate of 20%, 189 patients will be randomly 
assigned into the study in a 1:1:1 allocation. 
In Part 2, the sample size of 322 evaluable patients (133 patients in the CT-P10 group and 189 
patients in the reference products group [Rituxan and MabThera groups]) leads to approximately 
90% power for the demonstration of similarity based on a two-sided 90% CI for the difference of 
mean change of DAS28 (CRP) score at Week 24 from baseline value between CT-P10 and 
reference products for an equivalence margin of ±0.50. In this sample size calculation, the 
common standard deviation of the mean change of DAS28 at Week 24 from baseline is assumed 
as 1.32 based on the CT-P10 1.1 study result for the therapeutic equivalence margin of ±0.50. 
Incorporating hypothesized drop-out rate of 10%, total sample size of 361 subjects (149 eligible 
patients in the CT-P10 and 212 eligible patients in the reference products group, including up to 
63 patients from each of the CT-P10, Rituxan, and MabThera groups in Part 1) will be used in 
evaluation of efficacy endpoints. 
In total, approximately 361 patients will be available for analysis (a total of approximately 149 
patients for the CT-P10 group and 212 patients for the reference products group, including up to 
63 patients from each treatment group in Part 1). 
5.3. Randomization, Stratification, and Blinding 
Patients will be randomly assigned to a treatment group on Day 0 (before administration of study 
drug) by using a computer-generated randomization schedule prepared before the study. The 
randomization will be stratified by country, prior anti-TNF-α blocker status (inadequate response 
versus intolerant case), and Rheumatoid Factor (RF) or Anti-Cyclic Citrullinated Peptide (anti-
CCP) status (both positive versus both negative versus either RF or anti-CCP negative). Patients 
with positive status for either RF or anti-CCP at screening will be classified as a positive. 
This study will be double-blind. The blind should be broken only if specific emergency treatment 
would be dictated by knowing the study drug status of the patient. In such cases, the investigator 
must contact the medical monitor. If the investigator is unable to contact the medical monitor, 
the investigator may, in an emergency, determine the identity of the study drug by using the 
applicable procedure in the interactive web response system (IWRS) or interactive voice 
response system (IVRS). 
The overall randomization code will be broken only for reporting purposes. The reporting of the 
co-primary endpoints for PK in Part 1 and Efficacy in Part 2 at Week 24 will be reported 
concurrently. The unblinded statistical analyses will be performed by CELLTRION. Only 
relevant 
 Biostatistics, Medical Writing and the sponsor will be unblinded at this stage; all 
other study personnel will remain blinded until the end of the study. Final determination of the 
analysis sets will occur prior to finalizing the database for each analysis. In addition, the blind 
will be broken for reporting to the Data Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB).  
The randomization code will not be revealed to study patients, parents or guardians, study center 
staff, or investigators. 
5.4. Population of Analysis 
The following patient populations and subsets will be analyzed: 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
8 
 
Table 1: Populations and Subsets of Analysis 
Populations 
Subsets 
Main Study Period: Part 1 
all-randomized 
 
safety 
 
pharmacokinetic 
pharmacokinetic (antibody negative subset) 
pharmacokinetic (antibody positive subset) 
Main Study Period: Part 2 
all-randomized 
all-randomized (antibody negative subset) 
safety 
safety – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period subset 
efficacy 
efficacy (antibody negative subset) 
efficacy (antibody positive subset) 
efficacy – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period subset 
pharmacokinetic 
pharmacokinetic (antibody negative subset) 
pharmacokinetic (antibody positive subset) 
pharmacokinetic – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period subset 
pharmacodynamic pharmacodynamic (antibody negative subset)  
pharmacodynamic – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period subset 
Extension Study Period 
all-randomized 
all-randomized – Extension Study Period subset 
safety 
safety – Extension Study Period subset 
efficacy 
efficacy – Extension Study Period subset 
pharmacodynamic pharmacodynamic – Extension Study Period subset 
All-randomized, safety and PK populations and its subsets will be defined for the patients from 
Part 1 and 2, respectively. Efficacy and PD population and its subsets will be defined for the Part 
2. Population for Part 2 will include patients from Part 1. 
Patients who have any major protocol deviations (as defined in Section 5.6) may be excluded 
only from the population (PD and/or Efficacy) that would be affected by the deviation. Patients 
from the significant GCP non-compliance sites as defined in Section 5.6 will be excluded in all 
populations. 
The number of patients in all populations will be tabulated by the treatment group in each 
relevant Part and study period. A listing will also be produced, displaying this data. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
9 
 
5.4.1. All-Randomized Population 
The all-randomized population will consist of all patients enrolled and randomly assigned to 
receive a dose of study drug, regardless of whether or not any study drug dosing was completed. 
Patients in the all-randomized population and all-randomized population – Extension Study 
Period subset will be analyzed according to the treatment to which they were randomized in 
Main Study Period and Extension Study Period, respectively. All general section of Main Study 
Period (i.e. disposition, demographics, baseline characteristics, etc.) will be based on the all-
randomized population. Efficacy data of Main Study Period and Extension Study Period except 
joint surgery information will be listed for the all-randomized population. 
5.4.1.1. 
All-Randomized (Antibody Negative Subset) 
In the all-randomized population, patients who have “Negative” ADA result at Week 24 will be 
considered “All-Randomized (Antibody Negative Subset)”. 
5.4.1.2. 
All-Randomized – Extension Study Period Subset 
The all-randomized population – Extension Study Period subset will consist of all patients in the 
all-randomized population who have received at least one (full or partial) dose of study drug in 
the Extension Study Period. All general section of Extension Study Period (i.e. disposition, 
demographics, baseline characteristics, etc.) will be based on the all-randomized population – 
Extension Study Period subset. 
5.4.2. Pharmacokinetic (PK) Population 
The pharmacokinetic population for the Main Study Period will consist of all patients who 
received two full doses (Week 0 and Week 2) of the study drug and provided at least one post –
treatment PK concentration result during the first course of treatment in Main Study Period. 
The PK population will be the primary population for the summary of PK data. The analysis of 
first course period will be based on Part 1 and 2, respectively. 
5.4.2.1. 
Pharmacokinetic (Antibody Negative/Positive Subset) 
In the PK population, patients who show “Positive” result in ADA tests obtained at Week 24 will 
be considered “Pharmacokinetic (Antibody Positive Subset)”. Other patients who have 
“Negative” ADA result at Week 24 will be considered “Pharmacokinetic (Antibody Negative 
Subset)”. 
5.4.2.2. 
Pharmacokinetic –  2nd treatment course in Main Study Period 
Subset 
The PK population – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period subset will consist of all patients 
in the PK population who have received two full doses (Week 24 and Week 26) of study drug 
and provided at least one post – treatment PK concentration result during the second course of 
treatment in Main Study Period. 
5.4.3. Efficacy Population 
The efficacy population for the Main Study Period will consist of all patients who received at 
least one full dose (1000 mg) of study drug and provided at least one post-treatment efficacy 
result during the first course of treatment in Main Study Period. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
10 
 
The efficacy population will be the primary population for the summary of Main Study Period 
efficacy data. 
5.4.3.1. 
Efficacy (Antibody Negative/Positive Subset) 
In the efficacy population, patients who show “Positive” result in ADA tests obtained at Week 
24 will be considered “Efficacy (Antibody Positive Subset)”. Other patients who have “Negative” 
ADA result at Week 24 will be considered “Efficacy (Antibody Negative Subset)”. 
5.4.3.2. 
Efficacy – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period Subset 
The efficacy population – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period subset will consist of all 
patients in the efficacy population who have received at least one full dose (1000 mg) of study 
drug and provided at least one post-treatment efficacy result during the second course of 
treatment in Main Study Period. 
5.4.3.3. 
Efficacy – Extension Study Period Subset 
The efficacy population – Extension Study Period subset will consist of all patients in the 
efficacy population who have received at least one full dose (1000 mg) of study drug and 
provided at least one post-treatment efficacy result during the Extension Study Period.  
The efficacy population – Extension Study Period subset will be the primary population subset 
for the summary of Extension Study Period efficacy data. 
5.4.4. Pharmacodynamic (PD) Population 
The pharmacodynamic population for the Main Study Period will consist of all patients who 
received at least one full dose (1000mg) of study drug and provided at least one post-treatment 
PD result during the first course of treatment in Main Study Period. The PD population will be 
the primary population for the summary of PD data. 
5.4.4.1. 
Pharmacodynamic (Antibody Negative Subset) 
In the pharmacodynamic population, patients who have “Negative” ADA result at Week 24 will 
be considered “Pharmacodynamic (Antibody Negative Subset)”. 
5.4.4.2. 
Pharmacodynamic – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period 
Subset 
The pharmacodynamic population – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period subset will 
consist of all patients in the pharmacodynamic population who have received at least one full 
dose (1000 mg) of study drug and provided at least one post-treatment PD result during the 
second course of treatment in Main Study Period. 
5.4.4.3. 
Pharmacodynamic – Extension Study Period Subset 
The pharmacodynamic population – Extension Study Period subset will consist of all patients in 
the pharmacodynamic population who have received at least one full dose (1000 mg) of study 
drug and provided at least one post-treatment PD result during the Extension Study Period. 
The PD population – Extension Study Period subset will be the primary population subset for the 
summary of Extension Study Period PD data. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
11 
 
5.4.5. Safety Population 
The safety population will consist of all patients who received at least one (full or partial) dose of 
study drug during any dosing period. All patients in the safety population will be analyzed 
according to the treatment group. Patients receiving at least one dose of CT-P10 during the Main 
Study Period will be analyzed under the CT-P10 treatment group even the patient ever received 
Rituxan or MabThera. Otherwise, the treatment group will be determined based on the treatment 
for the first course. 
Treatment received will be based on the kit number recorded on the “Study Treatment Infusion” 
electronic case report form (eCRF) page. Safety analyses will be conducted based on the safety 
population. 
5.4.5.1. 
Safety – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period Subset 
The safety population – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period subset will consist of all 
patients in the safety population who have received at least one (full or partial) dose of study 
drug during the second course of treatment in Main Study Period. 
5.4.5.2. 
Safety – Extension Study Period Subset 
The safety population – Extension Study Period subset will consist of all patients in the safety 
population who have received at least one (full or partial) dose of study drug during the 
Extension Study Period. 
The safety population – Extension Study Period subset will be the primary population subset for 
the summary of Extension Study Period safety data. 
5.5. Definition of Baseline 
The baseline value will be considered to be the last non-missing value before the first infusion. 
Post-baseline visits will be considered to be all visits after the first date of infusion. 
5.6. Protocol Deviations 
Protocol deviation will be categorized as “major” or “other (or minor)”. Category of protocol 
deviation will be identified during the Data Review Meeting (DRM). A major protocol deviation 
is one that may affect the interpretation of study results or the patient‟s rights, safety or welfare. 
Patients with major protocol deviation could be excluded only from the population (PD and/or 
Efficacy) that would be affected by the deviation. 
Major protocol deviations are defined as follows: 
• 
Mis-randomizations (defined as patients who received the another treatment to which 
they were assigned at any point during the study) 
• 
Non-compliance of inclusion or exclusion criteria (to be identified by the 
 medical 
department via review of data sourced from the site monitoring database) 
• 
Significant GCP non-compliance sites (to be identified by 
 as sites which have been 
closed due to suspected scientific misconduct and/or serious GCP non-compliance) 
• 
Receipt of prohibited medication (based on agreement of each as from both 
 and 
CLT prior to database lock) 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
12 
 
The major protocol deviations and other categories used for exclusion will be summarized for the 
all-randomized population by study part, treatment group. A listing of major protocol deviations 
for each patient will also be provided by treatment group. 
The significant GCP non-compliance site will be excluded in all populations. The information of 
this site will be only listed in the Demographics and Treatment-emergent Serious Adverse 
Events listings, separately. 
5.7. Display of Data by Treatment 
All analysis result of Main Study Period excluding ANCOVA will be displayed by the following 
groups: CT-P10, Rituxan, MabThera, and combined Rituxan and MabThera group. 
Analysis of the general and PK section in Main Study Period will be conducted in Part 1 and 2 
separately. 
All analysis result of Extension Study Period will be displayed by the following groups: CT-P10 
maintenance (Group 1), Switched from Rituxan (Group 2), Rituxan maintenance (Group 3), 
Switched from MabThera (Group 4), and combined Switched from Rituxan and Switched from 
MabThera group. 
5.8. Missing Values and Outliers 
In order to evaluate the impact of missing data on the efficacy primary endpoint results, 
additional analyses with missing data imputation will be conducted for the primary efficacy 
endpoint of DAS28 (CRP) at Week 24 in all-randomized population. 
Two imputation methods will be used for sensitivity analysis: Last observation carried forwards 
(LOCF) and Multiple imputation (MI) with the Missing at random (MAR) assumption. In 
addition, Tipping point analysis will be conducted based on MI results. 
LOCF will impute missing values by the last value observed. MI with the MAR assumption will 
use regression method to impute missing data. Gender, country (or region), race, baseline value 
of DAS28 (CRP), prior anti-TNF alpha blocker status (intolerance case versus inadequate 
response), RF or anti-CCP status (both positive versus both negative versus either RF or anti-
CCP negative), study part, treatment group and interaction of treatment group with study part 
will be used as regression covariates. 10 imputed datasets will be created by multiple imputations, 
and results from these 10 datasets will be pooled. 
LOCF and MI with the MAR results will be provided displaying descriptive statistics for actual 
value and change from baseline in DAS28 (CRP) at Week 24. Additional, ANCOVA for the 
DAS 28 (CRP) will be conducted along with its 90% CI between CT-P10 and Reference 
products treatment group. 
Tipping point analyses will be conducted under MNAR (Missing Not at Random) scenarios. 
Imputed values will be shifted gradually from the imputed values by MI, by treatment groups 
(CT-P10 versus combined Rituxan and MabThera group) to make MNAR scenarios. A point 
estimate and 90% confidence interval (CI) for the treatment difference will also be calculated 
using an analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) considering the treatment as a fixed effect and 
gender, country (or region), race, study part, interaction of treatment group with study part, prior 
anti-TNF-α blocker status (intolerance case versus inadequate response), and RF or anti-CCP 
status (both positive versus both negative versus either RF or anti-CCP negative) fitted as 
covariates under these scenarios, and the scenario under which confidence interval no longer 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
13 
 
rules out differences in the change from baseline of DAS28 (CRP) at Week 24 for the therapeutic 
equivalence margin of ±0.5 will be displayed.  
All the MNAR scenarios and corresponding confidence interval will be displayed using three 
dimensional graph, 2-dimensional contour plot, and table. In the graph, the maximum of absolute 
value of the lower bound and the upper bound will be used to display CI and corresponding 
tipping points.  
Outliers for the PK primary endpoint parameters will be identified by robust regression method 
(90% CI) [15]. Details of outliers detected will be presented in the footnotes of the relevant 
outputs. 
6. Patient Disposition 
The number of patients who were screened will be displayed. The number and percentage of 
patients who randomized, initiated, completed, or discontinuing treatment will be displayed 
using the following categories for all-randomized population and all-randomized population – 
Extension Study Period subset by treatment group and part. 
• 
Screened 
• 
Screening Failure 
• 
Randomized 
• 
Initiated first course of treatment in Main Study Period 
• 
Complete first Course in Main Study Period 
• 
Discontinued during first Course in Main Study Period 
• 
Initiated second course of treatment in Main Study Period 
• 
Complete second Course in Main Study Period 
• 
Discontinued during second Course in Main Study Period 
• 
Initiated treatment in Extension Study Period 
• 
Complete Extension Study Period 
• 
Discontinued Extension Study Period 
The reasons for screening failure will be displayed using the following categories and ordering: 
• 
Inclusion/Exclusion Criteria Not Met 
• 
Patient Withdrew Consent 
• 
Others 
The screening failure summary will include the number of patients out of all screened patients 
and the primary reason for screening failure. A listing of patients reported as screening failures 
will also be provided. 
The reasons for discontinuation will be displayed using the following categories and ordering: 
• 
Patient develops sign of disease progression 
• 
Patient experiences no efficacy from study drug 
• 
Patient withdraws consent or patient refuses 
• 
Patient develops any malignancy 
• 
Adverse Event 
• 
Significant or major protocol violation 
• 
Lost to follow-up 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
14 
 
• 
Patient died 
• 
Investigator decision 
• 
Sponsor terminates the study 
• 
Pregnancy 
• 
Other 
In addition, the treatment duration in days (calculated as date of last visit - date of first infusion 
in study period + 1) will be calculated and be summarized for patients who discontinue study 
treatment prematurely. The date of first infusion will be taken as the earliest date recorded on the 
“Study Treatment Infusion” eCRF page and the date of last visit will be taken as recorded on the 
“Study Termination” eCRF page.  
The disposition listing will list all data collected on the “Study Termination” eCRF along with 
the date of first infusion for the all-randomized population.  
7. Demographics, Baseline Characteristics, and Background Characteristics 
7.1. Demographics 
The following demographic measures will be tabulated for the all-randomized population and 
all-randomized population – Extension Study Period subset by treatment group and part: age 
(years); gender (male, female); female fertility status (Pre-menarche, sterile, post-menopausal, 
potentially able to bear children); race (white, black, Asian, other, not allowed by investigator 
country regulations); height (cm) and weight (kg) as recorded at the screening visit: Body-Mass 
Index (BMI) (kg/m2); country; region (EU, non-EU). 
Age will be automatically calculated in the eCRF system based on the date of the informed 
consent visit and the date of birth provided. Patients from some countries may have the 
information of the year of birth only. When date and month are missing for date of birth, age will 
be derived using the year of birth and the year of informed consent only. 
7.2. Baseline Characteristics 
The baseline characteristics will be also tabulated for the all-randomized population and all-
randomized population – Extension Study Period subset by treatment group and part: prior anti-
TNF-α blocker status (inadequate response vs. intolerant case); RF or anti-CCP status (both 
positive vs. both negative vs. either RF or anti-CCP negative); number of patients whose swollen 
joints (of 66 assessed) and tender joints (of 68 assessed) equal to or higher than 8 at baseline visit; 
duration of prior TNF-antagonist use, number of prior TNF-antagonist use, baseline CRP/ESR. 
Demographic and baseline characteristic data will be listed for the all-randomized population. 
7.3. Other Baseline Characteristics 
At screening, the following assessments will be performed: 
• 
Hepatitis B Surface Antibody (HBsAb) 
• 
Hepatitis B Surface Antigen (HBsAg) 
• 
Hepatitis B Core (total) Immunoglobulin (HBcIg) 
• 
Hepatitis B virus DNA (if HBsAg is negative, HBsAb is negative or positive, and 
HBcIg is positive) 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
15 
 
• 
Hepatitis C Antibody 
• 
Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) 1&2 
To obtain confirmation result, the following assessments can be performed:  
• 
Hepatitis B Surface Antigen (HBsAg) (Confirmation) 
• 
Hepatitis C Antibody (Confirmation) 
• 
Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) 1&2 (Confirmation) 
A listing will be produced by the treatment group for the all-randomized population.  
7.4. Medical History 
Medical history is captured at the screening visit and will be coded using Medical Dictionary for 
Regulatory Activities (MedDRA) version 18.1 or higher. Medical history will be summarized by 
treatment group, study part, system organ class (SOC), and preferred term (PT). Percentages will 
be calculated using the number of patients in the all-randomized population and all-randomized 
population – Extension Study Period subset as the denominator by treatment group and part. 
Medical history will also be listed for the all-randomized population. 
7.5. Rheumatoid Arthritis History 
Rheumatoid arthritis history is captured at the screening visit and is based on the Rheumatoid 
Arthritis Classification Criteria 1987 [2]. The number and percentage of patients with each type 
of criterion will be summarized for the all-randomized population and all-randomized population 
– Extension Study Period subset by treatment group and part. And the descriptive statistics of 
time since Rheumatoid Arthritis diagnosis will be tabulated for the all-randomized population 
and all-randomized population – Extension Study Period subset by treatment group and part. 
Time (years) since RA diagnosis will be calculated as ((date of randomization (Day 0 of Main 
Study Period) – date of diagnosis)/365.25). If an incomplete rheumatoid arthritis diagnosis date 
is recorded for a patient this will be imputed using the latest possible date. That is, if the day is 
missing (i.e. XXMAR2016) the date will be the last day of the month (i.e. 31MAR2016). If the 
day and month are missing (i.e. XXXXX2016) the date will be set to the 31th December (i.e. 
31DEC2016). If the imputed date is later than randomization date, then it will be imputed using 
the randomized date. If the whole date is missing, the date will not be imputed and time since RA 
diagnosis will not be calculated. Rheumatoid arthritis history will also be listed by treatment 
group for the all-randomized population.  
7.6. Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria 
Details of the inclusion and exclusion criteria can be found in Sections 4.1.1 and 4.1.2 of the 
protocol. Inclusion and exclusion criteria for each patient will be presented in two separate 
listings for all-randomized population.  
A number of the inclusion and exclusion criteria may be modified during protocol revisions. The 
listing will indicate which protocol the patient was recruited under and hence which criteria 
apply. In addition, if some criteria get added during the revisions, the criteria will be renumbered 
for patients recruited prior to these protocol amendments in such a manner that the criteria are 
mapped to the numbering as per final study protocol. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
16 
 
8.  
Biomarkers 
For patients who sign a separate informed consent form for the biomarker assessments, blood 
sample (central laboratory) for FcγR genotype (FcγRIIa, IIIa and/or any necessary genotypes), 
test results will be collected after randomization and before study treatment administration on 
Day 0 of Week 0. 
Data for each genotype will be summarized by treatment group and part for the all-randomized 
population, efficacy population, all-randomized population – Extension Study Period subset and 
efficacy population – Extension Study Period subset. A listing will be also generated for the all-
randomized population. 
9. Treatments and Medications 
All medications except co-administration of methotrexate and folic acid will be coded according 
to the World Health Organization drug dictionary (WHODD September 1, 2015 or later). 
9.1. Prior and Concomitant Medications 
Medications will be classed as either prior or concomitant. For the purpose of inclusion in prior 
and/or concomitant medication tables, incomplete medication start and stop dates will be 
imputed as follows:  
 Missing day: Assume the day is 1st of the month.  
However, if the partial date and the date of first infusion (defined as the earliest date recorded 
on the “Study Treatment Infusion” eCRF page) lie within the same month and year and the 
date of first infusion is not after the stop date of the medication, set to the date of first 
infusion. Otherwise, if date of first infusion is after the stop date for the medication, set to 
stop date of the medication. 
 Missing day and month: Assume January 1st.  
However, if the partial date and the date of first infusion lie within the same year and the date 
of first infusion is not after the stop date of the medication, set to the date of first infusion. 
Otherwise, if date of first infusion is after the stop date for the medication, set to stop date of 
the medication. 
 Missing day, month and year: Assume date of first infusion, if not after the stop date for the 
medication. Otherwise set to the stop date for the medication. 
For the missing day imputation, the following examples should be used for reference: 
 Example 1:  
Medication start: JUN2016  
Medication end: 20OCT2016 
Date of first infusion: 16OCT2016 
Medication start imputed: 01JUN2016 
 Example 2:  
Medication start: OCT2016  
Medication end: 20OCT2016 
Date of first infusion: 16OCT2016 
Medication start imputed: 16OCT2016 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
17 
 
 Example 3:  
Medication start: OCT2016 
Medication end: 20OCT2016 
Date of first infusion: 24OCT2016 
Medication start imputed: 20OCT2016 
Partial end dates will be imputed as follows: 
 Missing day: Assume the last day of the month.  
 Missing day and month: Assume December 31st. 
 Missing day, month and year: Assume that the medication is continuing. 
In the case of the death of a patient, and the imputed end date is after the date of death, the end 
date will be imputed as the date of death. 
A prior medication is defined as any medication where the start and stop dates or imputed start 
and stop dates are before the date of first infusion. A concomitant medication is defined as any 
medication that has an actual or imputed stop date on or after the date of first infusion or missing. 
The actual or imputed start date of a concomitant medication can be before or after the date of 
first infusion. 
Prior and concomitant medications will be tabulated separately by treatment group and part, drug 
class (using ATC level 2), and preferred term (PT) for the safety population and safety 
population – Extension Study Period subset. The total number of prior and concomitant 
medications and the number and percentage of patients with at least one prior or concomitant 
medication will be summarized. The numbers and percentages of all prior and concomitant 
medications will also be summarized.  
Additionally, prior and concomitant medications will be listed separately by treatment group for 
the safety population. 
9.1.1. Co-administration of Methotrexate and Folic Acid  
Data on co-administration of methotrexate and folic acid will be collected separately from all 
other medications. The same rules for date imputation and definitions of prior and concomitant 
will apply. The number of patients who started methotrexate or folic acid prior to first infusion of 
study drug and continued on or after the first infusion date will be summarized separately for 
methotrexate and folic acid. Additionally, the methotrexate dose at first infusion during each 
treatment course (mg/week) will be summarized. Summaries will be based on the safety 
population and safety population – Extension Study Period subset and presented by treatment 
group and part. 
A listing will be provided by treatment group showing the details of co-administration of 
methotrexate and folic acid for each patient in the safety population. 
9.1.2. Prior Tumor Necrosis Factor (TNF) Antagonist History 
Data on prior use of anti-TNF agents administered to patients will be collected separately in the 
“Prior TNF Antagonist History” eCRF. The same rules for date imputation and definitions of 
prior and concomitant will apply. A table will be produced showing total number of prior TNF 
antagonists used and the number and percentage of patients with at least one prior TNF 
antagonist use who had prior use of TNF antagonists. Summaries will be based on the safety 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
18 
 
population and safety population – Extension Study Period subset and presented by treatment 
group and part.  
A listing of prior TNF antagonist history will be presented by treatment group for the safety 
population. The antagonist name, drug class, and PT, single dose, unit, frequency, route, start 
date, stop date and reason for discontinuation will be included for each patient. 
9.2. Exposure to Study Drug 
The number and percentage of patients with full and partial dose administered at each visit will 
be tabulated. For patients who are not administered study drug, the number and percentage of 
patients with each reason why the dose was not administered (discontinued prior to visit, adverse 
event, other, monitoring) will be displayed. For patients who administered study drug and total 
dose administered (mg) will be summarized by part, visit and treatment group. The safety 
population and safety population – Extension Study Period subset will be used as the 
denominator for percentages and patients will be summarized. 
In a separate analysis, the total number of doses received by each patient during study period will 
be calculated. A table will be provided displaying descriptive statistics of the total number of 
doses received and total amount of study drug administered. Summaries will be based on the 
safety population and safety population – Extension Study Period subset and presented by 
treatment group and part. 
In addition, a listing will be provided by treatment group for the safety population showing the 
details of study drug exposure for each patient. This listing will include all data collected on the 
study treatment infusion page of the eCRF. 
10. Pharmacokinetics 
Co-Primary PK endpoints are AUC0-last, AUC0-∞ and Cmax over the first 24 weeks in the Part 1. 
The secondary PK endpoints are as below. 
• 
Part 1 (over the first 24 weeks): AUC0-day14, Vd, CL, t1/2, Tmax, Cmax,1, Cmin (at Week 24) 
and Ctrough 
• 
Part 2 (up to Week 48 or over the first 24 weeks if second course of treatment is not 
administered): Tmax, Cmax, Cmax,1, Cmin and Ctrough  
All pharmacokinetic analysis will be performed on the PK population and PK – 2nd treatment 
course in Main Study Period subset unless otherwise specified. Descriptive Statistics regarding 
the PK parameters will be performed by including outliers. 
10.1. 
Serum concentrations 
Pharmacokinetic samples will be listed for the safety population by each patient and sampling 
time point: 
For Part 1, pharmacokinetic samples will be collected within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of 
the study drug infusion, within 15 minutes after the end of study drug infusion, and 1 hour (±15 
minutes) after the end of study drug infusion on the day of each study drug infusion. For patients 
from Part 1 who receive only first course of treatment, additional samples will be collected after 
24 hours (±2 hours) from the start of each study drug infusion in the first treatment course and on 
Week 1, 3, 4, 8, 12, 16 and 24, 15 samples in total. For patients from Part 1 who receive both 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
19 
 
first and second courses of treatment, additional samples will be collected after 24 hours (±2 
hours) from the start of each study drug infusion only in the first treatment course and on Week 1, 
3, 4, 8, 12, 16, 48 and end of study (EOS; if patient withdraws prior to study completion), 21 
samples in total. 
For Part 2, pharmacokinetic samples will be collected within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of 
the study drug infusion, within 15 minutes after the end of study drug infusion, and 1 hour (±15 
minutes) after the end of study drug infusion on the day of each study drug infusion. Additional 
samples will be collected on Week 24 (for patients who receive only first course of treatment) or 
Week 48 (for patients who receive both first and second courses of treatment) or EOS (for 
patients who receive both first and second courses of treatment and if patient withdraws prior to 
study completion). 
Serum concentrations of rituximab will be summarized using descriptive statistics (consisting of 
n, mean, SD, CV, geometric mean, minimum, median and maximum) by part and treatment 
group at each scheduled collection visit and time point. Additionally, serum concentrations of 
rituximab for all antibody negative and positive subjects will be summarized by study part and 
treatment group at each scheduled collection visit and time point. In case of patients from Part 2, 
Combined Rituxan and MabThera group will be additionally displayed. Individual 
concentrations, scheduled and actual sample times will be presented in data listings by treatment 
group for the safety population. 
Concentrations below the limit of quantification (BLQ) prior to the first infusion will be treated 
as zero (0). Concentrations BLQ after the first infusion will be set to the lower limit of 
quantification (LLoQ, 0.04 μg/mL). Mean BLQ concentrations will be presented as BLQ, and 
the SD and CV will be reported as not applicable. Geometric mean will not be reported if the 
dataset includes zero values. 
For patients from Part 1, mean serum concentration versus actual time plots for rituximab will be 
presented up to Week 24. Plots will be presented on both linear and semi-logarithmic scales by 
treatment based on scheduled sample times. All BLQ and missing values will be indicated in the 
data listings. In addition, plots will be presented by ADA status at Week 24. 
10.2. 
Pharmacokinetic Parameters 
Individual serum concentration versus actual time data will be used to calculate PK parameters 
of rituximab by standard non-compartmental methods using
 
. All serum concentrations that are BLQ prior to the first infusion will be set to 0; all 
concentrations below LLoQ after first infusion will be set equal to LLoQ. Actual blood sampling 
times (from the start of infusion) and actual duration of the infusion will be used for all PK 
analyses. However, for ease of presentation, scheduled sampling times will be used to present 
results in summary tables and figures. 
Table 2: Pharmacokinetic Parameters for Rituximab 
Part 1 Primary Parameters (calculated over the first 24 weeks) 
AUC0-last 
Area under the concentration-time curve from time 0 to the last measurable 
concentration over both doses of the first course 
AUC0-∞ 
Area under the concentration-time curve from time 0 extrapolated to infinity 
over both doses of the first course 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
20 
 
Cmax 
Observed maximum concentration after the second infusion  
Part 1 Secondary Parameters (calculated over the first 24 weeks) 
AUC0-day14 
Area under the concentration-time curve from time 0 to Day 14 (calculated 
for both infusions) 
Cmax, 1 
Observed maximum concentration following the first infusion of the first 
course 
Cmin 
Predose concentration at Day 168 (Week 24) 
Ctrough 
Predose concentration at Day 14 (Week 2) prior to the second infusion 
Vd 
Volume of distribution, calculated from the second dose of the first course 
as Vd = Dose/AUC0- ∞ λz, where Dose is the combined total dose 
administered in Course 1 (i.e. Dose 1 + Dose 2) 
CL 
Total clearance, calculated from the second dose of the first course as CL = 
Dose/AUC0- ∞, where Dose is the combined total dose administered in 
Course 1 (i.e. Dose 1 + Dose 2) 
t½ 
Terminal phase elimination half-life, calculated from the second dose of the 
first course as t½ = ln(2)/λz 
Tmax 
Time to maximum serum concentration after both doses in the first course 
Part 2 Secondary Parameters (up to Week 48 or over the first 24 weeks if second 
course of treatment is not administered) 
Tmax 
Time to maximum serum concentration in the first and second course 
Cmax 
Observed maximum concentration after the second infusion in the first and 
second course 
Cmax, 1 
Observed maximum concentration after the first infusion of the first and 
second course 
Cmin 
Predose concentration at Day 168 (Week 24) and at Day 336 (Week 48) 
Ctrough 
Predose concentration at Day 14 (Week 2 prior to second infusion) and at 
Day 182 (Week 26 prior to second infusion) 
All AUC parameters will be calculated using the linear trapezoidal rule.  
The pharmacokinetic parameters will be presented for the PK population in listings and 
summarized in tables. The tables will display the following descriptive statistics by part: n, mean, 
SD, CV, geometric mean, minimum, median and maximum. In addition, descriptive statistics of 
PK parameter by ADA status at Week 24 will be presented. 
10.3. 
Pharmacokinetic Statistical Analysis 
In Part 1, the primary PK analysis will assess the similarity of CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera in 
terms of AUC0-last, AUC0-∞ and Cmax over the first 24 weeks as co-primary PK endpoints.  
ANCOVA will be performed for AUC0-last, AUC0-∞ and Cmax with treatment group as a fixed 
effect and country, gender, race, prior anti-TNF-α blocker status (intolerance case versus 
inadequate response) and RF or anti-CCP status (both positive versus both negative versus either 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
21 
 
RF or anti-CCP negative) fitted as covariates. Clinically relevant variables at baseline are used as 
the covariates for adjusted means. If country is found to be unsuitable as a covariate due to the 
number of levels, then this may be pooled into a new variable, region (defined as either EU or 
Non-EU), for use in the statistical model. The AUC0-last, AUC0-∞ and Cmax will be natural log 
transformed prior to the analysis. Point estimates (geometric least squares means and ratios of 
geometric means) will be calculated by back-transforming the least squares means, and 90% CIs 
of the ratios (CT-P10 versus Rituxan, CT-P10 versus MabThera, and Rituxan versus MabThera) 
will be produced. 
Similarity will be demonstrated if the 90% CI for the geometric mean ratio of CT-P10 to Rituxan 
and MabThera in AUC0-last, AUC0-∞ and Cmax is within the bounds of 80% and 125%.  
When outliers occur at some time points, primary statistical analysis of PK parameters is carried 
out with data excluding observed outliers. However, a sensitivity analysis will also be performed 
with data including observed outliers. Additional ANCOVA for the PK primary endpoint will be 
conducted in patients whose ADA status result at Week 24 is “Negative” both including and 
excluding outliers. When there are Significant GCP non–compliance sites, an additional 
sensitivity analysis will be performed for PK primary endpoints. 
11. Efficacy Analyses 
DAS28 (CRP) at Week 24 is the primary efficacy endpoint in the Part 2. The ANCOVA for 
primary endpoint in Part 2 will be conducted on the efficacy population and all-randomized 
population and its subsets.  
The secondary efficacy endpoints are as below. 
• 
ACR20, ACR50 and ACR70 (at Week 24, Week48, and Extension Week 24) 
• 
Individual components of the ACR criteria (at Week 24, Week48, and Extension Week 
24) 
• 
Time to onset of ACR20 response (over the 24 weeks) 
• 
DAS28 (CRP) (at Week12 and 48 and Extension Week 24) 
• 
DAS28 (ESR) (at Week12, 24 and 48 and Extension Week 24) 
• 
EULAR response criteria (at Week 24, Week48, and Extension Week 24) 
• 
Hybrid ACR (at Week 24, Week48, and Extension Week 24) 
• 
SDAI and CDAI (at Week 24, Week48, and Extension Week 24) 
• 
Joint damage progression (at Week 48, Extension Week 24 and the EOS visit) 
• 
HAQ (at Week 24, Week48, and Extension Week 24) 
• 
Health-related quality of life (at Week 24, Week48, and Extension Week 24) 
All secondary efficacy analysis will be based on the efficacy population and its subset. All 
efficacy listings except joint surgery information will be based on the all-randomized population. 
Joint surgery information will be listed based on the safety population. 
Efficacy will be assessed by ACR criteria (individual components, ACR20, ACR50 and ACR70, 
hybrid ACR response), DAS28 (including number of tender joints and number of swollen joints), 
EULAR response criteria, Simplified Disease Activity Index (SDAI), Clinical Disease Activity 
Index (CDAI), Joint Damage Progression, and Functional Disability. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
22 
 
Quality of life will also be included in the efficacy analysis. This will be assessed using the 
Medical Outcomes Study Safety Short-Form Health Survey (SF-36) questionnaire. 
Patients with joint surgery records will be excluded from all efficacy analysis after the surgery 
but will be only presented unless otherwise specified. 
For all efficacy analysis, patients with protocol prohibited initiation of new or increase in dose of 
RA medications that are deemed to affect efficacy will be excluded at the visit that would be 
only affected by prohibited medication but will be only presented unless otherwise specified. 
11.1. 
ACR20, ACR50 and ACR70 criteria 
11.1.1. Proportion of ACR20, ACR50, and ACR70 Responders  
The American College of Rheumatology (ACR) criteria are a standard measure of clinical 
activity in rheumatoid arthritis patients. The ACR criteria used in this study are ACR20, ACR50, 
and ACR70.  
A patient is defined as a responder according to ACR20 criteria if the following are fulfilled: 
• 
A percentage decrease of at least 20% from baseline in the number of tender joints 
• 
A percentage decrease of at least 20% from baseline in the number of swollen joints, and 
• 
A percentage decrease of at least 20% from baseline in three of the following: 
- 
Patient‟s assessment of pain (VAS scale, mm) 
- 
Patient‟s global assessment of disease activity (VAS scale, mm) 
- 
Physician‟s global assessment of disease activity (VAS scale, mm) 
- 
HAQ estimate of physical ability 
- 
Serum CRP (mg/dL) concentration or ESR (mm/h) 
Note: Percentage change = (Post-baseline value - baseline value)/baseline value * 100  
The following categories of patients are considered non-responders at each week respectively: 
• 
Patients with an improvement according to the ACR criteria of less than 20% 
• 
Patients who discontinue the study prior to the week of interest 
• 
Patients with missing data for the evaluation of ACR20 criteria at the week of interest 
• 
Patients with protocol prohibited initiation of new or increase in dose of RA medications 
that are deemed to affect efficacy. The ACR response status of these patients will be 
determined prior to database lock on an individual basis after agreement from the 
medical monitoring department of 
 and the sponsor. 
• 
Patients requiring a surgical joint procedure prior to and including the week of interest. 
Surgical joint procedures will be defined as those patients with a reported joint surgery 
on the „Joint Surgery Yes/No‟ eCRF page. 
Any patient not satisfying any of the responder or non-responder criteria will be assigned a non-
responder status. The ACR50 and ACR70 are calculated similarly to ACR20. However, a 
decrease of 50% and 70%, respectively, must be achieved. 
The proportion of patients demonstrating ACR20, ACR50, and ACR70 (based on 1995 ACR 
criteria) will be summarized for the efficacy population, efficacy – 2nd treatment course in Main 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
23 
 
Study Period subset and efficacy – Extension Study Period subset by treatment group at each 
visit, accordingly. 
The proportion of patients achieving clinical response according to the criteria for ACR20 at 
each visit will be summarized in patients whose swollen joints (of 66 assessed) and tender joints 
(of 68 assessed) equal to or higher than 8 at baseline by efficacy population, efficacy – 2nd 
treatment course in Main Study Period subset and efficacy – Extension Study Period subset. 
Additionally, the proportion of patients achieving clinical response according to the criteria for 
ACR20 at each visit will also be summarized by Efficacy (Antibody Negative/Positive Subset). 
A listing will be provided for the all-randomized population by treatment group and visit, 
showing ACR20, ACR50 and ACR 70 responder status at each visit. 
11.1.1.1. Number of tender joints/swollen joints 
The number of tender joints and number of swollen joints will be assessed, with a total of 68 
joints assessed for tenderness, and 66 assessed for swelling. This assessment is performed 
independently of the assessment of 28 tender/swollen joints for the DAS28. 
Descriptive statistics for actual value and change from baseline for both the number of tender 
joints and the number of swollen joints will be presented for the efficacy population, efficacy – 
2nd treatment course in Main Study Period subset and efficacy – Extension Study Period subset 
by treatment group at each visit. A listing will be provided for the all-randomized population by 
treatment group and visit, showing number of tender and swollen joints at each visit, along with 
the percentage change from baseline. 
11.1.1.2. Visual Analogue Scale (VAS) 
The VAS ranges from 0 to 100 mm, with higher scores indicating poorer status or more severe 
pain. A VAS is used to record the Patient Assessment of Pain, the Patient Global Assessment of 
Disease Activity, and the Physician Global Assessment of Disease Activity at every visit where 
an efficacy assessment is performed.  
For these scales, descriptive statistics for actual value and change from baseline will be presented 
for the efficacy population, efficacy – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period subset and 
efficacy –nExtension Study Period subset by treatment group at each visit. Additionally, the 
Patient and Physician Global Assessment of Disease Activity will be summarized at each visit. A 
listing will also be provided showing VAS measurements at each visit, along with the percentage 
change from baseline by treatment group and visit in all-randomized population.  
11.1.1.3. Health Assessment Questionnaire (HAQ) Estimate of Physical Ability 
(HAQ Disability Index) 
The arthritis-related functional disability will be measured using the disability index of the HAQ, 
a validated, self-administered form that assesses functional ability in a number of relevant areas, 
including the ability to dress, rise from bed, eat, walk, maintain personal hygiene, reach, grip, 
and other activities on a scale ranging from 0 (no difficulty) to 3 (unable to perform the activity). 
Scores range from 0 to 3, with higher scores indicating worse disability.  
There are 8 categories within the Health Assessment Questionnaire: 
• 
Dressing and Grooming (Questions 1, 2) 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
24 
 
• 
Arising (Questions 3, 4) 
• 
Eating (Questions 5, 6, 7) 
• 
Walking (Questions 8, 9) 
• 
Hygiene (Questions 10, 11, 12) 
• 
Reach (Questions 13, 14) 
• 
Grip (Questions 15, 16, 17) 
• 
Activities (Questions 18, 19, 20) 
The answer to each question will be scored as follows: Without any difficulty = 0, With some 
difficulty = 1, With much difficulty = 2, Unable to do = 3. 
In order to compute the disability index: 
(1) Obtain a score for each category by taking the highest score recorded from the 
questions within the category. The maximum score is taken regardless of missing values 
in questions, i.e. at least one question must have an assigned score. If all questions have 
missing values, the score is recorded as missing. 
(2) Adjust each category for use of aids/devices and/or help from another person using 
the tables below. If the score for a category is 0 or 1 after step 1, and any of the 
aids/devices/help from another person fields are marked, the score should be increased to 
2. If a patient's highest score for that category is 2 already, it remains 2, and if 3 already, 
it remains 3. 
Table 3: Aids/Devices Items for HAQ Categories 
Item 
HAQ Category  
Devices used for dressing (button hook, 
zipper pull, long handled shoe horn, etc.) 
Dressing & Grooming 
Special or Built up chair 
Arising 
Built up or special utensils 
Eating 
Cane 
Walking 
Walker 
Walking 
Crutches 
Walking 
Wheelchair 
Walking 
Raised toilet seat 
Hygiene 
Bathtub seat 
Hygiene 
Bathtub bar 
Hygiene 
Long handled appliances in bathroom 
Hygiene 
Long handled appliances for reach 
Reach 
Jar opener (for jars previously opened) 
Grip 
Note: The assignment of devices to particular disability categories assumes that the devices are 
used only for their intended purposes. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
25 
 
Table 4: Help from another Person Items for HAQ Categories 
Item 
HAQ Category  
Dressing & Grooming 
Dressing & Grooming 
Arising 
Arising 
Eating 
Eating 
Walking 
Walking 
Hygiene 
Hygiene 
Reach 
Reach 
Gripping and opening things 
Grip 
Errands and chores 
Activities 
(3) A minimum of 6 categories must have a score assigned in order for the HAQ estimate 
of physical ability to be derived. If there are only scores available for less than 6 
categories, the HAQ estimate of physical ability cannot be computed and should be 
recorded as missing. If there are 6 or more categories with a score assigned, divide the 
summed category scores by the number of categories answered to obtain the HAQ 
estimate of physical ability. 
Descriptive statistics for actual value and change from baseline of the HAQ estimate of physical 
ability will be presented for the efficacy population, efficacy – 2nd treatment course in Main 
Study Period subset and efficacy- Extension Study Period subset by treatment group at each visit. 
A listing will be provided showing the patient‟s score for each category and HAQ estimate of 
physical ability. Listings will also be provided showing the raw scores for each question, the 
responses to the “Aids/Devices” categories, and the “Help from Another Person” categories. 
These listings will all be displayed in all-randomized population by treatment group. This 
assessment comprise of a VAS on a scale of 0 to 100, in cases where the length of the VAS is not 
100mm the score is converted into a 0 to 100 range in clinics. This scale will be listed by 
treatment group and visit. 
11.1.1.4. C-Reactive Protein and Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate 
Descriptive statistics for actual value and change from baseline will be presented for both C-
reactive protein (CRP) and erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) by treatment group at each visit 
for the efficacy population, efficacy –efnd treatment course in Main Study Period subset and 
efficacy – Extension Study Period subset. Note that CRP and ESR will also be summarized for 
the pharmacodynamic population by treatment group, and this is described in the 
pharmacodynamics section. 
Separate listings will be provided for each of these parameters which will show the 
measurements at each visit, along with the percentage change from baseline, by treatment group 
in all-randomized population. 
11.1.1.5. Joint Surgery 
A listing will be produced displaying for patients undergoing any surgical joint procedure 
(including bone or joint surgery or synovectomy (including joint fusion or replacement)). That 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
26 
 
will display the surgical procedure performed (as coded by MedDRA version 18.1 or higher) and 
the procedure date. 
11.1.2. Time to Onset of ACR20  
Time to onset of ACR20 response (in days) will be summarized by treatment group for the 
efficacy population up to Week 24. Patients not achieving the ACR20 response will be censored 
using the last time point where the ACR was assessed. Duration will be calculated as [date of 
event (onset of ACR20 response) or date censored (last assessment for which ACR20 responder 
status can be determined) – date of randomization + 1]. Kaplan-Meier estimates of the 25th 
percentile, median, and 75th percentile of time to onset will be presented. Also, p-value 
calculation from log-rank test between CT-P10 and Rituxan + MabThera group will be provided. 
In the event that there are not enough patients with an ACR20 response for these statistics to be 
produced, the result will be recorded as not estimated (N.E.). The number and percentage of 
patients with ACR20 response during the 24 weeks will be summarized. A listing will be 
provided showing time to onset of ACR20 response (in days) for each patient in the all-
randomized population, by treatment group. 
11.1.3. Hybrid ACR Response 
The hybrid ACR is an outcome measure that combines the ACR20, the ACR50, and the ACR70 
and a continuous score of the mean improvement in core set measures (Number of tender joints, 
Number of swollen joints, Pain (VAS), Disease activity (VAS), HAQ, CRP or ESR). Note that 
CRP will be used for the hybrid ACR score derivation, unless it is missing, in which case ESR 
will be used. 
The steps to calculate the hybrid ACR score are as follows: 
(1) For each core set measure, the post-baseline score is subtracted from the baseline score, 
and the percentage change in each measure determined. 
(2) If a core set measure worsened by more than 100%, that percentage change is set to -100%. 
(3) The percentage change for all core set measures is averaged to give the mean % change in 
core set measures. 
(4) The hybrid ACR score is determined from the following table. The ACR20, ACR50, or 
ACR70 status of the patient (left column) is taken, along with the mean percentage change in 
core set items calculated in step (3); the hybrid ACR score is where they intersect in the table. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
27 
 
Table 5: Scoring Method for Hybrid ACR 
 
Mean % change in core set measures 
Patient ACR 
Status 
<20 
≥20, <50 
≥50, <70 
≥70 
Not ACR20 
Mean % change 
in core set 
measures 
19.99 
19.99 
19.99 
ACR20 but not 
ACR50 
20 
Mean % change 
in core set 
measures 
49.99 
49.99 
ACR50 but not 
ACR70 
50 
50 
Mean % change 
in core set 
measures 
69.99 
ACR70 
70 
70 
70 
Mean % change 
in core set 
measures 
Source: American College of Rheumatology Committee to Reevaluate Improvement Criteria 
2007. 
Descriptive statistics of the hybrid ACR score will be presented by treatment group at each visit 
for the efficacy population, efficacy –efnd treatment course in Main Study Period subset and 
efficacy – Extension Study Period subset. A listing will also be provided for the all-randomized 
population, by treatment group, showing the hybrid ACR score, ACR responder status, and the 
mean % change in core set measures. Hybrid ACR score will be presented to two decimal places. 
11.2. 
DAS28  
The ANCOVA comparing the change from baseline of DAS28(CRP) and DAS28(ESR) at 24 
weeks of treatment between two treatment groups, CT-P10 and combined Rituxan and 
MabThera group will be analyzed, considering the treatment as a fixed effect and gender, 
country, race, study part, interaction of treatment group with study part, prior anti-TNF-α blocker 
status (intolerance case versus inadequate response), and RF or anti-CCP status (both positive 
versus both negative versus either RF or anti-CCP negative) fitted as covariates. Clinically 
relevant variables at baseline are used as the covariates for adjusted means. If country is found to 
be unsuitable as a covariate due to the number of levels, then region (EU, non-EU), which may 
pool countries based on continents, may be used instead. Additional ANCOVA will be conducted 
in patients whose ADA status result at Week 24 is “Negative”. 
The least squares mean and corresponding standard error of the change from baseline in DAS28 
at Week 24 will be presented for each treatment group. Point estimates (least squares mean and 
difference of least squares means), 90% confidence interval (CI) for the treatment difference and 
p-value with an interaction effect between study part and treatment group will also be provided. 
When there are Significant GCP non–compliance sites, an additional sensitivity analysis will be 
performed. 
All-randomized population and efficacy population will be used for analysis of change from 
baseline of DAS28 (ANCOVA), respectively. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
28 
 
Descriptive statistics for actual value and change from baseline in disease activity measured by 
DAS28 (CRP) and DAS28 (ESR) will be summarized at each visit for the efficacy population, 
efficacy – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period subset and efficacy – Extension Study 
Period subset by treatment group. Descriptive statistics for actual value and change from baseline 
in DAS28 (CRP) and DAS28 (ESR) in patients whose swollen joints (of 66 assessed) and tender 
joints (of 68 assessed) equal to or higher than 8 at baseline at each visit will be also summarized 
for the efficacy population, efficacy – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period subset and 
efficacy – Extension Study Period subset. In addition, descriptive statistics of DAS28 at each 
visit will be summarized for the Efficacy (Antibody Negative/Positive Subset). 
Data from the eCRF, DAS28 components, DAS28 value and change from baseline for both CRP 
and ESR will be listed by treatment group for the all-randomized population. 
Disease activity score in 28 joints (DAS28) will be calculated in two ways using the following 
two equations [13]: 
      (   )    (       √     )  (     √     )  (       (   ))
 (        ) 
      (   )    (       √     )  (     √     )  (       (     ))
 (        )       
     : 
TJC28 = number of tender joints (0-28): tender joint count (TJC) 
SJC28 = number of swollen joints (0-28): swollen joint count (SJC) 
ESR = ESR measurement (mm/h) 
CRP = CRP measurement (mg/L) 
GH = Patient Global Assessment of Disease Activity measured on VAS (0 – 100 mm)  
11.3. 
 
EULAR Response Criteria 
The European League Against Rheumatism Response (EULAR) response criteria [3] categorizes 
the DAS28 response (i.e., good, moderate, or none) based on changes in DAS28 from baseline. 
Table 6: European League Against Rheumatism Response Criteria 
 
DAS28 Improvement from Baseline 
Present DAS28  
>1.2 
>0.6 and ≤1.2 
≤0.6 
≤3.2 
Good response 
Moderate response 
No response 
>3.2 and ≤5.1 
Moderate response 
Moderate response 
No response 
>5.1 
Moderate response 
No response 
No response 
Frequencies and percentages of EULAR response categories (based on both DAS28 (ESR) and 
DAS28 (CRP)) will be summarized by treatment group for the efficacy population, efficacy – 2nd 
treatment course in Main Study Period subset and efficacy – Extension Study Period subset at 
each visit. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
29 
 
EULAR response categories, corresponding DAS28 actual values and DAS28 change from 
baseline for both ESR and CRP, along with DAS28 components, will be listed by treatment 
group for the all-randomized population.  
11.4. 
Clinical Disease Activity Index and Simplified Disease Active Index 
Clinical Disease Activity Index (CDAI) and Simplified Disease Activity Index (SDAI) are 
calculated at each visit as follows: 
Table 7: Clinical Disease Activity Index and Simplified Disease Activity Index Formulas 
Index 
Formula 
CDAI 
SJC28 + TJC28 + PGA + EGA 
SDAI 
SJC28 + TJC28 + PGA + EGA + CRP 
SJC28 = swollen joint count (0-28); TJC28 = tender joint count (0-28)  
PGA = patient global assessment of disease activity (0-10 cm)  
EGA = evaluator/physician global assessment of disease activity (0-10 cm)  
CRP = C-reactive protein (mg/dL)  
Note: Prior to calculation of the CDAI and SDAI, the Patient Global Assessment of Disease 
Activity and Physician Global Assessment of Disease Activity VAS results should be converted 
from mm to cm [1]. 
Descriptive statistics for actual value and change from baseline of CDAI and SDAI will be 
presented by treatment group for the efficacy population, efficacy – 2nd treatment course in Main 
Study Period subset and efficacy – Extension Study Period subset at each visit. In addition, a 
listing will be provided by treatment group for the all-randomized population showing the CDAI 
and SDAI values.  
11.5. 
Joint Damage Progression 
Joint damage progression based on radiographic evaluations (1 image of both the right and left 
hands and both the right and left feet, for a total of 4 images, van der Heijde modification of the 
Sharp scoring system using a dual-reader with adjudication paradigm.) will be evaluated at 
Screening, Week 48 and Extension Week 24 or at the End-of Study Visit (if not obtained at 
Week 48 or Extension Week 24), or upon use of protocol prohibited medication or study 
termination, as applicable.  
Two types of joint damage are evaluated: erosion and joint space narrowing. 
• 
Erosion: Defects, cystic changes, and surface erosions are counted in the 10 MCP joints, 
the eight PIP joints, the two IP joints of the thumbs, the right and left first metacarpal 
bone, the right and left radius and ulnar bones, the right and left trapezium and trapezoid 
(as one unit; multangular), right and left navicular bones, right and left lunate bones, the 
10 metatarsophalangeal (MTP) joints, and the two IP joints of the big toes. The van der 
Heijde modification for erosion ranges from 0 (Normal) to 5 (Complete collapse). 
• 
Joint space narrowing: JSN(Joint space narrowing)/ankylosis is assessed in the 10 MCP 
joints, the eight PIP joints, right and left third, fourth and fifth carpometacarpal (CM) 
joints, right and left multangular-navicular joints, right and left capitate-navicular-lunate 
joints, right and left radiocarpal joints, the 10 MTP joints and the two IP joints of the big 
toes. Joint space narrowing score ranges from 0 (Normal) to 4 (Ankylosis) 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
30 
 
Hence the maximum erosion score is 160 for hands and wrists and 120 for feet, and the 
maximum joint space narrowing score is 120 for hands and wrists and 48 for feet. Scores will be 
produced by at least two independent readers. If the change in score from baseline to the follow-
up timepoints differs between the two readers by more than five, an adjudicator (Reader 3) will 
read the images for the subject. For cases that are not adjudicated, the average of the two 
reviewers‟ scores will be considered the final score. In cases that are adjudicated, the average of 
the adjudicator‟s score and the score of the reviewer that is closest to the adjudicator will be 
provided as the final score. In circumstances where the adjudicator‟s score is equidistant to both 
reader 1 and reader 2‟s score, the final score will be the average of reader 1 and the adjudicator‟s 
scores. The average score for each joint will be produced if scores of all readers are non-missing, 
otherwise the average score for each joint will not be produced. In addition, non-missing score 
will be used in total score summaries.  
The total van der Heijde radiographic joint damage score is the sum of the erosion score (hands, 
wrists and feet) and the joint space narrowing score (hands, wrists and feet), and hence it ranges 
from 0 to 448. This will be calculated at each visit for each patient. Descriptive statistics for 
actual value and change from baseline of the total van der Heijde radiographic joint damage 
score will be presented by treatment group for the efficacy population and efficacy – Extension 
Study Period subset at baseline and Week 48, Extension Week 24 visit. If it is not possible to 
calculate the joint score for a single joint then the particular patient‟s total score will be excluded 
from the descriptive statistics. 
A listing showing the total van der Heijde radiographic joint damage score will be provided by 
treatment group for the all-randomized population. In addition, a listing will be provided by 
treatment group for the all-randomized population showing the raw results for each joint. 
11.6. 
Quality of Life (SF-36) Questionnaire  
The SF-36 questionnaire consists of 36 questions regarding the quality of life of the patient. 
Results for each of the 36 questions will be recorded. The results will be grouped into the 
following 8 subscales: Physical Functioning (PF), Role Limitations due to Physical Health (RP), 
Bodily Pain (BP), General Health Perceptions (GH), Vitality (VT), Social Functioning (SF), 
Role Limitations due to Emotional Problems (RE), and Mental Health (MH). The Vitality 
subscale is also known as “Fatigue”. The 8 subscales will also be used to derive 2 component 
summary measures: Physical Component Score (PCS) and Mental Component Score (MCS) [7]. 
The scores and scales of the SF-36 survey ranges from 0 (worst) to 100 (best), with a higher 
score indicating a better health-related quality of life. 
 
 will be used in order to derive summary 
scores for the SF-36 data prior to analysis. The 
 will be used 
to present results. Scoring is standardized using the means and standard 
 
. On this scale, the general population has a mean of 50 and a standard 
deviation of 10. SF-36 subscale results and component summary measures will be displayed to 
two decimal places. 
Descriptive statistics for actual value and change from baseline will be presented for each of the 
8 subscales and 2 summary component scores, by treatment group for the efficacy population, 
efficacy – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period subset and efficacy – Extension Study 
Period subset at baseline, Week 24, Week 48 and Extension Week 24. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
31 
 
A listing will present the raw scores for each of the 36 questions for each patient, by treatment 
group and visit. In addition, a listing will be presented showing the results of the derived 
subscales and summary component measures for each patient, by treatment group and visit. Both 
listings will be based on the all-randomized population. 
12. Pharmacodynamics 
Analysis of the PD parameters will be conducted using the PD population. The CRP, ESR, anti-
CCP, rheumatoid factor (RF), and B-cell counts will be recorded as numeric pharmacodynamic 
parameters. Any numeric values recorded below the lower limit or above the upper limit of 
quantification will be set to the respective limit for all subsequent analyses, summaries and plots. 
In the case where a duplicate measurement of CRP, ESR, anti-CCP or RF is recorded within the 
same visit, the highest value will be used for analysis as a conservative approach. In case B-cell 
repeating criteria is applied, that if the variance between repeat results and first run is higher than 
10% then repeat result will be used for analysis. Otherwise, first result will be used. All PD 
information will be listed by treatment group using the PD population. 
12.1. 
Descriptive Statistics of Pharmacodynamic parameters 
Descriptive statistics will be provided for the CRP, ESR, anti-CCP and RF parameters (actual 
value and change from baseline) for the pharmacodynamic population, pharmacodynamic –opnd 
treatment course in Main Study Period subset and pharmacodynamic – Extension Study Period 
subset by treatment group and visit. Descriptive statistics will consist of n, mean, SD, geometric 
mean, CV, minimum, median and maximum. The number and percentage of patients within each 
category will be displayed for baseline and for each post-baseline visit by treatment group. 
The number and percentage of patients within each category of the anti-CCP (Negative, Positive, 
or Missing) and RF (Negative, Positive or Missing) parameter will be displayed in shift tables for 
the pharmacodynamic population at Week 24, for pharmacodynamic – 2nd treatment course in 
Main Study Period subset at Week 24 and Week 48, and for the pharmacodynamic – Extension 
Study Period subset at Extension Week 0 and Extension Week 24 by treatment group. Anti-CCP 
results equal to or greater than 17 U/ml will be considered as “positive” while those less than 17 
U/ml will be considered as “negative”. RF results greater than 10 IU/ml will be considered as 
“positive” while those equal to or less than 10 IU/ml will be considered as “negative”. 
The descriptive statistics (actual value and change from baseline) will also be summarized for B-
cell counts for the pharmacodynamic population, pharmacodynamic – 2nd treatment course in 
Main Study Period subset and pharmacodynamic – Extension Study Period subset by treatment 
group and time-point up to Extension Week 24, including the records at pre-dose, end of study 
drug infusion, and 1 hour after the end of study drug infusion. For patients from Part 1, 
additional sample will be collected after 24 hours from the end of study drug infusion. The 
descriptive statistics will consist of n, mean, SD, geometric mean, CV, minimum, median and 
maximum. 
12.2. 
ANCOVA of Pharmacodynamic parameters 
ANCOVA will be performed for the PD population at Week 24 where PD blood samples are 
scheduled for the PD parameters CRP, ESR, anti-CCP and RF. This will be conducted with 
result as the response, treatment group as fixed effect and baseline values, country, race, study 
part, interaction of treatment group with study part, gender, prior anti-TNF- α blocker status 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
32 
 
(intolerance case versus inadequate response), and RF or anti-CCP status (both positive versus 
both negative versus either RF or anti-CCP negative) fitted as covariates. Clinically relevant 
variables at baseline are used as the covariates for adjusted means. If country is found to be 
unsuitable as a covariate due to the number of levels, then this may be pooled into the region 
(EU vs. non-EU). The geometric least squares mean will be calculated by back transforming the 
least square means, the ratio of geometric least squares means, 95% CI of the ratio and p-value 
with an interaction effect between study part and treatment group will be produced. 
B-cell AUC will be calculated using the linear trapezoidal rule and it will be time normalized by 
number of minutes since baseline. If the time of sample is missing then the time will be assumed 
to be 09:00am on the day of sample. If both date and time are missing then the AUC will not be 
calculated for that patient. 
Actual B-cell sampling times will be used for AUC calculation. Patients with missing both post-
baseline B-cell counts on the day of the first infusion (15 minutes after end of infusion and 60 ± 
15 minutes after end of infusion) will be excluded from the AUC analysis. Patients with a 
baseline result which is missing or below LLoQ (20cells/mcL) will also be excluded from B-cell 
AUC analysis. 
The additional ANCOVA will be performed for the B-cell AUC and B-cell counts data up to 
Week 24 on patients who received first course of study drug. These will include treatment group 
as a fixed effect, and baseline B-cell count, country (or region), gender, race, study part, 
interaction of treatment group with study part, prior anti-TNF-y blocker (intolerance case versus 
inadequate response), and RF or anti-CCP status (both positive versus both negative versus either 
RF or anti-CCP negative) fitted as covariates. The geometric least squares mean will be 
calculated by back transforming the least square means. The ratio of geometric least squares 
means, 95% CI (geometric least squares mean and ratio) and p-value with an interaction effect 
between study part and treatment group will be produced. Additional ANCOVA for the B-cell 
AUC and the B-cell counts will be conducted in patients whose ADA status result at Week 24 is 
“Negative”. 
All pharmacodynamic analyses will be conducted using two treatment groups, CT-P10 and 
reference products group on Part 2. 
12.3. 
Figures and listings of Pharmacodynamic parameters 
In addition, a plot will be presented showing the mean concentration and Standard Error (SE) of 
the CRP and ESR up to Week 24 for the pharmacodynamic population and up to Week 48 for the 
pharmacodynamic – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period Subset by treatment group (CT-
P10 group vs. Reference products group). A plot will also be presented for the median of the B-
cell counts at each visit and time point up to Week 24 for the PD population and up to Week 48 
for the pharmacodynamic – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period Subset by treatment group 
(CT-P10 group vs. Reference products group). 
All pharmacodynamic data for CRP, ESR, anti-CCP and RF will be listed for the 
pharmacodynamic population by treatment group and visit. Anti-CCP and RF categories for the 
PD population will also be listed by treatment group, visit and time point. A listing will be 
produced for the PD population displaying B-cell counts, log-transformed B-cell counts, and 
AUC by treatment group, visit, and time point. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
33 
 
13. Safety Analyses 
The safety analyses will be performed on the safety population and safety – Extension Study 
Period subset by treatment group presenting data on hypersensitivity monitoring via vital sign 
measurements (including blood pressure, heart and respiratory rates, and temperature) and 
electrocardiograms (ECG), immunogenicity tests, vital sign measurements, ECGs, signs and 
symptoms of tuberculosis (TB), physical examination findings, adverse events (AEs), infections, 
Infusion-Related Reactions (IRRs), malignancy, clinical laboratory results (hematology, clinical 
chemistry, urinalysis, and immunoglobulins), and pregnancy tests. Combined PTs using the 
APPENDIX 3: Rule of combining Preferred Terms will be summarized in AE tables. Listings 
will include the PTs as coded without applying the PT combining rule. 
13.1. 
Adverse Events 
An AE is defined as any untoward medical occurrence in a patient enrolled (i.e., when the 
informed consent form (ICF) is signed) into this study regardless of its causal relationship to 
study drug. 
The Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities (MedDRA) version 18.1 or higher will be used 
to code all AEs. AEs will be graded for intensity according to the Common Terminology Criteria 
for Adverse Events (CTCAE) v4.0. 
Listings for AEs will include the following information: SOC, PT and verbatim term; start and 
stop 
date; 
frequency 
(intermittent, 
continuous); 
outcome 
(recovered/resolved, 
recovering/resolving, recovered/resolved with sequelae, not recovered/not resolved, fatal, 
unknown); any treatment required (no, yes with specified treatment); intensity (Grade 1 to 5); 
action taken by investigator (dose increased, dose decreased, no action taken, permanently 
discontinued, stopped temporarily, dose delay); relationship to study drug (unrelated, possible, 
probable, definite); whether the event was serious (no, yes); and whether subject was terminated 
from the study due to the AE. All adverse events will be listed. 
In summaries, adverse events will be considered to be related if the relationship is possible, 
probable, or definite. AEs with no relationship recorded will be summarized separately under a 
missing category. 
If the data of an AE is partial or missing, the following rules will be applied. 
 If the day of an Adverse Event is missing (e.g. XXFEB2016), the month and year of the 
partial date will be compared to the date of the first exposure to study drug.  
o If the month and year are equal for both dates, the AE start date will be imputed 
as the earlier date of: (i) the date of the first exposure to study drug, and (ii) the 
recorded end date of the AE. 
o If the month and year are not equal, the AE start date will be imputed as the first 
day of the month (e.g. 01FEB2016). 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
34 
 
 If the day and month is missing (e.g. XXXXX2016), the year of the partial date will be 
compared to the date of the first exposure to study drug.  
o If the years of both dates are equal, start date will be imputed as the earlier date of: 
(i) the date of the first exposure to study drug, and (ii) the recorded end date of the 
AE. 
o If the year is not equal, start date will be imputed as the 1st of January of the 
partial date year (e.g. 01JAN2016). 
If the AE start date is missing (e.g. XXXXXXXXX), start date will be imputed as the earlier date 
of: (i) the date of the first exposure to study drug, and (ii) the recorded end date of the AE.  
A treatment-emergent AE (TEAE) is defined as any event not present before exposure to study 
drug or any event already present that worsens in either intensity or frequency after exposure to 
study drug. 
TEAEs will be summarized by relationship, intensity, SOC and PT for the safety population and 
safety – Extension Study Period subset, displaying the number and percentage of patients with at 
least one TEAE using only the most severe TEAE recorded at each level of summarization. The 
total number of events and number of patients with at least one TEAE will also be displayed. 
Although PML is an AE of special interest, it is captured only by a PT „Progressive multifocal 
leukoencephalopathy‟. Therefore, do not generate an additional table for PML and it will be 
summarized with TEAEs. 
The following tables will be presented by treatment group: 
• 
TEAE by intensity 
• 
Treatment-Emergent SAE (TESAE) by intensity 
• 
TESAE by serious criteria 
• 
TEAE leading to permanent discontinuation of study drug by intensity 
• 
TEAE classed as malignancy by intensity 
• 
TEAE classed as infections by intensity 
• 
TEAE due to infusion-related reaction by intensity 
• 
Proportion of patients with at least one TEAE due to infusion-related reaction by ADA 
status 
13.1.1. Death 
A listing will be provided showing any deaths during the study period in the safety population 
including detailed in Section 13.1. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
35 
 
13.1.2. Serious Adverse Events 
An SAE is defined as any event that results in death, is immediately life threatening, requires 
inpatient hospitalization or prolongation of existing hospitalization, results in persistent or 
significant disability/incapacity, or is a congenital anomaly/birth defect. Important medical 
events that may not result in death, be life threatening, or require hospitalization may be 
considered an SAE when, based upon appropriate medical judgment, they may jeopardize the 
patient and may require medical or surgical intervention to prevent one of the outcomes listed in 
this definition.  
TESAEs will be summarized by relationship, intensity, SOC, and PT for the safety population 
and safety – Extension Study Period subset, displaying the number and percentage of patients 
with at least one TESAE using only the most severe SAE recorded at each level of 
summarization. The total number of events and number of patients with at least one TESAE will 
also be displayed. 
All SAEs will be listed including the variables detailed in Section 13.1. 
13.1.3. 
Treatment emergent Adverse Events leading to Permanent Study 
Drug Discontinuation 
TEAEs which lead to permanent discontinuation of the study drug will be summarized by 
relationship, intensity, SOC, and PT for the safety population and safety – Extension Study 
Period subset, displaying the number and percentage of patients with at least one TEAE leading 
to permanent discontinuation of the study drug, using only the most severe TEAE recorded at 
each level of summarization. The total number of events and number of patients with at least one 
TEAE which led to permanent discontinuation of the study drug will be also displayed. 
All AEs leading to permanent discontinuation of study drug will be listed. 
13.1.4. Treatment emergent Adverse Events of Special Interest 
Infection, malignancy and infusion-related reaction are considered TEAEs of special interest.  
13.1.4.1. Infections  
Infections are considered AEs of special interest and include but are not limited to serious, 
including fatal, bacterial including tuberculosis, fungal, and new or reactivated viral infections. 
New or reactivated viral infections include cytomegalovirus, herpes simplex virus, parvovirus 
B19, varicella zoster virus, West Nile virus, and hepatitis B and C. Infections are coded with a 
SOC of “Infections and infestations”.  
Treatment-emergent infections will be summarized by relationship, intensity, SOC, and PT for 
the safety population and safety – Extension Study Period subset, displaying the number and 
percentage of patients with at least one TEAE using only the most severe TEAE recorded at each 
level of summarization. The total number of events and number of patients with at least one 
treatment-emergent infection will also be displayed. 
13.1.4.2. Malignancy 
TEAEs will be determined to be malignancy if they are coded with a PT of “cancer”, “carcinoma” 
or “lymphoma” in a SOC of “neoplasm, malignant and unspecified (including cyst and polyps)”. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
36 
 
Malignancy will be summarized for the safety population and safety – Extension Study Period 
subset, by relationship, intensity, SOC, and PT, displaying the number and percentage of patients 
with at least one TEAE using only the most severe TEAE recorded at each level of 
summarization. The total number of events and number of patients with at least one treatment-
emergent malignancy will also be displayed. 
13.1.4.3. Infusion-Related Reaction 
Infusion-related reactions are checked in the eCRF and will be presented in listings. 
Treatment emergent classed as infusion-related reaction will be summarized for the safety 
population, safety – 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period subset and safety – Extension 
Study Period subset for each treatment course, by relationship, intensity, SOC and PT displaying 
the number and percentage of patients with at least one TEAE using only the most severe TEAE 
recorded at each level of summarization. The total number of events and number of patients with 
at least one treatment-emergent classed as infusion-related reaction will also be displayed.  
Number of patients with at least one TEAE classed as infusion-related reaction by ADA status 
tagged with CT-P10 will be summarized. For summary of IRR at first, second course of 
treatment in Main Study Period, Patients who have „Positive‟ ADA result at Week 24 and 
Patients who have at least one „Positive‟ ADA result in Week 24 and Week 48 will be defined as 
positive, respectively. For summary of IRR at treatment course of Extension Study Period, 
Patients who have at least one „Positive‟ ADA result in Week 24, Week 48 and Extension Week 
24 will be defined as positive. 
13.2. 
Clinical Laboratory Evaluations 
Clinical laboratory safety tests will be performed and results will be converted to standard units 
which are provided by the central laboratory. Clinical laboratory tests (hematology, clinical 
chemistry, urinalysis, and immunoglobulins) will be summarized, by laboratory test type and 
treatment group, at each scheduled collection time for safety population and safety – Extension 
Study Period subset. For continuous parameters, change from baseline and actual value will also 
be summarized for all scheduled collection times after the first infusion.  
The results for all non-numeric urinalysis parameters will be categorized into normal and 
abnormal using the central laboratory normal ranges provided prior to analysis and will be 
summarized in a shift table for the safety population and safety – Extension Study Period subset. 
The number and percentage of patients within each category will be displayed for baseline and 
for each post-baseline visit by parameters and treatment group. 
All numeric parameters will be labeled with a CTCAE term and grading will be applied to post-
baseline values for all numeric parameters where possible according to CTCAE v 4.0 [6]. Grades 
that require clinical input only will not be assigned to these parameters. Grades which are part 
numeric and part clinical input will be assigned based on the numeric portion only. The CTCAE 
terms and ranges for applicable parameters are listed in APPENDIX 2: Table of CTCAE Terms 
and Grades of this document. The CTCAE grades for this analysis will be Grade 1 (Mild), Grade 
2 (Moderate), Grade 3 (Severe) and Grade 4 (Life-threatening). The CTCAE Grade 5 (Death) 
will not be applied in this analysis since death cannot be determined from a numeric laboratory 
result. If the post-baseline result for a patient does not satisfy any CTCAE grade, it will be 
classified as “No Grade”. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
37 
 
The number and percentage of patients with a result for each grade will be summarized by 
CTCAE term, visit, and treatment group for safety population and safety – Extension Study 
Period subset. In addition, a listing will be provided showing the CTCAE results for each patient 
by treatment group in the safety population. 
The number and percentage of patients with CTCAE grade greater than or equal to 3 will be 
summarized by laboratory category, parameter, level, CTCAE grade and treatment group. The 
summary will be performed based on the data obtained during the Main Study Period or 
Extension Study Period, including all post-baseline scheduled, unscheduled and repeat visits. 
Only the most severe result will be counted a patient received the same tests in repeated visits. 
The proportion of patients with Ig levels under LLN of the IgA, IgG and IgM will be 
summarized separately by visit and treatment group. Percentages are calculated by using the 
number of patients who have Ig levels at each visit as the denominator. 
All hematology, clinical chemistry, urinalysis, and immunoglobulin data will be listed, and will 
include high and low flags to show if a value was outside the normal range. 
13.3. 
Vital Signs  
Vital signs (including systolic and diastolic blood pressure (BP), heart rate, respiratory rate, 
temperature, and weight) will be summarized by treatment group for the safety population and 
safety – Extension Study Period subset at each scheduled collection time. Change from baseline 
will also be summarized for all post-first infusion scheduled collection times. Baseline will be 
the last available measurement prior to the first infusion. All vital sign data will be listed for 
safety population. 
13.4. 
Electrocardiogram (ECG) 
Findings of 12-lead ECG will be classified as either “Normal”, “Abnormal, not clinically 
significant”, and “Abnormal, clinically significant”. The number and percentage of patients will 
be provided, by treatment group and visit, in the form of a shift table to detect changes from 
baseline for safety population and safety – Extension Study Period subset. All ECG data will be 
listed by treatment group and visit for safety population. 
13.5. 
Hypersensitivity Monitoring 
13.5.1. Vital Signs 
Hypersensitivity will be assessed by vital sign monitoring except for weight on each dosing day 
and recorded on each dosing day at the following time points: 
• 
Before administration (within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the study drug 
infusion) 
• 
Within 15 minutes after the end of the study drug infusion 
• 
1 hour (±15 minutes) after the end of the study drug infusion 
The number and percentage of patients who have clinically notable vital sign hypersensitivity 
result at the start of the infusion or any subsequent time point during hypersensitivity monitoring 
will be presented by treatment group, parameter, and time point. The criteria for clinically 
notable results are defined as follows: 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
38 
 
Table 8: Hypersensitivity Classification for Vital Signs 
Parameter 
Low 
High 
Systolic blood pressure (mmHg) 
<= 90 
>= 160 
Diastolic blood pressure (mmHg) 
<= 50 
>= 90 
Respiratory rate (breaths per minute) 
<= 12 
>= 20 
Heart rate (beats per minute) 
<= 50 
>= 100 
Body temperature (oC) 
<= 35.0 
>= 38.0 
All hypersensitivity vital sign data will be listed by treatment group and time point. 
13.5.2. Electrocardiograms 
In addition, hypersensitivity should be monitored by routine continuous clinical monitoring 
including 12-lead ECG monitoring 1 hour (±15 minutes) after the end of the study treatment 
infusion. Findings will be classified as either “Normal”, “Abnormal, not clinically significant”, 
or “Abnormal, clinically significant”. The number and percentage of patients will be provided, 
by treatment group and visit for the safety population and safety – Extension Study Period 
subset, in the form of a shift table to detect changes from baseline. 
All hypersensitivity data will be listed by treatment group and time point. 
13.6. 
Physical Examination 
The following body systems will be examined: 
• 
General Appearance 
• 
Head, Ears, Eyes, Nose, Throat 
• 
Neck and Thyroid 
• 
Skin 
• 
Cardiovascular System 
• 
Respiratory System 
• 
Abdominal System 
• 
Neurological System 
• 
Musculoskeletal System (except RA symptoms) 
• 
Lymph Nodes  
• 
Other 
Findings will be classified as either normal or abnormal. The number and percentage of patients 
will be provided by body system, treatment group and visit, in the form of a shift table to detect 
changes from baseline for safety population and safety – Extension Study Period subset. All 
physical examination data will be listed for safety population. 
13.7. 
Immunogenicity (Anti-drug antibodies and Neutralizing antibody)  
Blood samples for immunogenicity (ADA and NAb) assessment will be obtained at Week 0 Day 
0, Week 24, Week 48, Extension Week 0, Extension Week 8, Extension Week 16, Extension 
Week 24 and EOS (if patient withdraws prior to study completion). Immunogenicity assessment 
consists of both ADA and NAb assay. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
39 
 
ADA assay will follow a three-tiered approach consisting of (i) a screening assay, (ii) 
specificity/confirmatory assay and (iii) titration. The test outcome for the screening assay will be: 
{„Potential Positive‟ or „Negative‟}. Samples that are „Potential Positive‟ in the screening assay 
will be undergone further testing in the confirmatory (immunodepletion) assay to determine if 
patients are a true positive. The test outcome for the screening or specificity/confirmatory assay 
will be: {„Reactive‟, „Negative‟ and „N/A‟}. „Reactive‟ indicates a true positive test outcome and 
will be labeled as „Positive‟ in outputs, „Negative‟ is considered negative, and „N/A‟ indicates 
the assay was negative at the screening phase of the process. Patients with a „Negative‟ test 
outcome for either screening or specificity/confirmatory assay will be considered negative for the 
overall ADA assessment. For further characterization, the antibody level will be assessed by 
titration in confirmed positive samples. 
Samples that are positive in the ADA assay will be analyzed further to conduct a NAb 
assessment. The test outcome for the screening assay will be: {„Reactive‟, „Rejected for 
Hemolysis (HEM)‟, „Insufficient Sample Volume (ISV)‟, and „Negative‟}. Samples that are 
„Reactive‟ in the screening assay will be undergone further testing in the confirmatory 
(immunodepletion) assay to determine if patients were a true positive. The test outcome for the 
confirmatory assay will be: {„Positive‟, „Negative‟ and „N/A‟}. „Positive‟ indicates a true 
positive test outcome, „Negative‟ is considered negative, and „N/A‟ indicates the assay was 
negative at the screening phase of the process. Patients with a „Negative‟ test outcome for either 
the screening or confirmatory assay will be considered negative for the overall NAb assessment. 
ADA assay will be performed using the labelled antibody with CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera 
tag for Part 1 patients up to Week 24, whereas a single labelled antibody with CT-P10 tag will be 
used for the assessment of patients in Part 2 up to Week 48 and patients in Extension Study 
Period. 
13.7.1. Summary of ADA and NAb 
The results of the ADA assay will be summarized by each assay tag. The number and percentage 
of patients will be presented at each scheduled visit the assessments took place, by treatment 
group. A listing of the ADA assay will be presented by the part, visit, tag type and treatment 
group. Tables will be produced for the safety population, safety - 2nd treatment course in Main 
Study Period subset and safety – Extension Study Period subset. Listings will be produced for 
the safety population. 
Regarding the NAb assay, all patients in Part 1 and Part 2 will be tested in the determination of 
NAb using a single antibody. The results of the NAb assay will be summarized. The number and 
percentage of patients will be presented at each scheduled visit the assessments took place, by 
part and treatment group. The outcome of NAb will be listed by treatment group. Tables will be 
produced for the safety population, safety - 2nd treatment course in Main Study Period subset and 
safety – Extension Study Period subset. Listings will be produced for the safety population. 
13.7.2. Evaluation of Tag Concordance of ADA Assessments 
For the Part 1, the evaluation of Tag concordance of both ADA assessments (tagged with CT-
P10 versus Rituxan, CT-P10 versus MabThera, Rituxan versus MabThera) will be evaluated for 
Week 0 Day 0 and Week 24. 
The agreement in outcome between both assays will be evaluated using three methods that are 
commonly used to compare diagnostic tests when no standard reference test is available [14]: 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
40 
 
• 
Positive percent agreement (PPA)  
- 
(Number of patients with positive outcome for both CT-P10 and Rituxan tags)/ (Number 
of patients with positive outcome for Rituxan tag) * 100 
- 
(Number of patients with positive outcome for both CT-P10 and MabThera tags)/ 
(Number of patients with positive outcome for MabThera tag) * 100 
- 
(Number of patients with positive outcome for both MabThera and Rituxan tags)/ 
(Number of patients with positive outcome for Rituxan tag) * 100 
• 
Negative percent agreement (NPA) 
- 
(Number of patients with negative outcome for both CT-P10 and Rituxan tags)/ (Number 
of patients with negative outcome for Rituxan tag) * 100 
- 
(Number of patients with negative outcome for both CT-P10 and MabThera tags)/ 
(Number of patients with negative outcome for MabThera tag) * 100 
- 
(Number of patients with negative outcome for both MabThera and Rituxan tags)/ 
(Number of patients with negative outcome for Rituxan tag) * 100 
• 
Cohen‟s Kappa statistic: the Kappa statistic is a measure of the overall agreement. 
Higher percentages of PPA and NPA indicate a stronger agreement between outcomes. A higher 
value of the Kappa statistic indicates a stronger agreement between outcomes, with a value of 1 
implying complete agreement. 
The table analyzing ADA test agreement by treatment group and visit will be provided 
containing a cross-tabulation of test outcomes (for the CT-P10 and MabThera, CT-P10 and 
Rituxan, Rituxan and MabThera tagged assays), and the Kappa statistics with a 95% CI and 
corresponding p-value. If missing values (i.e. patients with no assessment or only one reported 
result from assessments) are present, the number of missing values will also be tabulated but will 
be excluded when deriving the PPA, NPA and Kappa statistics. 
13.7.3. ADA titer Results 
ADA titer values of the CT-P10, Rituxan and MabThera tagged assay for the Part 1 patients up 
to Week 24 and ADA titer values of the CT-P10 tagged assay for the Part 2 patients up to Week 
48 and Extension Study Period patients will be transformed using a [log2x] + 1 transformation. If 
the values in the data are in inequality forms, the sign of inequality will be removed and then the 
values will be transformed. Descriptive statistics of transformed ADA titer will be displayed for 
Week 0 Day 0, Week 24, Week 48, Extension Week 0, Extension Week 8, Extension Week 16, 
Extension Week 24 visit by treatment group on the safety population, safety – 2nd treatment 
course in Main Study Period subset and safety –  Extension Study Period subset. The 
transformed results of ADA titer for each visit will also be listed by treatment group. 
13.8. 
Interferon-gamma Release Assay 
Interferon gamma release assay (IGRA) will be conducted at Baseline and results will be 
classified as “Positive”, “Indeterminate” or “Negative”. If a patient has an unscheduled screening 
visit, the results from the visit with the latest date will be reported as “Baseline”. All results from 
visits will be reported in a “During the study period” category using the following methodology: 
• 
If a patient has at least one result of “Positive” in the Study Period they will be 
considered as “Positive” 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
41 
 
• 
If a patient has no “Positive” results and at least one result of “Indeterminate” in the 
Study Period then they will be considered as “Indeterminate” 
• 
If a patient has no “Positive” and no “Indeterminate” results in the Study Period then 
they will be considered as “Negative” 
The number and percentage of patients with each result will be provided by treatment group for 
Baseline visit and study period for the safety population and safety – Extension Study Period 
subset. A listing displaying each patient‟s IGRA results will be provided by treatment group and 
visit. 
13.9. 
Pregnancy  
The following the assessments will be conducted and summarized for women of childbearing 
potential. 
• Urine pregnancy dipstick test: Results will be classified as “Positive” or “Negative” and the 
number and percentage of patients will be provided by treatment group and visit. 
• Serum pregnancy test: Results will be classified as “Positive” or “Negative” and the number 
and percentage of patients will be provided by treatment group and visit. 
Separate summaries of urine pregnancy dipstick test and serum pregnancy test will be provided 
by treatment group and visit for the safety population and safety – Extension Study Period 
subset. A listing of urine pregnancy dipstick test and serum pregnancy test will be provided by 
treatment group and visit. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
42 
 
14. References 
[1] Aletaha D, Smolen J. The Simplified Disease Activity Index (SDAI) and the Clinical Disease 
Activity Index (CDAI): A review of their usefulness and validity in rheumatoid arthritis. Clin 
Exp Rheumatol 2005; 23 (Suppl. 39): S100-S108 
 
[2] Arnett FC, Edworthy SM, Bloch DA, et al. The American Rheumatisim Association 1987 
revised criteria for the classification of rheumatoid arthritis. Arthritis Rheum. 1987; 31(3):315-24 
 
[3] EULAR Response Criteria. Available from  
http://www.das-score.nl/das28/en/difference-between-the-das-and-das28/importance-of-das28-
and-tight-control/eular-response-criteria.html 
 
[4] Lard LR, Visser H, Speyer I, et al. Early versus delayed treatment in patients with recent-
onset rheumatoid arthritis: comparison of two cohorts who received different treatment strategies. 
Am J Med. 2001;111(6):446-51. 
 
[5] MabThera (rituximab) [Summary of Product Characteristics]. European Medicines Agency; 
March 
2015 
(revision 
date) 
[cited 
2015 
April 
20]. 
Available 
from: 
https://www.medicines.org.uk/emc/medicine/2570. 
 
[6] NCI Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (CTCAE) v.4 available from 
http://evs.nci.nih.gov/ftp1/CTCAE/About.html 
 
[7] 
 
 User‟s Guide version 2.0  
 
[8] Rituxan (rituximab) [Prescribing Information]. August 2014 (revision date) [cited 2015 Jan 
30]. 
Available 
from: 
http://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2014/103705s5432lbl.pdf. 
 
[9] Scott DL, Symmons DP, Coulton BL, et al. Long-term outcome of treating rheumatoid 
arthritis: results after 20 years. Lancet. 1987;1(8542):1108-11. 
 
[10] Van der Heijde D. How to read radiographs according to the Sharp/van der Heijde method. J 
Rheumatol. 2000;27(1):261-3. 
 
[11] van der Heijde DM. Radiographic imaging: the „gold standard‟ for assessment of disease 
progression in rheumatoid arthritis. Rheumatology. 2000;39(Suppl 1):9-16.  
 
[12] van der Heijde DM. Joint erosions and patients with early rheumatoid arthritis. Br J 
Rheumatol. 1995;34(Suppl2):74-8. 
 
[13] Wells G, Becker JC, et al. Validation of the 28-joint Disease Activity Score (DAS28) and 
European League Against Rheumatism response criteria based on C-reactive protein against 
disease progression in patients with rheumatoid arthritis, and comparison with the DAS28 based 
on erythrocyte sedimentation rate. Ann Rheum Dis 2009; 68:954–60. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
43 
 
 
[14] Statistical Guidance on Reporting Results from Studies Evaluating Diagnostic Tests. U.S. 
Department of Health and Human Services, Food and Drug Administration, Center for Devices and 
Radiological Health. Document issued on: March 13, 2007 
 
[15] Marek K. Solak, PhD, Schering-Plough Research Institute, Summit, NJ. Detection of Multiple 
Outliers in Univariate Data Sets. Paper SP06-2009 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
44 
 
15. Appendices 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                            
                                                                                                                                         Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
45 
Confidential 
APPENDIX 1: Schedule of Events 
Schedule of Events for Screening and the Main Study Period (for patients who receive both first and second courses of 
treatment) 
Week and Day1 of 
Study Period Screen 
Wk 0 
Wk 1 
Wk 2 
Wk 3 
Wk 4 
Wk 8 Wk 12 Wk 16 Wk20 Wk 24 Wk 26 Wk 32 Wk 40 Wk 48 EOS2 
Procedure 
Day -42 
to -1 
Day 0 Day 1 Day 7 
Day 
14 
Day 
15 Day 21 Day 28 Day 56 Day 84 
Day 
112 
Day 
140 
Day 
168 
Day 
182 
Day 
224 
Day 
280 
Day 
336 
 
Informed consent 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demography  
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Medical history 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hepatitis B3 & C, and HIV 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(X)3 
 
 
 
(X)3 
(X)3 
Serum pregnancy test 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Cardiac disorder4 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Urine 
pregnancy 
test 
(local) 
 
X5 
 
 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X5 
X5 
 
 
 
 
Inclusion/exclusion criteria 
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Randomization 
 
X5,6 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vital signs7  
X 
X5 
 
X 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
X5 
X5 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Physical examination 
X 
X5 
 
 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X5 
X5 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Hematology and clinical 
chemistry8 
X1 
X5 
 
 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X5 
X5 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Urinalysis9 
X1 
X5 
 
 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X5 
X5 
X 
X 
X 
X 
12-lead ECG (local)10 
X 
X 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
TB 
screening 
and 
monitoring11  
X 
X 
Hand and foot x-ray12 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
ACR 13including: 
 
Tender joint count 
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Swollen joint count 
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
VAS pain score 
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                            
                                                                                                                                         Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
46 
Confidential 
Week and Day1 of 
Study Period Screen 
Wk 0 
Wk 1 
Wk 2 
Wk 3 
Wk 4 
Wk 8 Wk 12 Wk 16 Wk20 Wk 24 Wk 26 Wk 32 Wk 40 Wk 48 EOS2 
Procedure 
Day -42 
to -1 
Day 0 Day 1 Day 7 
Day 
14 
Day 
15 Day 21 Day 28 Day 56 Day 84 
Day 
112 
Day 
140 
Day 
168 
Day 
182 
Day 
224 
Day 
280 
Day 
336 
 
VAS global assessment 
of 
disease 
activity 
(patient and physician) 
score 
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Health 
Assessment 
Questionnaire  
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
ESR (local) 
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
CRP 
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
DAS28 examination14 
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
QOL (SF-36) assessment 
X 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Rheumatoid factor 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Anticyclic 
citrullinated 
peptide 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Immunoglobulin 
testing15,16 
 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Immunogenicity  
 
X5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Study drug infusion 
 
X 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
 
 
 
 
Hypersensitivity 
monitoring17 
 
X 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
 
 
 
 
PK blood sampling for 
Part 1 
 
X18 
X18 
X 
X18 
X18 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
X18 
X18 
 
 
X 
X19 
PK blood sampling for 
Part 2 
 
X18 
 
 
X18 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X18 
X18 
 
 
X 
X19 
B-cell 
kinetics 
blood 
sampling for both Part 1 
and Part 216 
 
X20 
X20 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
X20 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Biomarker 
(FcγR 
genotypes)21 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Previous and concomitant 
medications monitoring22 
X 
X 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                            
                                                                                                                                         Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
47 
Confidential 
Week and Day1 of 
Study Period Screen 
Wk 0 
Wk 1 
Wk 2 
Wk 3 
Wk 4 
Wk 8 Wk 12 Wk 16 Wk20 Wk 24 Wk 26 Wk 32 Wk 40 Wk 48 EOS2 
Procedure 
Day -42 
to -1 
Day 0 Day 1 Day 7 
Day 
14 
Day 
15 Day 21 Day 28 Day 56 Day 84 
Day 
112 
Day 
140 
Day 
168 
Day 
182 
Day 
224 
Day 
280 
Day 
336 
 
Adverse 
event 
monitoring23 
X 
X 
Abbreviations: ACR, American College of Rheumatology; CRP, C-reactive protein; DAS28, Disease Activity Score using 28 joint counts; ECG, electrocardiogram; eCRF, 
electronic case report form; EOS, end of study; ESR, erythrocyte sedimentation rate; HBcIg, hepatitis B core (total) Ig; HBsAb, hepatitis B surface antibody; HBsAg, hepatitis B 
surface antigen; HIV, human immunodeficiency virus; ICF, informed consent form; Ig, immunoglobulin; QOL, quality of life; SF-36, Medical Outcomes Study Short-Form Health 
Survey; TB, tuberculosis; Wk, Week; VAS, visual analogue scale. 
 
* IMPORTANT! For patients who receive the first course of treatment in Extension Study Period at Week 48, the scheduled assessments and samplings 
should be performed according to the schedule of events and sampling schemes for the Extension Week 0 Schedule. Otherwise, all scheduled assessments 
for Week 48 should be performed separately from the Extension Week 0 according to this schedule of events.  
1. 
If the assessments or tests are done within 14 days from the randomization date, the omitting of that assessment or tests will be allowed. A visit window is not permitted from 
Day 0 to Day 21 (study drug may continue after discussion with the sponsor if a deviation occurs). A visit window of ±3 days is allowed from Week 4 to Week 24, a visit 
window of ±5 days is allowed thereafter, including the EOS Visit. If patients receive the second course of infusion, the first infusion will be administered at Week 24 with a 
visit window of ±3 days, and the second infusion should be administered after 2 weeks (14 days) from the first infusion. A visit window is not permitted on the day of second 
infusion in the second course of treatment (study drug may continue after discussion with the sponsor if a deviation occurs). Visit days during the second course of treatment 
will be calculated based on the date of the first infusion in the second course of treatment (Week 24 visit). 
2. 
The EOS Visit only needs to be completed if the patient withdraws prior to study completion. End-of-study assessments should be completed at least 8 weeks after the last study 
drug infusion and before Week 48 of study period if a patient withdraws prior to the completion of Week 48 visit. If the patient has completed the Study Period, a separate EOS 
Visit is not required. In this case, the last visit will be considered the EOS Visit. 
3. 
Hepatitis B surface antigen, HBsAb, and HBcIg should be assessed at Screening in all patients (mandatory). If the result is HBsAg (positive), the patient should be excluded 
from the study. For patients whose HBsAg is negative, HBsAb is negative or positive, and HBcIg is positive, a DNA test should be performed at Screening. If the DNA test 
result is positive, the patient should be excluded from the study and if the DNA test result is negative, the patient can be included. For those patients who have enrolled based on 
the DNA test, the DNA test will be done every 24 weeks for monitoring purposes. During the study, if hepatic symptoms are suspected, HBsAg, HBsAb, HBcIg, and DNA tests 
should be performed. Hepatitis C antibody and HIV-1 and -2 should be assessed at Screening in all patients (mandatory). Hepatitis and HIV testing will be performed at the 
central laboratory. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                            
                                                                                                                                         Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
48 
Confidential 
4. 
At Screening, patients will be assessed for the presence of New York Heart Association class III or IV (Appendix 12.4) heart failure, severe uncontrolled cardiac disease 
(unstable angina, arrhythmias, clinically significant ECG abnormalities), or myocardial infarction within the previous 6 months prior to the date of consent. Patients with these 
cardiac disorders will be excluded from the study. 
5. 
Assessed prior to study drug infusion.  
6. 
Tender joint count and swollen joint count need to be reconfirmed for inclusion criteria prior to randomization. 
7. 
Vital signs (including blood pressure, heart and respiratory rates, and temperature) and weight will be measured by the investigator or his or her designee after 5 minutes of rest 
(sitting). In addition, measurement of height will be documented at Screening. 
8. 
Hematology (hematocrit, hemoglobin, red blood cell count, white blood cell count with differential, absolute neutrophil count, platelets), clinical chemistry (albumin, alkaline 
phosphatase, alanine aminotransferase, aspartate aminotransferase, blood urea nitrogen, calcium, chloride, cholesterol, triglycerides, creatine phosphokinase, creatinine, 
creatinine clearance [estimated by weight and by Cockcroft-Gault formula], gamma-glutamyl transferase, glucose, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol, lactate dehydrogenase, 
low-density lipoprotein cholesterol, phosphorous, potassium, sodium, total bilirubin, total protein). Testing will be performed at the central laboratory. 
9. 
Urinalysis (color, pH, specific gravity, ketones, protein, glucose, bilirubin, nitrite, urobilinogen, occult blood, and microscopic examination of sediment, only if urinalysis 
dipstick results are abnormal). Testing will be performed at the central laboratory. 
10. All scheduled 12-lead ECGs (performed locally) must be performed after the patient has rested quietly for at least 5 minutes in the supine position. On the day of infusion, 12-
lead ECGs will be performed after 1 hour (15 minutes) after the end of the study drug infusion for the hypersensitivity monitoring. 
11. Interferon-γ release assay will be performed at Screening and Week 48 (or End-of-Study Visit). The results of the test should be entered in the electronic case report form. 
Throughout the study, patients will be monitored for the clinical signs and symptoms of TB, and interferon-γ release assay can be performed at the investigator‟s discretion 
based on the judgment on the signs and symptoms of TB monitoring.  
12. One image of each hand and each foot (both the right and left hands and feet, a total of 4 images) for analysis of efficacy will be obtained at the scheduled times. Joint damage, 
as determined by radiography, will be assessed by change in the van der Heijde modification of the Sharp scoring system. The baseline radiographs must be assessed within 42 
days prior to the randomization date. Hand and foot x-rays will be evaluated centrally by an independent reviewer for reporting purposes and on a local level for treatment 
practice. 
13. ACR20, ACR50, ACR70, and hybrid ACR will be calculated from these assessments. It is recommended that the joint count assessments are performed by the same physician 
when possible. 
14. The European League Against Rheumatism response criteria will be derived from the DAS28. 
15. Immunoglobulin (IgM, IgG and IgA) testing will be performed at the central laboratory. 
16. Patients with B-cell, IgM and IgG values below the LLN or less than 50% of their baseline value should be monitored every 8 weeks after the study completion until recovery is 
achieved for one of them (equal to or higher than the lower limit of normal OR at least 50% of the baseline value). Upon the study completion, additional follow-up of B-cell, 
IgM and IgG monitoring will be determined by the Data Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB). 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                            
                                                                                                                                         Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
49 
Confidential 
17. Additional vital signs including blood pressure, heart and respiratory rates, and temperature (before administration [within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the study drug 
infusion], within 15 minutes after the end of the study drug infusion, and at 1 hour (±15 minutes) after the end of the study drug infusion) will be assessed to monitor for 
possible hypersensitivity reactions. In addition, hypersensitivity should be monitored by routine continuous clinical monitoring including 12-lead ECG monitoring 1 hour 
(±15 minutes) after the end of the study drug infusion. Emergency equipment, such as adrenaline, antihistamines, corticosteroids, and respiratory support including inhalational 
therapy, oxygen, and artificial ventilator must be available. 
18. Pharmacokinetic samples will be collected within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the study drug infusion, within 15 minutes after the end of study drug infusion, and 1 
hour (±15 minutes) after the end of study drug infusion on the day of each study drug infusion. For patients from Part 1, additional samples will be collected after 24 hours (±2 
hours) from the start of each study drug infusion in the first treatment course and on Days 7, 21, 28, 56, 84 and 112. Testing will be performed at the central laboratory.  
19. Pharmacokinetic sampling should be done at EOS Visit if the last visit occurs before Week 48. 
20. B-cell kinetic samples will be collected in the each treatment course within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the first study drug infusion, within 15 minutes after the end of 
first study drug infusion and 1 hour (±15 minutes) after the end of first study drug infusion. For patients from Part 1, additional sample will be collected after 24 hours from the 
start of the first study drug infusion in the first course of treatment.  
21. Before dosing on Day 0 of Week 0 (after randomization only). Only for patients who sign a separate informed consent form for the biomarker study (genotypes). Blood samples 
will be evaluated for FcγR genotype (FcγRIIa, IIIa, and/or any necessary genotypes). Testing will be performed at the central laboratory. 
22. Use of all concomitant medications, from within 30 days of randomization until the last assessment date or End of Study Visit, will be recorded in the patient‟s eCRF. 
23. Adverse events will be assessed from the date the ICF is signed until the last assessment date or End of Study Visit. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
50 
Confidential 
Schedule of Events for the Main Study Period between Weeks 24 and 48 (for patients who 
receive only first course of treatment) 
Week and Day1 of  
Study Period 
Procedure 
Week 24 
Week 32 
Week 40 
Week 48 
EOS2 
Day 168 
Day 224 
Day 280 
Day 336 
 
Hepatitis B3 & C, and HIV 
(X)3 
 
 
(X)3 
(X)3 
Serum pregnancy test 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Vital signs4  
X 
Physical examination 
X 
Hematology and clinical chemistry5 
X 
Urinalysis6 
X 
12-lead ECG (local)7 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
TB monitoring8 
X 
Hand and foot x-ray 
 
 
 
X 
X 
ACR9 including: 
 
Tender joint count 
X 
Swollen joint count 
X 
VAS pain score 
X 
VAS global assessment of disease activity 
(patient and physician) score 
X 
Health Assessment Questionnaire 
X 
Erythrocyte sedimentation rate (local) 
X 
C-reactive protein 
X 
DAS28 examination10 
X 
QOL (SF-36) assessment 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
Rheumatoid factor 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
Anti-cyclic citrullinated peptide 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
Immunoglobulin testing11,12  
X 
Immunogenicity  
X 
 
 
X 
X 
Pharmacokinetic blood sampling for both Part 1 
and 2 
X 
 
 
 
 
B-cell kinetics blood sampling for both Part 1 
and 212 
X 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
51 
Confidential 
Week and Day1 of  
Study Period 
Procedure 
Week 24 
Week 32 
Week 40 
Week 48 
EOS2 
Day 168 
Day 224 
Day 280 
Day 336 
 
Previous 
and 
concomitant 
medications 
monitoring13 
X 
Adverse event monitoring14 
X 
Abbreviations: ACR, American College of Rheumatology; DAS28, Disease Activity Score using 28 joint counts; ECG, 
electrocardiogram; EOS, end of study; HBcIg, hepatitis B core (total) Ig; HBsAb, hepatitis B surface antibody; HBsAg, hepatitis 
B surface antigen; QOL, quality of life; SF-36, Medical Outcomes Study Short-Form Health Survey; TB, tuberculosis; VAS, 
visual analogue scale. 
 
* IMPORTANT! For patients who receive the first course of treatment in Extension Study Period at Week 48, the 
scheduled assessments and samplings should be performed according to the schedule of events and sampling schemes for 
the Extension Week 0 Schedule. Otherwise, all scheduled assessments for Week 48 should be performed separately from 
the Extension Week 0 according to this schedule of events.  
1. 
A visit window of ±3 days is allowed at Week 24, and a visit window of ±5 days is allowed thereafter, including the EOS 
Visit. 
2. 
The EOS Visit only needs to be completed if the patient withdraws prior to study completion. End-of-study assessments 
should be completed at least 8 weeks after the last study drug infusion and before Week 48 of study period if a patient 
withdraws prior to the completion of Week 48 visit. If the patient has completed by Week 48 of the Study Period, a separate 
EOS Visit is not required. 
3. 
For those patients who have enrolled based on the DNA test, the DNA test will be done every 24 weeks for monitoring 
purposes. During the study, if hepatic symptoms are suspected, HBsAg, HBsAb, HBcIg, and DNA tests should be 
performed. Hepatitis C antibody and HIV-1 and -2 should be assessed at Screening in all patients (mandatory). Hepatitis and 
HIV testing will be performed at the central laboratory. 
4. 
Vital signs (including blood pressure, heart and respiratory rates, and temperature) and weight will be measured after 5 
minutes of rest (sitting). 
5. 
Hematology (hematocrit, hemoglobin, red blood cell count, white blood cell count with differential, absolute neutrophil 
count, platelets), clinical chemistry (albumin, alkaline phosphatase, alanine aminotransferase, aspartate aminotransferase, 
blood urea nitrogen, calcium, chloride, cholesterol, triglycerides, creatine phosphokinase, creatinine, creatinine clearance 
[estimated by weight and by Cockcroft-Gault formula], gamma-glutamyl transferase, glucose, high-density lipoprotein 
cholesterol, lactate dehydrogenase, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol, phosphorous, potassium, sodium, total bilirubin, 
total protein). Testing will be performed at the central laboratory.  
6. 
Urinalysis (color, pH, specific gravity, ketones, protein, glucose, bilirubin, nitrite, urobilinogen, occult blood, and 
microscopic examination of sediment [only if urinalysis dipstick results are abnormal]). Testing will be performed at the 
central laboratory.  
7. 
All scheduled 12-lead ECGs (performed locally) must be performed after the patient has rested quietly for at least 5 minutes 
in the supine position. 
8. 
Throughout the study, patients will be monitored for the clinical signs and symptoms of TB, and interferon-γ release assay 
can be performed at the investigator‟s discretion based on the judgment on the signs and symptoms of TB monitoring.  
9. 
ACR20, ACR50, ACR70, and hybrid ACR will be calculated from these assessments. It is recommended that the joint count 
assessments are performed by the same physician when possible. 
10. The European League Against Rheumatism response criteria will be derived from the DAS28. 
11. Immunoglobulin (IgM, IgG and IgA) testing will be performed at the central laboratory.  
12. Patients with B-cell, IgM and IgG values below the LLN or less than 50% of their baseline value should be monitored every 
8 weeks after the study completion until recovery is achieved for one of them (equal to or higher than the lower limit of 
normal OR at least 50% of the baseline value). Upon the study completion, additional follow-up of B-cell, IgM and IgG 
monitoring will be determined by the Data Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB). 
13. Use of all concomitant medications, from within 30 days of randomization until the last assessment date or End of Study 
Visit, will be recorded in the patient‟s eCRF. 
14. Adverse events will be assessed from the date the ICF is signed until the last assessment date or End of Study Visit.  
 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
52 
Confidential 
Schedule of Events for the Extension Study Period  
Week and Day1 of 
Extension Study Period 
 
Procedure 
Ext Week 
0 
Ext Week  
2 
Ext Week  
8 
Ext Week  
16 
Ext Week 
24 
EOS2 
Ext Day 0 
Day 14 
Day 56 
(±5days) 
Day 112 
(±5days) 
Day 168 
(±5days) 
Randomization3 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
*Hepatitis B4  
*(X) 
 
 
 
(X) 
(X) 
*Serum pregnancy test 
*(X) 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Urine pregnancy test (local) 
X5 
X5 
 
 
 
 
Vital signs6  
X5 
X5 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Physical examination 
X5 
X5 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Hematology and clinical chemistry7 
X5 
X5 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Urinalysis8 
X5 
X5 
X 
X 
X 
X 
12-lead electrocardiogram (local)9 
X5, 10 
X10 
 
 
X 
X 
Hand and foot x-ray 
*(X) 
 
 
 
X 
X 
ACR11 including: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tender joint count 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Swollen joint count 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
VAS pain score 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
VAS global assessment of disease 
activity (patient and physician) score 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Health Assessment Questionnaire  
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
ESR (local) 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
CRP  
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
DAS28 examination12 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
QOL (SF-36) assessment 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Rheumatoid factor 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Anticyclic citrullinated peptide 
X5 
 
 
 
X 
X 
Immunoglobulin testing 
X5 
 
X 
X 
X13 
X13 
Immunogenicity  
X5 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Study drug infusion 
X 
X 
 
 
 
 
Hypersensitivity monitoring10 
X 
X 
 
 
 
 
PK blood sampling for both Parts 1 and 2 
*(X) 
 
 
 
 
 
B-cell kinetics blood sampling 
X14 
X5 
X 
X 
X13 
X13 
TB monitoring15 
X 
Previous and concomitant medications 
monitoring 
X 
Adverse event monitoring16 
X 
Abbreviations: ACR, American College of Rheumatology; DAS28, Disease Activity Score using 28 joint counts; ECG, 
electrocardiogram; EOS, end of study; ESR, erythrocyte sedimentation rate; HBcIg, hepatitis B core (total) Ig; HBsAb, hepatitis 
B surface antibody; HBsAg, hepatitis B surface antigen; Ig, immunoglobulin; QOL, quality of life; SF-36, Medical Outcomes 
Study Short-Form Health Survey; TB, tuberculosis; Wk, Week; VAS, visual analogue scale. 
 
* IMPORTANT! Assessments for hepatitis B, serum pregnancy test, hand and foot x-ray, PK blood sampling will be 
performed at Extension Week 0 according to this schedule of events ONLY IF patients receive the first course of 
treatment in Extension Study Period on the same day with Week 48.  
Samples for PK at Week 48 should be obtained ONLY for patients who receive the second course of treatment during the 
Main Study Period and who receive the first course of treatment in Extension Study Period on the same day with Week 
48. 
1. 
The first course of treatment in Extension Study Period will be initiated between Week 48 and Week 52 of the Entire Study 
Period if patients become eligible according to the predefined safety criteria for the course based on the results assessed 
within 8 weeks from the Extension Week 0. A visit window of ±5 days is allowed throughout the study period except the 
day of second infusion of each course (study drug may continue after discussion with the sponsor if a deviation occurs). 
Visit days during the treatment course will be calculated based on the date of the first infusion in the Extension Study Period.  
Unscheduled visit(s) can be conducted for assessment of safety criteria until the initiation of the first course of treatment in 
Extension Study Period.  


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
53 
Confidential 
2. 
The EOS Visit only needs to be completed if the patient withdraws prior to study completion. End-of-study assessments 
should be completed at least 8 weeks after the last study drug infusion and before Extension Week 24 if a patient withdraws 
prior to the completion of Extension Week 24. If the patient has completed the Study Period, a separate EOS Visit is not 
required. In this case, the last visit will be considered the EOS Visit. 
3. 
To keep the blind during the study, stratification factors, the number of courses they are treated during the Main Study 
Period and the EULAR-CRP response status (responder vs non-responder) assessed at Week 40, will be entered for all 
patients at Extension Week 0. In the case there were no EULAR-CRP response status available at week 40, the last 
EULAR-CRP response status assessment done between Weeks 40 and 48 will be used. Baseline values for assessment of 
EULAR-CRP will be the last value from screening to Day 0 (Week 0) of the study. 
4. 
If hepatic symptoms are suspected during the study, HBsAg, HBsAb, HBcIg, and DNA tests should be performed. For those 
patients who have been enrolled based on the DNA test in the main study, the DNA test will be done at Extension Week 24 
for monitoring purposes. Hepatitis testing will be performed at the central laboratory.  
5. 
Assessed prior to study drug infusion  
6. 
Vital signs (including blood pressure, heart and respiratory rates, and body temperature) will be measured after 5 minutes of 
rest (sitting). 
7. 
Hematology (hematocrit, hemoglobin, red blood cell count, white blood cell count with differential, absolute neutrophil 
count, platelets), clinical chemistry (albumin, alkaline phosphatase, alanine aminotransferase, aspartate aminotransferase, 
blood urea nitrogen, calcium, chloride, cholesterol, triglycerides, creatine phosphokinase, creatinine, creatinine clearance 
[estimated by weight and by Cockcroft-Gault formula], gamma-glutamyl transferase, glucose, high-density lipoprotein 
cholesterol, lactate dehydrogenase, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol, phosphorous, potassium, sodium, total bilirubin, 
total protein). Testing will be performed at the central laboratory.  
8. 
Urinalysis (color, pH, specific gravity, ketones, protein, glucose, bilirubin, nitrite, urobilinogen, occult blood, and 
microscopic examination of sediment, only if urinalysis dipstick results are abnormal). Testing will be performed at the 
central laboratory. 
9. 
All scheduled 12-lead electrocardiograms (ECG) must be performed after the patient has rested quietly for at least 5 minutes 
in the supine position. On the day of infusion, 12-lead ECGs will be also performed after 1 hour (±15 minutes) after the end 
of the study drug infusion for the hypersensitivity monitoring. At Extension Week 0, 12-lead ECG will be performed prior 
to study drug infusion. If Extension Week 0 is conducted on the same day with Week 48, assessment result of 12-lead ECG 
performed prior to study drug infusion will be used for the ECG assessment to be performed at Week 48. 
10. Additional vital signs including blood pressure, heart and respiratory rates, and body temperature (before administration 
[within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the study drug infusion], within 15 minutes after the end of the study drug 
infusion, and at 1 hour [±15 minutes] after the end of the study drug infusion) will be assessed to monitor for possible 
hypersensitivity reactions. In addition, hypersensitivity should be monitored by routine continuous clinical monitoring 
including ECG (12-lead) monitoring 1 hour (±15 minutes) after the end of the study drug infusion. Emergency equipment 
and medication, such as adrenaline, antihistamines, corticosteroids, and respiratory support including inhalational therapy, 
oxygen, and artificial ventilator must be available. 
11. ACR20, ACR50, ACR70, and hybrid ACR will be calculated from these assessments. It is recommended that the joint count 
assessments are performed by the same physician when possible. 
12. Twenty eight tender and swollen joints, ESR or CRP, and patient‟s general health or global disease activity measured on 
VAS will be assessed for DAS28 calculation. The European League Against Rheumatism response criteria will be derived 
from the DAS28. 
13. Patients with B-cell, IgM and IgG values below the LLN or less than 50% of their baseline value of Main Study Period 
should be monitored every 8 weeks (±14 days) after the study completion until recovery is achieved for one of them (equal 
to or higher than the lower limit of normal OR at least 50% of the baseline value of Main Study Period). Upon the study 
completion, additional follow-up of B-cell, IgM and IgG monitoring will be determined by the Data Safety Monitoring 
Board (DSMB). 
14. Blood sampling for B-cell assessment at the first infusion date of the first course in Extension Study Period will be 
performed at predose (before administration [within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the study drug infusion]), end of 
infusion (within 15 minutes after the end of the study drug infusion), and at 1 hour [±15 minutes] after the end of the study 
drug infusion. 
If Extension Week 0 is conducted on the same day with Week 48, the predose result from the B-cell samples obtained 
according to the scheduled schemes for Extension Week 0 will be the result of B-cell counts at Week 48. 
15. Throughout the study, patients will be monitored for the clinical signs and symptoms of TB, and interferon-γ release assay 
can be performed at the investigator‟s discretion based on the judgment on the signs and symptoms of TB monitoring. 
16. Adverse events will be assessed from the date the ICF is signed until the last assessment date or End of Study Visit. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                            
                                                                                                                                         Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
54 
Confidential 
Sampling Times for Pharmacokinetic, Pharmacodynamic, and Safety Assessments for the Main Study Period (for patients who 
receive both first and second courses of treatment) 
Study Period 
PK for Part 1 
PK for Part 2 
PD 
Safety 
Week 
Day 
B-cell Kinetics 
CRP, ESR 
RF, anti-CCP 
Immuno-
globulin 
Immuno-
genicity 
Hematology, 
Clinical 
Chemistry, 
Urinalysis 
0 
0 
Predose1; end 
of infusion2; 1 
hour after end 
of infusion3 
Predose1; end of 
infusion2; 1 
hour after end 
of infusion3 
Predose1; end of 
infusion2; 1 hour 
after end of 
infusion3 
Pretreatment4 
NA 
Pretreatment4 
Pretreatment4 
Pretreatment4 
1 
24 hours after 
start of 
infusion5 
NA 
24 hours after 
start of infusion5 
(only for patients 
from Part 1) 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
1 
7 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
2 
14 
Predose1; end 
of infusion2; 1 
hour after end 
of infusion3 
Predose1; end of 
infusion2; 1 
hour after end 
of infusion3 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
Pretreatment4 
15 
24 hours after 
start of 
infusion5 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
3 
21 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                            
                                                                                                                                         Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
55 
Confidential 
Study Period 
PK for Part 1 
PK for Part 2 
PD 
Safety 
Week 
Day 
B-cell Kinetics 
CRP, ESR 
RF, anti-CCP 
Immuno-
globulin 
Immuno-
genicity 
Hematology, 
Clinical 
Chemistry, 
Urinalysis 
4 
28 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
8 
56 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
12 
84 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
16 
112 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
20 
140 
NA 
NA 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
24 
168 
Predose1; end 
of infusion2; 1 
hour after end 
of infusion3 
Predose1; end of 
infusion2; 1 
hour after end 
of infusion3 
Predose1; end of 
infusion2; 1 hour 
after end of 
infusion3 
Pretreatment4 
Pretreatment4 
Pretreatment4 
Pretreatment4 
Pretreatment4 
26 
182 
Predose1; end 
of infusion2; 1 
hour after end 
of infusion3 
Predose1; end of 
infusion2; 1 
hour after end 
of infusion3 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
Pretreatment4 
32 
224 
NA 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
40 
280 
NA 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 
NA 
Time not 
specified6 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                            
                                                                                                                                         Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
56 
Confidential 
Study Period 
PK for Part 1 
PK for Part 2 
PD 
Safety 
Week 
Day 
B-cell Kinetics 
CRP, ESR 
RF, anti-CCP 
Immuno-
globulin 
Immuno-
genicity 
Hematology, 
Clinical 
Chemistry, 
Urinalysis 
48 
336 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
EOS7 
 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Time not 
specified6 
Abbreviations: anti-CCP, anti-cyclic citrullinated peptide; CRP, C-reactive protein; EOS, end of study; ESR, erythrocyte sedimentation rate; NA, not applicable; PD, 
pharmacodynamic; PK, pharmacokinetic; RF, rheumatoid factor. 
* IMPORTANT! For patients who receive the first course of treatment in Extension Study Period at Week 48, the samples should be obtained according to the 
sampling schemes for the Extension Week 0 Schedule. Otherwise, all scheduled samplings for Week 48 should be performed separately from the Extension 
Week 0 according to this sampling scheme. 
1. Predose: Blood samples will be obtained within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the study drug infusion. 
2. End of infusion: Blood samples will be obtained within 15 minutes after the end of study drug infusion. 
3. 1 hour after end of infusion: Blood samples will be obtained 1 hour (±15 minutes) after the end of study drug infusion on dosing days. 
4. Pretreatment: Blood samples will be obtained prior to the study drug infusion. 
5. 24 hours after start of infusion: Blood samples will be obtained 24 hours (±2 hours) after the start of study drug infusion. 
6. Time not specified: Blood samples will be obtained any time during the day. 
7. The EOS Visit only needs to be completed if the patient withdraws prior to study completion. End-of-study assessments should be completed at least 8 weeks after 
the last study drug infusion and before Week 48 of Study Period if a patient withdraws prior to the completion of Week 48 visit. If the patient has completed by Week 
48 of Study Period, an EOS Visit is not required. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
57 
Confidential 
Sampling Times for Pharmacokinetic, Pharmacodynamic, and Safety Assessment for the 
Main Study Period between Weeks 24 and 48 (for patients who receive only first course of 
treatment) 
Study 
Period 
PK  
PD 
Safety 
Week Day 
B-cell 
Kinetics 
CRP, ESR 
RF, 
anti-CCP 
Immuno-
globulin 
Immuno-
genicity  
Hematology, 
Clinical 
Chemistry, 
Urine 
24 
168 Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
32 
224 NA 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
NA 
Time not 
specified1 
NA 
Time not 
specified1 
40 
280 NA 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
NA 
Time not 
specified1 
NA 
Time not 
specified1 
48 
336 NA 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
EOS2 
 
NA 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Time not 
specified1 
Abbreviations: anti-CCP, anti-cyclic citrullinated peptide; CRP, C-reactive protein; EOS, end of study; ESR, 
erythrocyte sedimentation rate; NA, not applicable; PD, pharmacodynamic; PK, pharmacokinetic; RF, rheumatoid 
factor. 
 
* IMPORTANT! For patients who receive the first course of treatment in Extension Study Period at Week 
48, the samples should be obtained according to the sampling schemes for the Extension Week 0 Schedule. 
Otherwise, all scheduled samplings for Week 48 should be performed separately from the Extension Week 0 
according to this sampling scheme. 
1. Time not specified: Blood samples will be obtained any time during the day. 
2. The EOS Visit only needs to be completed if the patient withdraws prior to study completion. End-of-study 
assessments should be completed at least 8 weeks after the last study drug infusion and before Week 48 of study 
period if a patient withdraws prior to the completion of Week 48 visit. If the patient has completed by Week 48 of 
the Study Period, an EOS Visit is not required. 
 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                                                               Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                  Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
58 
Confidential 
Sampling Times for Pharmacodynamic, and Safety Assessments for the Extension Study 
Period  
Study Period 
PD 
Safety 
Ext 
Week 
Ext 
Day 
B-cell 
Kinetics  
CRP, ESR 
RF, 
anti-CCP 
Immuno-
globulin 
Immuno-
genicity  
Hematology, 
Clinical 
Chemistry, 
Urinalysis 
0 
0 
Predose1; end 
of infusion2; 1 
hour after end 
of infusion3 
Pretreatment4 Pretreatment4 Pretreatment4 Pretreatment4 Pretreatment4 
2 
14 
Pretreatment4 NA 
NA 
NA 
NA 
Pretreatment4 
8 
56 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
NA 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
16 
112 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
NA 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
24 
168  
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
EOS6 
 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Time not 
specified5 
Abbreviations: anti-CCP, anti-cyclic citrullinated peptide; CRP, C-reactive protein; EOS, end of study; ESR, 
erythrocyte sedimentation rate; NA, not applicable; PD, pharmacodynamic; RF, rheumatoid factor. 
1. Predose: Blood samples will be obtained within 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the study drug infusion. 
2. End of infusion: Blood samples will be obtained within 15 minutes after the end of study drug infusion. 
3. 1 hour after end of infusion: Blood samples will be obtained 1 hour (±15 minutes) after the end of study drug 
infusion on dosing days. 
4. Pretreatment: Blood samples will be obtained prior to the study drug infusion. 
5. Time not specified: Blood samples will be obtained any time during the day. 
6. The EOS Visit only needs to be completed if the patient withdraws prior to study completion. End-of-study 
assessments should be completed at least 8 weeks after the last study drug infusion and before Extension Week 
24 if a patient withdraws prior to the completion of Extension Week 24 visit. If the patient has completed the 
Study Period, a separate EOS Visit is not required. In this case, the last visit will be considered the EOS Visit. 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                            
                                                                                                                                         Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
59 
Confidential 
APPENDIX 2: Table of CTCAE Terms and Grades 
CTCAE Term 
Laboratory 
Parameter 
 
 
 
Level 
Grade 1 
Grade 2 
Grade 3 
Grade 4 
Anemia 
Hemoglobin  
 
 
 
Low 
<LLN 
- 
10.0 
g/dL;  
<LLN - 100 g/L 
<10.0 - 8.0 g/dL;  
<100 - 80g/L 
 
<8.0 g/dL;  
<80 g/L; 
- 
 
Alanine 
aminotransferase 
increased 
Alanine 
Aminotransferase 
(ALT) 
 
 
 
High 
>ULN - 3.0 x 
ULN 
>3.0 - 5.0 x ULN 
>5.0 - 20.0 x 
ULN 
>20.0 x ULN 
Alkaline phosphatase 
increased 
Alkaline 
phosphatase 
 
 
High 
>ULN - 2.5 x 
ULN 
>2.5 - 5.0 x ULN 
>5.0 - 20.0 x 
ULN 
>20.0 x ULN 
 
Aspartate 
aminotransferase 
increased 
Aspartate 
Aminotransferase 
(AST) 
 
 
 
High 
>ULN - 3.0 x 
ULN 
>3.0 - 5.0 x ULN 
>5.0 - 20.0 x 
ULN 
>20.0 x ULN 
 
Blood 
bilirubin 
increased 
Total Bilirubin 
 
 
High 
>ULN - 1.5 x 
ULN 
>1.5 - 3.0 x ULN 
>3.0 - 10.0 x 
ULN 
>10.0 x ULN 
 
Chronic 
kidney 
disease 
Creatinine Clearance 
(Est by Weight) 
 
 
Low 
<LLN 
- 
60 
ml/min 
<60 - 30 ml/min 
<30 - 15 ml/min 
<15 ml/min 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                            
                                                                                                                                         Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
60 
Confidential 
CPK increased 
Creatine 
Phosphokinase 
(CPK) 
 
 
High 
>ULN - 2.5 x 
ULN 
>2.5 x ULN - 5 x 
ULN 
>5 x ULN - 10 x 
ULN 
>10 x ULN 
 
Creatinine increased 
Creatinine 
 
 
High 
>1 
- 
1.5 
x 
baseline;  
>ULN - 1.5 x 
ULN 
>1.5 
- 
3.0 
x 
baseline;  
>1.5 - 3.0 x ULN 
>3.0 baseline;  
>3.0 - 6.0 x ULN 
>6.0 x ULN 
GGT increased 
Gamma 
Glutamyl 
Transferase 
 
 
High 
>ULN - 2.5 x 
ULN 
>2.5 - 5.0 x ULN 
>5.0 - 20.0 x 
ULN 
>20.0 x ULN 
Hemoglobin 
increased 
Hemoglobin 
 
 
 
 
High 
Increase in >0 - 2 
gm/dL 
above 
ULN or above 
baseline 
if 
baseline is above 
ULN 
 
Increase in >2 - 4 
gm/dL above ULN 
or above baseline 
if baseline is above 
ULN 
 
Increase in >4 
gm/dL 
above 
ULN or above 
baseline 
if 
baseline is above 
ULN 
 - 
Hypercalcemia 
Calcium 
 
 
High 
 
>ULN 
- 
11.5 
mg/dL;  
>ULN 
- 
2.9 
mmol/L 
>11.5 
- 
12.5 
mg/dL;  
>2.9 - 3.1 mmol/L 
 
>12.5 
- 
13.5 
mg/dL; 
>3.1 
- 
3.4 
mmol/L 
 
>13.5 mg/dL; 
 >3.4 mmol/L 
Hyperkalemia 
Potassium 
 
 
High 
>ULN 
- 
5.5 
mmol/L 
>5.5 - 6.0 mmol/L 
>6.0 
- 
7.0 
mmol/L 
>7.0 mmol/L 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                            
                                                                                                                                         Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
61 
Confidential 
Hypernatremia 
Sodium 
 
 
High 
>ULN 
- 
150 
mmol/L 
>150 
- 
155 
mmol/L 
>155 
- 
160 
mmol/L;  
>160 mmol/L 
Hypoalbuminemia 
Albumin 
 
 
Low 
<LLN - 3 g/dL; 
<LLN - 30 g/L 
 
<3 - 2 g/dL;  
<30 - 20 g/L 
<2 g/dL;  
<20 g/L 
- 
Hypocalcemia 
Calcium 
 
 
Low 
 
<LLN 
- 
8.0 
mg/dL; 
<LLN 
- 
2.0 
mmol/L 
<8.0 - 7.0 mg/dL;  
<2.0 
- 
1.75 
mmol/L 
<7.0 - 6.0 mg/dL;  
<1.75 
- 
1.5 
mmol/L 
<6.0 mg/dL;  
<1.5 mmol/L 
Hypoglycemia 
Glucose 
 
 
Low 
 
<LLN 
- 
55 
mg/dL;  
<LLN 
- 
3.0 
mmol/L 
<55 - 40 mg/dL;  
<3.0 - 2.2 mmol/L 
<40 - 30 mg/dL;  
<2.2 
- 
1.7 
mmol/L 
<30 mg/dL;  
<1.7 mmol/L 
Hypokalemia 
Potassium 
 
 
Low 
<LLN 
- 
3.0 
mmol/L 
<LLN 
- 
3.0 
mmol/L 
<3.0 
- 
2.5 
mmol/L 
<2.5 mmol/L 
Hyponatremia 
 
Sodium 
 
 
Low 
<LLN 
- 
130 
mmol/L 
 
<130 
- 
120 
mmol/L 
<120 mmol/L 
Lymphocyte 
count 
decreased 
Lymphocytes 
 
 
Low 
<LLN 
- 
800/mm3; 
<LLN - 0.8 x 
<800 - 500/mm3;  
<0.8 - 0.5 x 10e9 /L 
 
<500 - 200/mm3;  
<0.5 - 0.2 x 10e9 
<200/mm3;  
<0.2 x 10e9 /L 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                            
                                                                                                                                         Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
62 
Confidential 
10e9/L 
/L 
Lymphocyte 
count 
increased 
Lymphocytes 
 
 
High 
 - 
>4000/mm3 
- 
20,000/mm3 
>20,000/mm3 
 - 
Neutrophil 
count 
decreased 
Total Neutrophils 
 
 
Low 
 
<LLN 
- 
1500/mm3;  
<LLN - 1.5 x 
10e9 /L 
<1500 - 1000/mm3;  
<1.5 - 1.0 x 10e9 /L 
<1000 
- 
500/mm3;  
<1.0 - 0.5 x 10e9 
/L 
<500/mm3;  
<0.5 x 10e9 /L 
Platelet 
count 
decreased 
Platelet count 
 
 
Low 
<LLN 
- 
75,000/mm3; 
<LLN - 75.0 x 
10e9 /L 
<75,000 
- 
50,000/mm3; 
<75.0 - 50.0 x 10e9 
/L 
<50,000 
- 
25,000/mm3; 
<50.0 - 25.0 x 
10e9 /L 
 
<25,000/mm3; 
<25.0 x 10e9 /L 
 
White 
blood 
cell 
decreased 
White Blood Cells 
 
 
Low 
<LLN 
- 
3000/mm3; 
<LLN - 3.0 x 
10e9 /L 
<3000 - 2000/mm3; 
<3.0 - 2.0 x 10e9 /L 
<2000 
- 
1000/mm3; 
<2.0 - 1.0 x 10e9 
/L 
<1000/mm3; 
<1.0 x 10e9 /L 
 
Note: The LLN and ULN values will be the normal ranges as provided by the central laboratory at each relevant transfer. 
 
 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                            
                                                                                                                                         Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
63 
Confidential 
APPENDIX 3: Rule of combining Preferred Terms 
AESOC 
AEPT 
Combined PT 
Gastrointestinal disorders 
Abdominal pain 
Abdominal pain 
Abdominal pain lower 
Abdominal pain upper 
Infections and infestations 
Abscess oral 
Abscess 
Subcutaneous abscess 
Blood and lymphatic system disorders 
Anaemia 
Anaemia 
Iron deficiency anaemia 
Psychiatric disorders 
Anxiety 
Anxiety 
Anxiety disorder 
Musculoskeletal and connective tissue disorders 
Arthritis reactive 
Arthritis 
Arthritis 
Infections and infestations 
Bacterial vaginosis 
Bacterial vaginosis 
Vaginitis bacterial 
Infections and infestations 
Asymptomatic bacteriuria 
Bacteriuria 
Bacteriuria 
Cardiac disorders 
Bradycardia 
Bradycardia 
Sinus bradycardia 
Cardiac disorders 
Cardiac failure 
Cardiac failure 
Cardiac failure chronic 
General disorders and administration site conditions 
Chest pain 
Chest pain 
Non-cardiac chest pain 
Hepatobiliary disorders 
Bile duct stone 
Cholelithiasis 
Cholelithiasis 
Infections and infestations 
Conjunctivitis 
Conjunctivitis 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                            
                                                                                                                                         Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
64 
Confidential 
Conjunctivitis bacterial 
Respiratory, thoracic and mediastinal disorders 
Cough 
Cough 
Productive cough 
Skin and subcutaneous tissue disorders 
Dermatitis 
Dermatitis 
Dermatitis allergic 
Dermatitis atopic  
Dermatitis contact 
Seborrhoeic dermatitis 
Solar dermatitis 
Metabolism and nutrition disorders 
Diabetes mellitus 
Diabetes mellitus 
Type 2 diabetes mellitus 
Skin and subcutaneous tissue disorders 
Drug eruption 
Drug eruption 
Toxic skin eruption 
Skin and subcutaneous tissue disorders 
Dyshidrotic eczema  
Eczema 
Eczema 
Eczema nummular 
Injury, poisoning and procedural complications 
Ankle fracture 
Fracture 
Facial bones fracture 
Femur fracture 
Foot fracture 
Hand fracture 
Humerus fracture 
Lower limb fracture 
Lumbar vertebral fracture 
Rib fracture 
Tibia fracture 
Ulna fracture 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                            
                                                                                                                                         Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
65 
Confidential 
Wrist fracture 
Infections and infestations 
Fungal infection 
Fungal infection 
Fungal skin infection 
Genital infection fungal 
Oral candidiasis 
Oral fungal infection 
Vulvovaginal candidiasis 
Nervous system disorders 
Headache 
Headache 
Tension headache 
Infections and infestations 
Helicobacter gastritis 
Helicobactor infection 
Helicobacter infection 
Infections and infestations 
Herpes simplex 
Herpes virus infection 
Herpes zoster 
Oral herpes 
Metabolism and nutrition disorders 
Glucose tolerance impaired  
Hyperglycaemia 
Hyperglycaemia 
Impaired fasting glucose 
Immune system disorders 
Drug hypersensitivity 
Hypersensitivity 
Hypersensitivity 
General disorders and administration site conditions 
Catheter site pain 
Injection site reaction 
Injection site haematoma 
Injection site pain 
Puncture site pain 
Injury, poisoning and procedural complications 
Chest injury  
Injury 
Craniocerebral injury  
Concussion 
Contusion 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                            
                                                                                                                                         Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
66 
Confidential 
Eye contusion 
Fall 
Injury 
Limb injury 
Meniscus injury 
Skin injury 
Tendon rupture 
Wound 
Musculoskeletal and connective tissue disorders 
Intervertebral disc disorder 
Intervertebral disc disorder 
Intervertebral disc protrusion 
Infections and infestations 
Bacterial infection 
Localised infection 
Localised infection 
Pulpitis dental 
Skin infection 
Tooth infection 
Eczema infected 
Infections and infestations 
Bronchiolitis 
Lower respiratory tract infection 
Bronchitis 
Lower respiratory tract infection 
Lung infection 
Respiratory tract infection 
Respiratory tract infection viral 
Nervous system disorders 
Neuropathy peripheral 
Neuropathy peripheral 
Peripheral sensory neuropathy 
Toxic neuropathy 
General disorders and administration site conditions 
Face oedema 
Oedema 
Generalised oedema 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                            
                                                                                                                                         Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
67 
Confidential 
Localised oedema 
Oedema peripheral 
Peripheral swelling  
Infections and infestations 
Otitis externa 
Otitis 
Otitis media 
Otitis media acute 
Otosalpingitis 
Infections and infestations 
Pneumocystis jirovecii pneumonia 
Pneumonia 
Pneumonia 
Skin and subcutaneous tissue disorders 
Pruritus 
Pruritus 
Pruritus generalised 
Skin and subcutaneous tissue disorders 
Rash 
Rash 
Rash erythematous 
Rash generalised 
Rash macular 
Rash maculo-papular 
Rash pruritic 
Infections and infestations 
Rhinitis 
Rhinitis 
Viral rhinitis 
Infections and infestations 
Acute sinusitis 
Sinusitis 
Sinusitis 
Gastrointestinal disorders 
Mouth ulceration 
Stomatitis 
Stomatitis 
Cardiac disorders 
Sinus tachycardia 
Tachycardia 
Supraventricular tachycardia 
Tachycardia 
Ventricular tachycardia 


CELLTRION, Inc.                                                            
                                                                                                                                         Statistical Analysis Plan, Final Version 3.1 
CT-P10 3.2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Issued: 2nd March 2017 
 
 
68 
Confidential 
Infections and infestations 
Body tinea  
Tinea infection 
Tinea capitis 
Tinea infection 
Tinea pedis 
Infections and infestations 
Laryngitis 
Upper respiratory tract infection 
Nasopharyngitis 
Pharyngitis 
Pharyngitis bacterial 
Pharyngotonsillitis 
Tonsillitis 
Tracheitis 
Tracheobronchitis 
Upper respiratory tract infection 
Viral upper respiratory tract infection 
Infections and infestations 
Cystitis 
Urinary Tract Infection 
Urinary tract infection 
Skin and subcutaneous tissue disorders 
Mechanical urticaria 
Urticaria 
Urticaria 
Vascular disorders 
Venous thrombosis 
Venous thrombosis 
Venous thrombosis limb 
Ear and labyrinth disorders 
Vertigo 
Vertigo 
Vertigo positional